QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2011

Securities Act Registration No. 333-170154
Investment Company Registration No. 811-22488

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X]

Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3
Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X]
Amendment No. 3
Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

280 Park Avenue
11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(212) 503-2100
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Marisa Beeney, Esq.
GSO Capital Partners LP
280 Park Avenue
11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
  Joseph A. Hall, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017



Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  o

          It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

           o  when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

               
 
Title of Securities Being Registered
  Amount Being
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
per Unit

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

 

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, $0.001 par value

  50,000 shares   $20.00   $1,000,000   $71.30

 

(1)
Estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)
Previously paid.



           The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JANUARY 14, 2011

PROSPECTUS

                             Shares

Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

Common Shares

$20.00 per Share


          Investment Objectives.     Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the "Fund") is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Fund's primary investment objective is to provide current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.

          Investment Strategies.     The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by employing a dynamic long-short strategy in a diversified portfolio of loans and fixed-income instruments of predominantly U.S. corporate issuers, including first- and second-lien secured loans ("Secured Loans") and high-yield corporate debt securities of varying maturities. The loans and fixed-income instruments that the Fund invests in long positions in will typically be rated below investment grade at the time of purchase. The Fund's investments in below investment grade loans and fixed-income instruments are commonly referred to as "high-yield" or "junk" instruments and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. See "Risks—Below Investment Grade Instruments Risk."

         Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to maintain both long and short positions based primarily on the fundamental analysis and views of GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the "Adviser") on a particular investment. The Fund will take long positions in investments that the Adviser believes offer the potential for attractive returns under various economic and interest rate environments. The Fund will take short positions in investments that the Adviser believes will under-perform due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk or interest rates. The Fund's long positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 130% of the Fund's net assets (as defined below). The Fund's short positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 30% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund will invest at least 70% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in Secured Loans. Secured Loans will be made to U.S. and, to a limited extent, non-U.S. corporations, partnerships and other business entities ("Borrowers") which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Secured Loans pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate, plus a premium.

          No Prior History.     Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares ("Common Shares") have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for initial investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering.

         The Fund's Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The trading or "ticker" symbol of the Common Shares is "BGX".


          Investing in the Fund's Common Shares involves certain risks. See "Risks" beginning on page 52 of this prospectus.

 
  Per Share   Total(1)  

Public offering price

  $ 20.00   $    

Sales load (2)

  $ 0.90   $    

Proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund (3)

  $ 19.06   $    

(notes on following page)

          Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

          The underwriters expect to deliver the Common Shares to purchasers on or about                          , 2011.


Wells Fargo Securities   BofA Merrill Lynch   UBS Investment Bank

Dominick & Dominick LLC

 

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC

 

Janney Montgomery Scott
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.   Maxim Group LLC   RBC Capital Markets
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   Wedbush Securities Inc.   Wunderlich Securities

Prospectus dated                            , 2011.


(notes from previous page)

(1)
The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                                      additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total public offering price, sales load and proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund will be $             , $             and $             , respectively. See "Underwriting."

(2)
The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets an upfront structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC. The Adviser (and not the Fund) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee in connection with the offering. See "Underwriting." These fees are not reflected in the table above.

(3)
Total offering expenses to be paid by the Fund (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the payment to ALPS Distributors, Inc. ("ALPS Distributors") for distribution assistance in connection with the offering) are estimated to be approximately $             , which represents $0.04 per share. After payment of such expenses, proceeds to the Fund will be $19.06 per share. The Fund has agreed to pay $             ($             per share) to ALPS Distributors for distribution assistance in connection with the offering, of which approximately $             represents the compensation paid to wholesalers registered through ALPS Distributors. The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund's organizational expenses and the Fund's offering expenses (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the distribution assistance payment) to the extent offering expenses are in excess of $0.04 per share. See "Summary of Fund Expenses."

(continued from cover page)

        The Fund may also invest in (i) unsecured loans, (ii) fixed-income instruments (including, without limitation, U.S. government debt securities and investment grade and below investment grade, subordinated and unsubordinated corporate debt securities), (iii) warrants and equity securities issued by a Borrower or issuer or its affiliates as part of an investment in a Borrower or issuer or its affiliates, (iv) structured products such as collateralized loan obligations and credit-linked notes and (v) derivatives, including credit derivatives. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in credit investments, including, but not limited to, loans and fixed-income instruments.

         Illiquid Securities.     The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities that are considered illiquid. "Illiquid securities" are securities which cannot be sold within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value used by the Fund in determining its net asset value.

         Leverage.     The Fund anticipates incurring leverage as part of its investment strategy. The Fund initially expects to incur leverage through securities lending arrangements and/or total return swap arrangements. In addition, the Fund may incur leverage by reinvesting the proceeds from the sale of borrowed securities ("short sales") in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives; however, the Fund may also enter into shorting programs without incurring leverage. Although certain forms of effective leverage used by the Fund, such as leverage incurred in securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling, may not be considered senior securities under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, such effective leverage will be considered leverage for the Fund's leverage limits. The Fund's use of these forms of effective leverage will not exceed 30% of its net assets (as defined below). Although the Fund has no current intention to do so, it reserves the flexibility to issue preferred shares ("Preferred Shares"), debt securities or commercial paper, borrow money, or enter into similar transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund's total leverage and short sales exposure, either through traditional leverage programs or through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling (including the market value of securities the Fund is obligated to repay through short sales even in transactions that do not result in leverage), will not exceed 40% of the Fund's Managed Assets (67% of the Fund's net assets (as defined below)). The use of leverage is a speculative technique that involves special risks and costs associated with the leveraging of the Common



Shares. There can be no assurance that any leveraging strategy the Fund employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See "Leverage," "Risks—Short Selling Risk," "Risks—Leverage Risk" and "Description of Shares." As used in this prospectus, the term "net assets" means total assets of the Fund minus liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends). "Managed Assets" means net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes. For the purpose of the Managed Assets definition, the term borrowings will include the proceeds from the sale of the Fund's Preferred Shares, if any, the principal amount of any borrowings of money and any effective leverage obtained through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, short selling or other derivative transactions (whether or not such amounts are covered with segregated assets).

         Investment Adviser.     GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC will be the Fund's investment adviser. The Adviser, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, "GSO"), is a registered investment adviser and will be responsible for administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates, "Blackstone"). Blackstone is a leading manager of private capital and provider of financial advisory services. It is one of the largest independent managers of private capital in the world, with assets under management of approximately $119 billion as of September 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2010, GSO's asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $30 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including Secured Loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt and private equity, including hedge funds.

        Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors, and the Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. You should read this prospectus, which concisely sets forth information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the Common Shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                         , containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information on page     of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling 1-800-831-5776 or by writing to the Fund, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call (202) 551-8090 for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information, including any materials incorporated by reference, free from the Securities and Exchange Commission's Web site ( http://www.sec.gov ). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information (the table of contents of which is on page 91 of this prospectus), annual and semi-annual reports to stockholders (when available), and additional information about the Fund and make shareholders' inquiries by calling (877) 299-1588, by writing to the Fund or visiting the Fund's website ( http://www.blackstone-gso.com/bgx/ ).

        The Fund's Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Summary of Fund Expenses

  33

The Fund

  35

Use of Proceeds

  35

The Fund's Investments

  35

Leverage

  49

Risks

  52

Management of the Fund

  67

Net Asset Value

  71

Distributions

  72

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

  73

Description of Shares

  75

Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust

  78

Closed-End Fund Structure

  80

Repurchase of Common Shares

  81

Tax Matters

  82

Underwriting

  85

Custodian and Transfer Agent

  88

Legal Opinions

  88

Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information

  89

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it and we take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This is only a summary of certain information contained in this prospectus relating to Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share ("Common Shares"). You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information (the "SAI").

The Fund

  Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. Throughout the prospectus, we refer to Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund simply as the "Fund" or as "we," "us" or "our." See "The Fund."

The Offering

 

The Fund is offering             Common Shares at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the "Underwriters") led by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC (the "representatives"). You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares ($2,000) in order to participate in this offering. The Fund has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional Common Shares solely to cover overallotments. GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the "Adviser") has agreed to pay all of the Fund's organizational expenses and the Fund's offering expenses (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the distribution assistance payment) in excess of $0.04 per share. See "Underwriting."

Who May Want to Invest

 

Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors, and the Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund may be an appropriate investment for investors who are seeking:

 

•        a closed-end fund that will invest primarily in loans and fixed-income instruments, including first- and second-lien secured loans ("Secured Loans") and high-yield corporate debt securities of varying maturities;

 

•        a potentially consistent level of current income and a more stable net asset value ("NAV");

   

1


 

•        exposure to loans and fixed-income instruments, which may provide some diversification for an overall portfolio that lacks such exposure;

 

•        a short strategy that provides the potential to mitigate risks and enhance returns; and

 

•        active management by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser believes that current market conditions have created an opportunity to invest in Secured Loans and fixed-income instruments which may provide attractive risk adjusted returns. The closed-end structure allows the Fund to maintain a stable pool of assets, without the need to keep assets in low-yielding instruments like cash or cash equivalents or to liquidate assets, sometimes at inopportune times, to meet redemption requests. The Fund's sale of borrowed securities, "short-sales," and use of derivatives offer the opportunity for additional returns and potential downside protection for the Fund's investments in loans and other fixed-income instruments.

Investment Objectives

 

The Fund's primary investment objective is to provide current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The Fund's investment objectives are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares or Preferred Shares, if any.

Investment Strategies

 

The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by employing a dynamic long-short strategy in a diversified portfolio of loans and fixed-income instruments of predominantly U.S. corporate issuers, including Secured Loans and high-yield corporate debt securities of varying maturities. The loans and fixed-income instruments that the Fund invests in long positions in will typically be rated below investment grade at the time of purchase.

 

Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to maintain both long and short positions based predominantly on the Adviser's fundamental view on a particular investment. The Fund will take long positions in investments that the Adviser believes offer the potential for attractive returns under various economic and interest rate environments. The Fund will take short positions in investments that the Adviser believes will under-perform due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk or interest rates. The Fund's long positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 130% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund's short positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 30% of the Fund's net assets. The term "net assets" means total assets of the Fund minus liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends).

   

2


 

The Adviser believes that changing investment environments over time offer attractive investments and varying degrees of investment risk opportunities in the loan and fixed-income instruments markets. In order to capitalize on attractive investments and effectively manage potential risk, the Adviser believes that the combination of thorough and continuous credit analysis, diversification, and the ability to reallocate investments among senior and subordinated debt with both a long and short strategy is critical to achieving higher risk-adjusted returns relative to other high-yield securities.

 

The Fund will invest at least 70% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in Secured Loans. Secured Loans will be made to U.S. and, to a limited extent, non-U.S. corporations, partnerships and other business entities ("Borrowers") which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Secured Loans pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate, plus a premium. "Managed Assets" means net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes. For the purpose of the Managed Assets definition, the term borrowings will include the Fund's Preferred Shares, if any, the principal amount of any borrowings of money and any effective leverage obtained through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, short selling or other derivative transactions (whether or not such amounts are covered with segregated assets).

 

The Fund may also invest in (i) unsecured loans, (ii) fixed-income instruments (including, without limitation, U.S. government debt securities and investment grade and below investment grade, subordinated and unsubordinated corporate debt securities), (iii) warrants and equity securities issued by a Borrower or issuer or its affiliates as part of a package investment in a Borrower or issuer or its affiliates, (iv) structured products such as collateralized loan obligations and credit-linked notes and (v) derivatives, including credit derivatives. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in credit investments, including, but not limited to, loans and fixed-income instruments.

 

Substantially all of the Fund's assets may be invested in loans and fixed-income instruments that are below investment grade quality. Below investment grade quality securities are those that, at the time of investment, are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor's Corporation Ratings Group ("S&P") or Fitch Ratings, Inc. ("Fitch"), or if unrated are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities of below investment grade quality, commonly referred to as "junk" or "high yield" securities, are regarded

   

3


 

as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund will not exceed 30% of the Fund's Managed Assets. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in any one counterparty (at any one time). The Fund's principal investments in derivative instruments will include investments in credit default swaps, total return swaps, futures transactions, options and options on futures as well as certain currency and interest rate instruments such as foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis, put and call options on foreign currencies and interest rate swaps. In a total return swap, the Fund pays the counterparty a floating short-term interest rate and receives in exchange the total return of underlying loans or debt securities. The Fund bears the risk of default on the underlying loans or debt securities, based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. An investment by the Fund in credit default swaps will allow the Fund to obtain economic exposure to certain credits without having a direct exposure to such credits. As a buyer of credit default swaps, Fund is able to express a negative view on a particular instrument, but they are not short sales and are not subject to the Fund's investment limitations with regard to short sales. The Fund may also enter into futures contracts on securities or currencies. A futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a security or currency (or to deliver a final cash settlement price in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract) for a set price at a future date. As an example, the Fund may purchase or sell exchange traded U.S. Treasury futures to alter the Fund's overall duration as well as its exposure to various portions of the yield curve. In addition, the Fund may purchase "call" and "put" options and options on futures contracts for hedging or investment purposes and may engage in interest rate swaps to minimize the Fund's exposure to interest rate movements. See "Risks—Derivatives Risk."

 

The Fund may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in structured products, consisting of collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs") and credit-linked notes. See "Risks—Structured Products Risk."

 

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in instruments that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies. In order to minimize the impact of currency fluctuations, the Adviser may at times hedge certain or all of the Fund's investments denominated in foreign currencies into U.S.

   

4


 

dollars. Foreign currency transactions in which the Fund is likely to invest include, foreign currency forward contracts, currency exchange transactions on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis, and put and call options on foreign currencies. These transactions may be used to hedge against the risk of loss due to changing currency exchange rates. See "Risks—Derivatives Risk."

 

The Fund's short positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 30% of the Fund's net assets. A "short sale" is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security that it does not own (and borrows the security to deliver it to the buyer) in anticipation that the market price of the security will decline. The long and short positions held by the Fund may vary over time as market opportunities develop.

 

As part of its investment strategy, the Fund may sell short positions in investments that the Adviser believes will under-perform, due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk and interest rates. The Fund may sell short certain securities, including, but not limited to, U.S. Treasuries, investment grade and high-yield corporate bonds, either for investment and/or hedging and/or financing purposes. The Adviser expects that most of its short investments will be in U.S. Treasuries and investment grade bonds. Because these securities have historically low upward volatility, this may serve to reduce the Fund's risk of loss from short sales. See "The Fund's Investments—Other Investment Techniques—Short Sales." Short positions in high-yield corporate bonds will have a fixed coupon and may have a longer duration and weighted average life than loan investments. The Adviser does not currently anticipate engaging in short sales on loans, but may do so if an active market for selling loans short develops in the future.

 

The Fund may also use credit default swaps to express a negative credit view on a loan or other investment. If the Fund purchases protection under a credit default swap and no credit event occurs on the reference obligation, the Fund will have made a series of periodic payments and recover nothing of monetary value. However, if a credit event occurs on the reference obligation, the Fund (if the buyer of protection) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation through a cash payment in exchange for the reference obligation or alternatively, a cash payment representing the difference between the expected recovery rate and the full notional value.

 

During an expanding or normal economic cycle, the strategy of buying U.S. and, to a limited extent, foreign loans and fixed-income instruments that are rated below investment grade is designed to generate a consistent level of monthly income and capital appreciation. However, during general economy or market downturns, the "short" strategy of having

   

5


 

sold borrowed securities that the Adviser believes could decline in price, may help lessen the impact of a significant decline in the value of the Fund's long holdings.

 

In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions, the Fund may not be able, fully or partially, to implement its short selling strategy. Periods of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions may exist for as long as six months and, in some cases, much longer. Regulatory limitations or bans on short selling activities may prevent the Fund from fully implementing its strategy. To secure the Fund's obligation to cover its short positions, the Fund may pledge collateral as security to the broker, which may include securities that it owns. This pledged collateral is segregated and maintained with the Fund's custodian.

 

The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the Securities and Exchange Commission's ("SEC") standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). The Fund may also invest, without limit, in securities that are unregistered (but are eligible for purchase and sale by certain qualified institutional buyers) or are held by control persons of the issuer and securities that are subject to contractual restrictions on their resale ("restricted securities"). However, restricted securities determined by the Adviser to be illiquid are subject to the limitations set forth above.

 

For a more complete discussion of the Fund's portfolio composition, see "The Fund's Investments."

Leverage

 

The Fund anticipates incurring leverage as part of its investment strategy. All costs and expenses related to any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by holders of Common Shares. The Fund initially expects to incur leverage through securities lending arrangements and/or total return swap arrangements. In addition, the Fund may incur leverage by reinvesting the proceeds from the sale of borrowed securities ("short sales") in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives; however, the Fund may also enter into shorting programs without incurring leverage. Although certain forms of effective leverage used by the Fund, such as leverage incurred in securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short

   

6


 

selling, may not be considered senior securities under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"), such effective leverage will be considered leverage for the Fund's leverage limits. The Fund's use of these forms of effective leverage will not exceed 30% of its net assets. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund reserves the flexibility to issue Preferred Shares, debt securities or commercial paper, borrow money, or enter into similar transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund's total use of leverage and short sales exposure, either through traditional leverage programs or through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling (including the market value of securities the Fund is obligated to repay through short sales even in transactions that do not result in leverage), will not exceed 40% of the Fund's Managed Assets (67% of the Fund's net assets).

 

In a securities lending program, the Fund would lend high yield debt securities or other marginable securities to a bank or other financial institution (a "counterparty"), in exchange for cash collateral and fees. The Fund would then reinvest the cash collateral received from the counterparty in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives, resulting in a form of leverage.

 

In a total return swap arrangement, the Fund would receive the interest rate and capital gains returns on specified assets, typically loans, and in exchange would make payments to the counterparty of LIBOR plus an agreed upon spread and would also bear the risk of default for any of the assets. The Fund would also post margin collateral with the counterparty. The underlying assets of the swap, less the amount of collateral posted, will be counted toward the Fund's Managed Assets. Because the Fund receives the return on the assets without having to purchase the assets, this serves as a form of leverage.

 

Leverage creates risk for the Fund's common shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of the Common Shares, and the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and debt or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares may affect the return to the common shareholders or may result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Shares. There can be no assurance that any leveraging strategy the Fund employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See "Risks—Leverage Risk."

Investment Adviser

 

The Adviser will be the Fund's investment adviser. The Adviser, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, "GSO"), is a registered investment adviser and will be responsible for

   

7


 

administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates, "Blackstone"). Blackstone is a leading manager of private capital and provider of financial advisory services. It is one of the largest independent managers of private capital in the world, with total assets under management of approximately $119 billion as of September 30, 2010.

 

As of September 30, 2010, GSO's asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $30 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including secured loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt, private equity and hedge funds.

 

The Adviser will receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 1.20% of the average daily value of the Fund's net assets. See "Management of the Fund—Investment Advisory Agreement."

Administrator

 

ALPS Fund Services, Inc. ("ALPS"), located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the administration agreement, ALPS is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the Common Shares and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund.

 

ALPS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.18% of the average daily value of the Fund's net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses. See "Management of the Fund—Administrator."

Distributions

 

Commencing with the Fund's initial distribution, the Fund intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly distribution on the Fund's Common Shares within 45 to 60 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly distribution approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering. The Fund will distribute to common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its net investment income after the payment of interest, fees and dividends, if any, owed with respect to any outstanding forms of leverage utilized by the Fund. The Fund intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually. If the Fund realizes a long-term capital gain, it will be required to allocate such gain between the Common Shares and any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class for the year in which the income is realized. See "Distributions" and "Leverage."

 

Various factors will affect the level of the Fund's income, including the asset mix, the average maturity of the Fund's

   

8


 

portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the Fund and the Fund's use of hedging. To permit the Fund to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Fund may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Fund during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Fund's net asset value (and indirectly benefit the Adviser and ALPS by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from the Fund's income will reduce the Fund's net asset value. See "Distributions."

 

Cash distributions to holders of our Common Shares may be reinvested under our Dividend Reinvestment Plan ("DRIP") in additional whole and fractional shares if you or your representative elect ("opt-in") to enroll in the DRIP. See "Distributions" and "Dividend Reinvestment Plan."

Listing

 

The Fund's Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The trading or "ticker" symbol of the Common Shares is "BGX". See "Description of Shares—Common Shares."

Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association will serve as the Fund's custodian. The Bank of New York Mellon will serve as Fund's transfer agent. See "Custodian and Transfer Agent."

Market Price of Shares

 

Common shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. Common shares of closed-end management investment companies like the Fund have traded at prices higher than their NAV during some periods, and have traded at prices lower than their NAV during other periods. The Fund cannot assure you that its Common Shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to NAV. The Fund's NAV will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of offering expenses paid by the Fund. See "Use of Proceeds." In addition to NAV, the market price of the Fund's Common Shares may be affected by such factors as distribution levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, distribution stability, liquidity and market supply and demand. See "Risks," "Description of Shares—Common Shares" and "Repurchase of Common Shares." The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors; you should not purchase Common Shares of the Fund if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.

Risks

 

No Operating History . The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment

   

9


 

decision. The Adviser currently manages structured products and acts as an investment adviser for managed accounts and one other closed-end fund and therefore as an entity has limited experience managing registered management investment companies. The Fund's Common Shares have no history of public trading. See "Risks—No Operating History."

 

Market Discount Risk . Common shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their Common Shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.

 

The Fund's Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. See "Risks—Market Discount Risk."

 

Investment and Market Risk . An investment in the Fund's Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Fund's Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the portfolio of loans and fixed-income instruments, short positions and other securities and derivative instruments owned by the Fund, and the value of these securities and instruments may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. At any point in time an investment in the Fund's Common Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Fund and the ability of shareholders to reinvest dividends. The Fund may also use leverage, which would magnify the Fund's investment, market and certain other risks. See "Risks—Investment and Market Risk" and "Risks—Leverage Risk."

 

Secured Loans Risk . Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 70% of its Managed Assets in Secured Loans. Secured Loans hold senior positions in the capital structure of a business entity, are secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured creditors, subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The Secured Loans the Fund will invest in are usually rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. As a result, the risks associated with Secured Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade instruments, although Secured Loans are senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade instruments, which are often subordinated or unsecured. Nevertheless, if a Borrower under a Secured Loan defaults, becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy, the Fund may recover only a fraction of what is owed on the Secured Loan or nothing at all. Secured Loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus, including credit risk, liquidity risk, below investment grade instruments risk and management risk. See "Risks—Below Investment Grade Instruments Risk," "—Credit Risk" and "—Liquidity Risk."

10


  Although the Secured Loans in which the Fund will invest will be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that the Fund will have first-lien priority in such collateral or that such collateral could be readily liquidated or that the liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Secured Loan. In the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, if the terms of a Secured Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower's obligations under the Secured Loans. To the extent that a Secured Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose some or all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Borrower. Those Secured Loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss.

 

In general, the secondary trading market for Secured Loans is not fully-developed. No active trading market may exist for certain Secured Loans, which may make it difficult to value them. Illiquidity and adverse market conditions may mean that the Fund may not be able to sell certain Secured Loans quickly or at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Secured Loans, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

 

Some Secured Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Secured Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Secured Loans.

 

If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Secured Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default.

 

If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of Secured Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Secured Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such

   

11


 

a sale, the price the Fund could get for the Secured Loan may be adversely affected.

 

The Fund may acquire Secured Loans through assignments or participations. The Fund will typically acquire Secured Loans through assignment and may elevate a participation interest into an assignment as soon as practicably possible. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser's rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. The Adviser has adopted best execution procedures and guidelines to mitigate credit and counterparty risk in the atypical situation when the Fund must acquire a Secured Loan through a participation. The Adviser has established a risk and valuation committee that regularly reviews each broker-dealer counterparty for, among other things, its quality and the quality of its execution. The established procedures and guidelines require trades to be placed for execution only with broker-dealer counterparties approved by the risk and valuation committee of the Adviser. The factors considered by the committee when selecting and approving brokers and dealers include, but are not limited to: (i) quality, accuracy, and timeliness of execution, (ii) review of the reputation, financial strength and stability of the financial institution, (iii) willingness and ability of the counterparty to commit capital, (iv) ongoing reliability and (v) access to underwritten offerings and secondary markets. In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund will not be able to conduct the due diligence on the Borrower or the quality of the Secured Loan with respect to which it is buying a participation that the Fund would otherwise conduct if it were investing directly in the Secured Loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower or the Secured Loan than the Fund expected when initially purchasing the participation.

   

12


 

Fixed-Income Instruments Risk . The Fund may invest up to 30% of its Managed Assets in fixed-income instruments, such as U.S. government debt securities and investment grade and below investment grade, subordinated and unsubordinated corporate debt securities. Fixed-income instruments are subject to many of the same risks that affect Secured Loans and unsecured loans; however they are often unsecured and typically lower in the issuer's capital structure than loans, and thus may be exposed to greater risk of default and lower recoveries in the event of a default. This risk can be further heightened in the case of below investment grade instruments. Additionally, most fixed-income instruments are fixed-rate and thus are generally more susceptible than floating rate loans to price volatility related to changes in prevailing interest rates. See "The Fund's Investments—Portfolio Composition—Fixed-Income Instruments" and "Risks—Fixed-Income Instruments Risk."

 

Unsecured Loans Risk . The Fund may invest in unsecured loans. Unsecured loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Secured Loans except that such loans are not secured by collateral. In the event of default on an unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. Unsecured loans are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than Secured Loans and may be less liquid. See "The Fund's Investments—Portfolio Composition—Unsecured Loans" and "Risks—Unsecured Loans Risk."

 

Below Investment Grade Instruments Risk . The Fund anticipates that it may invest substantially all of its assets in loans and fixed-income instruments that are rated below investment grade. Below investment grade instruments are commonly referred to as "junk" or high-yield instruments and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower grade instruments may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that a prolonged or deepening economic recession could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such instruments to repay principal and pay interest thereon, increase the incidence of default for such instruments and severely disrupt the market value of such instruments.

 

Lower grade instruments, though higher yielding, are characterized by higher risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated instruments. The retail secondary market for lower grade instruments may be less liquid than that for higher rated

   

13


 

instruments. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain instruments or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund's net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade instruments, investors could lose money on their investment in Common Shares of the Fund, both in the short-term and the long-term. See "The Fund's Investments—Portfolio Composition—Below Investment Grade Instruments" and "Risks—Below Investment Grade Instruments Risk."

 

Valuation Risk . Unlike publicly traded common stock which trades on national exchanges, there is no central place or exchange for loans or fixed-income instruments to trade. Loans and fixed-income instruments generally trade on an "over-the-counter" market which may be anywhere in the world where the buyer and seller can settle on a price. Due to the lack of centralized information and trading, the valuation of loans or fixed-income instruments may carry more risk than that of common stock. Uncertainties in the conditions of the financial market, unreliable reference data, lack of transparency and inconsistency of valuation models and processes may lead to inaccurate asset pricing. In addition, other market participants may value securities differently than the Fund. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the risk that when a loan or fixed-income instrument is sold in the market, the amount received by the Fund is less than the value of such loans or fixed-income instruments carried on the Fund's books.

 

Short Selling Risk . The Fund will engage in short sales for investment and risk management purposes, including when the Adviser believes an investment will under-perform due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk or interest rates. The Fund may also engage in short sales for financing purposes. In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions, the Fund may not be able, fully or partially, to implement its short selling strategy. Periods of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions may exist for as long as six months and, in some cases, much longer.

 

Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward or futures contract) that it does not own but can borrow in the market. Short selling allows the Fund to profit from a decline in market price to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities and to obtain a low cost means of financing long investments that the Adviser believes are attractive. If a security sold short increases in price, the Fund may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. The

   

14


 

Fund will have substantial short positions and must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer under the short sale transaction. The Fund may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions earlier than it had expected. Thus, the Fund may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

 

Generally, the Fund will have to pay a fee or premium to borrow securities and will be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrues on the security during the term of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of such fee, premium, dividends, interest or expense the Fund pays in connection with the short sale.

 

Until the Fund replaces a borrowed security, it may be required to maintain a segregated account of cash or liquid assets with a broker or custodian to cover the Fund's short position. Generally, securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold unless they are replaced with other liquid assets. The Fund's ability to access the pledged collateral may also be impaired in the event the broker becomes bankrupt, insolvent or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of the contract. In such instances the Fund may not be able to substitute or sell the pledged collateral and may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in these circumstances. Additionally, the Fund must maintain sufficient liquid assets (less any additional collateral pledged to the broker), marked-to-market daily, to cover the borrowed securities obligations. This may limit the Fund's investment flexibility, as well as its ability to meet other current obligations.

 

Because losses on short sales arise from increases in the value of the security sold short, such losses are theoretically unlimited. By contrast, a loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security's value cannot decrease below zero. The Adviser's use of short sales in combination with long positions in the Fund's portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Fund held only long positions. It is possible that the Fund's long securities positions will decline in value at the same time

   

15


 

that the value of its short securities positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund. In addition, the Fund's short selling strategies will limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the fixed-income markets.

 

By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Fund could be deemed to be employing a form of leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may increase the Fund's exposure to long securities positions and make any change in the Fund's NAV greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that any leveraging strategy the Fund employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

 

The SEC recently proposed certain restrictions on short sales. If the SEC's proposals are adopted, they could restrict the Fund's ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances. In addition, regulatory authorities in the United States or other countries may adopt bans on short sales of certain securities, either generally, or with respect to certain industries or countries, in response to market events. Restrictions and/or bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies.

 

Liquidity Risk . The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC's standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities). The Fund may also invest in restricted securities. Investments in restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the amount of the Fund's assets invested in illiquid securities if qualified institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase these securities.

 

Illiquid and restricted securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when the Fund believes it is desirable to do so. The market price of illiquid and restricted securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Fund pays for or recovers upon the sale of such securities. Illiquid and restricted securities are also more difficult to value, especially in challenging markets. The Adviser's judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. Investment of the Fund's assets in illiquid and restricted securities may restrict the Fund's ability to take advantage of market opportunities. In order to dispose of an unregistered security, the Fund, where it has contractual rights to do so, may have to cause such security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered, thereby

   

16


 

enabling the Fund to sell it. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities vary in length and scope and are generally the result of a negotiation between the issuer and acquiror of the securities. In either case, the Fund would bear market risks during that period.

 

Some loans and fixed-income instruments are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Loans and fixed-income instruments may not be listed on any national securities exchange and no active trading market may exist for certain of the loans and fixed-income instruments in which the Fund will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some loans and fixed-income instruments may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. See "Risks—Liquidity Risk."

 

Credit Risk . Credit risk is the risk that one or more loans or other debt instruments in the Fund's portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the instrument experiences a decline in its financial status. While a senior position in the capital structure of a Borrower or issuer may provide some protection with respect to the Fund's investments in Secured Loans, losses may still occur because the market value of Secured Loans is affected by the creditworthiness of Borrowers or issuers and by general economic and specific industry conditions and the Fund's other investments will often be subordinate to other debt in the issuer's capital structure. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade instruments, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade instruments are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer's revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade instruments. Instruments of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, the Fund may enter into credit derivatives which may expose it to additional risk in the event that the instruments underlying the derivatives default. See "Risks—Credit Risk."

 

Interest Rate Risk . Loans, corporate debt securities or other fixed-income instruments that the Fund may invest in are subject to the risk that market values of such securities will decline as interest rates increase. These changes in interest rates have a more pronounced effect on securities with longer durations. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund's NAV. See "Risks—Interest Rate Risk."

   

17


 

Leverage Risk . The Fund anticipates incurring leverage as part of its investment strategy. All costs and expenses related to any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by holders of the Common Shares. The Fund initially expects to incur leverage through securities lending arrangements and/or total return swap arrangements. In addition, the Fund may incur leverage by reinvesting the proceeds from short sales in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives; however, the Fund may also enter into shorting programs without incurring leverage. Although certain forms of effective leverage used by the Fund, such as leverage incurred in securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling, may not be considered senior securities under the Investment Company Act, such effective leverage will be considered leverage for the Fund's leverage limits. The Fund's use of these forms of effective leverage will not exceed 30% of its net assets. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund reserves the flexibility to issue Preferred Shares, debt securities or commercial paper, borrow money, or enter into similar transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund's total use of leverage and short sales exposure, either through traditional leverage programs or through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling (including the market value of securities the Fund is obligated to repay through short sales even in transactions that do not result in leverage), will not exceed 40% of the Fund's Managed Assets (67% of the Fund's net assets). With respect to its short positions in securities and certain of its derivative positions, the Fund may maintain an amount of cash or liquid securities in a segregated account equal to the face value of those positions.

 

The Fund may also offset derivative positions against one another or against other assets to manage the effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that the Fund does not segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover its obligations under such transactions, such transactions will be treated as senior securities representing indebtedness ("borrowings") for purposes of the requirement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act") that the Fund may not enter into any such transactions if the Fund's borrowings would thereby exceed 33 1 / 3 % of its Managed Assets. See "Leverage." In addition, to the extent that any offsetting positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected, the Fund may perform as if it were leveraged. The Fund's use of leverage could create the opportunity for a higher return for common shareholders but would also result in special risks for common shareholders and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and investments

   

18


 

purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, the return on the Common Shares will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and investments purchased with such proceeds do not cover the cost of leverage, the return on the Common Shares will be less than if leverage had not been used. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders including:

 

•        the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

•        the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares that the Fund may pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders or will result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Shares;

 

•        the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares; and

 

•        when the Fund uses certain types of leverage, the investment advisory fee payable to the Adviser will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage.

 

The Fund may continue to use leverage if the benefits to the Fund's shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position are believed to outweigh any current reduced return.

 

Derivatives Risk . Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 30% of the Fund's Managed Assets. The Fund's derivative investments have risks, including: the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund's portfolio; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative contract would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative contract and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a

   

19


 

general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. Certain of the derivative investments in which the Fund may invest may, in certain circumstances, give rise to a form of financial leverage, which may magnify the risk of owning such instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use derivative investments depends on the ability of the Adviser to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of derivative investments to generate income, for hedging, for currency or interest rate management or other purposes may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices below or above the current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise want to sell. In addition, there may be situations in which the Adviser elects not to use derivative investments that result in losses greater than if they had been used. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to the Fund's derivative investments would not be available to the Fund for other investment purposes, which may result in lost opportunities for gain.

 

Congress has recently enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"). The Dodd-Frank Act will likely impact the use of derivatives by entities, which may include the Fund, and is intended to improve the existing regulatory framework by closing the regulatory gaps and eliminating the speculative trading practices that contributed to the 2008 financial market crisis. The legislation is designed to impose stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability by, among other things, requiring many derivative transactions to be cleared and traded on an exchange, expanding entity registration requirements, imposing business conduct requirements on dealers and requiring banks to move some derivatives trading units to a non-guaranteed affiliate separate from the deposit-taking bank or divest them altogether. While many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act must be implemented through future rulemaking, and any regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon the Fund, it is possible that, upon the effectiveness of these rules, they could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of the Fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change availability of certain investments.

20


  The SEC has also indicated that it may adopt new policies on the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. Such policies could affect the nature and extent of derivatives use by the Fund.

 

Swap Risk .  The Fund may also invest in credit default swaps, total return swaps and interest rate swaps. Such transactions are subject to market risk, liquidity risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction, known as "counterparty risk" and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. When buying protection under a swap, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. However, when selling protection under a swap, the risk of loss is often the notional value of the underlying asset, which can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid; however there is no guarantee that the swap market will continue to provide liquidity. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. In a total return swap, the Fund pays the counterparty a floating short-term interest rate and receives in exchange the total return of underlying loans or debt securities. The Fund bears the risk of default on the underlying loans or debt securities, based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation.

 

Counterparty and Prime Brokerage Risk .  Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund's prime brokers or counterparties with respect to derivatives or other transactions supported by another party's credit will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as prime brokers or counterparties in the markets for these transactions have recently incurred significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such hardships have reduced such entities' capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such transactions. By using derivatives, swaps or other transactions, the Fund assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience similar financial hardships. If a prime broker or counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding; if

   

21


 

the Fund's claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such prime broker or counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. See "Risks—Counterparty and Prime Brokerage Risk."

 

Credit Derivatives Risk .  The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Fund's risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Fund sells protection under a credit default swap, it would collect periodic fees from the buyer and would profit if the credit of the underlying issuer or reference entity remains stable or improves while the swap is outstanding, but the Fund would be required to pay an agreed upon amount to the buyer (which may be the entire notional amount of the swap) if the reference entity defaults on the reference security. Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Fund invested in the reference obligation directly. See "Risks—Credit Derivatives Risk."

 

Structured Products Risk .  The Fund may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in structured products, consisting of CLOs and credit-linked notes. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

 

The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product's administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund.

   

22


 

Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CLOs and credit-linked notes are typically privately offered and sold. As a result, investments in CLOs and credit-linked notes may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. See "The Fund's Investments—Portfolio Composition" and "Risks—Structured Products Risk."

 

Lender Liability Risk .  A number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by Borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed "lender liability." Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

 

In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (a) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, (b) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (c) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (d) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called "equitable subordination."

 

Because affiliates of, or persons related to, the Adviser may hold equity or other interests in obligors of the Fund, the Fund could be exposed to claims for equitable subordination or lender liability or both based on such equity or other holdings. See "Risks—Lender Liability Risk."

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk .  The Adviser will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in its management of the Fund. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates in other activities that may conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser, GSO,

   

23


 

Blackstone and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the Fund or the shareholders of the Fund. Other present and future activities of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest which may have a negative impact on the Fund.

 

In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, GSO and its affiliates have implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls). For example, GSO and its affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to companies in which the Fund may be considering making an investment or companies that are GSO's and its affiliates' advisory clients. As a consequence, that information, which could be of benefit to the Fund, could also restrict the Fund's activities and the investment opportunity may otherwise be unavailable to the Fund. Additionally, the terms of confidentiality or other agreements with or related to companies in which any fund managed by GSO has or has considered making an investment or which is otherwise an advisory client of GSO and its affiliates may restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Fund to make investments in such companies.

 

As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory, and other services. In the regular course of its investment banking and advisory businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with respect to transactions that could give rise to investments that would otherwise be available for investment by the Fund. Because of such relationships, there may be certain investments that the Adviser will decline or be unable to make. In addition, employees of Blackstone or its affiliates may possess information relating to such issuers that is not known to the individuals at the Adviser responsible for making investment decisions and performing the other obligations under the investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser. Those employees of Blackstone or its affiliates will not be obligated to share any such information with the Adviser and may be prohibited by law or contract from doing so.

 

The Adviser or certain of its affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, the Adviser would be restricted from buying or selling securities, derivatives or loans of the issuer on behalf of the Fund until such time as the information became public or was no longer deemed material, so as to preclude the Fund from

   

24


 

participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to the Adviser's personnel responsible for the affairs of the Fund will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Fund may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Fund may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of the Adviser which might be relevant to an investment decision to be made by the Fund, and the Fund may initiate a transaction or sell an investment which, if such information had been known to it, may not have been undertaken. Due to these restrictions, the Fund may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment that it otherwise might have sold.

 

GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may represent creditors or debtors in proceedings under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or prior to such filings. From time to time, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may serve as advisor to creditor or equity committees. This involvement, for which GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may be compensated, may limit or preclude the flexibility that the Fund may otherwise have to participate in restructurings. For example, in situations in which a Borrower or issuer of loans or fixed-income instruments held by the Fund is a client or a potential client of the restructuring and reorganization advisory practice, the Adviser may dispose of such securities or take such other actions reasonably necessary to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act in order to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest with the restructuring and reorganization advisory practice. Further, there may also be instances in which the work of Blackstone's restructuring and reorganization advisory practice prevents the Adviser from purchasing securities on behalf of the Fund. In addition, the Investment Company Act limits the Fund's ability to enter into certain transactions with certain GSO or Blackstone affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, the Fund may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by Blackstone, GSO or one of its affiliates. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company's loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between the interests of the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interest of the Fund might be impaired. The Investment Company Act also prohibits certain "joint" transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Fund. See "Risks—Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk."

   

25


 

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates Risk .  The Investment Company Act limits our ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of our affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a registered investment company or private equity fund managed by Blackstone, GSO or any of their respective affiliates (the "Blackstone / GSO Related Parties"). The Investment Company Act also prohibits certain "joint" transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us. See "Risks—Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates Risk."

 

Dependence on Key Personnel Risk .  The Adviser is dependent upon the experience and expertise of certain key personnel in providing services with respect to the Fund's investments. If the Adviser were to lose the services of these individuals, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. As with any managed fund, the Adviser may not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities or investment techniques for the Fund's portfolio and the Fund's performance may lag behind that of similar funds. The Adviser has informed the Fund that the investment professionals associated with the Adviser are actively involved in other investment activities not concerning the Fund and will not be able to devote all of their time to the Fund's business and affairs. In addition, individuals not currently associated with the Adviser may become associated with the Fund and the performance of the Fund may also depend on the experience and expertise of such individuals. See "Risks—Dependence on Key Personnel Risk."

 

Prepayment Risk .  During periods of declining interest rates, Borrowers or issuers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Fund's income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or "call" risk. Below investment grade instruments frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met ("call protection"). An issuer may redeem a below investment grade instrument if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans typically do not have call protection. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be enhanced. See "Risks—Prepayment Risk."

   

26


 

Inflation/Deflation Risk .  Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain assets or income from the Fund's investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions on the Common Shares can decline.

 

In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund's use of leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer defaults more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund's portfolio. See "Risks—Inflation/Deflation Risk."

 

Non-U.S. Securities Risk .  The Fund may invest in securities or other instruments, including Secured Loans and unsecured loans, of non-U.S. issuers or Borrowers ("Non-U.S. Securities"). Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments and may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. companies. Financial markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as financial markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, including seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, different legal systems and laws relating to creditors' rights and the potential inability to enforce legal judgments, all of which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities. Generally, there is less readily available and reliable information about non-U.S. issuers or Borrowers due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards and regulatory practices. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Because Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Fund's Common Shares are not priced, NAV change at times when Common Shares cannot be sold. See "Risks—Non-U.S. Securities Risk."

 

Foreign Currency Risk .  Because the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities or other instruments denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Fund and the unrealized appreciation or

   

27


 

depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Fund's NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Adviser may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. See "Risks—Swap Risk." The Fund may incur costs in connection with the conversions between various currencies. In addition, certain countries may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the repatriation, transferability or convertibility of currency. See "Risks—Foreign Currency Risk."

 

Repurchase Agreements Risk .  Subject to its investment objectives and policies, the Fund may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Fund will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Fund does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Fund's right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk .  The Fund's use of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks involved in the Fund's use of leverage, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities that the Fund has sold but remains obligated to repurchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Fund may

   

28


 

decline. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experiences insolvency, the Fund may be adversely affected. Also, in entering into reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the underlying securities. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreements transactions, the Fund's NAV will decline, and, in some cases, the Fund may be worse off than if it had not used such instruments.

 

Investments in Equity Securities or Warrants Incidental to Investments in Loans and Fixed-Income Instruments .  From time to time the Fund also may invest in or hold common stock and other equity securities or warrants incidental to the purchase or ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer. Investments in equity securities incidental to investments in loans or fixed-income instruments entail certain risks in addition to those associated with investments in loans or fixed-income instruments. Because equity is merely the residual value of an issuer after all claims and other interests, it is inherently more risky than the bonds or loans of the same Borrower or issuer. The value of the equity securities may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in the Fund's NAV. The Fund frequently may possess material non-public information about a Borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument of a Borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities while in possession of material non-public information, the Fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of the Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so. See "Risks—Investments in Equity Securities or Warrants Incidental to Investments in Loans and Fixed-Income Instruments."

 

U.S. Government Debt Securities Risk .  U.S. government debt securities generally do not involve the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund's NAV. Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund's average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than

   

29


 

investing in higher yielding long-term securities. In addition, the recent economic crisis in the United States has negatively impacted government-sponsored entities, which include Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"). As the real estate market has deteriorated through declining home prices and increasing foreclosure, government-sponsored entities, which back the majority of U.S mortgages, have experienced extreme volatility and in some cases a lack of liquidity. In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed under a conservatorship of the U.S. federal government. Any Fund investments issued by Federal Home Loan Banks and Fannie Mae may ultimately lose value.

 

Recent Developments .  The U.S. credit markets have recently been experiencing extreme volatility and market disruption. Although the market is not currently experiencing disruption, extreme volatility or market disruption may occur in the future. Instability in the credit markets may make it more difficult for a number of issuers of debt securities to obtain financing or refinancing for their investment or lending activities or operations. In particular, because of volatile conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue.

 

For example, certain Borrowers may, due to macroeconomic conditions, be unable to repay the Secured Loans during this period. A Borrower's failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of the Secured Loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the Borrower's ability to meet its obligations under its debt securities. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting Borrower. In addition, if one of the Borrowers were to commence bankruptcy proceedings, even though the Fund may have structured its interest as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which the Fund actually provided managerial assistance to such Borrower, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize the Fund's debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of its claim to that of other creditors. The current adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of the Fund's loans and the value of its equity investments. The current recession could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and the value of the Fund's assets.

 

These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund. These developments also may

   

30


 

make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis. These developments could adversely affect the ability of the Fund to use leverage for investment purposes and increase the cost of such leverage, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares. These developments also may adversely affect the broader economy, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings of the issuer and increased defaults by the issuer. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the NAV and market price of the Fund's Common Shares. See "Risks—Recent Developments."

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk .  The instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Fund cannot predict the effects of geopolitical events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. See "Risks—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk."

 

Portfolio Turnover Risk .  The Fund's annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 100% under normal circumstances. However, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. A high portfolio turnover may increase the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits, resulting in a greater portion of the Fund's distributions being treated as a dividend to the Fund's common shareholders. In addition, a higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. See "The Fund's Investments—Investment Policies—Portfolio Turnover" and "Tax Matters."

 

Government Intervention in the Financial Markets .  The recent instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self regulatory organizations may take additional actions that affect the regulation of the securities or structured products in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such securities or structured products, in ways that are unforeseeable. Borrowers under

   

31


 

Secured Loans held by the Fund may seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund's ability to achieve its investment objectives. The Adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund's portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund's investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so. See "Risks—Government Intervention in the Financial Markets."

 

Non-Diversification Risk .  The Fund is classified as "non-diversified" under the Investment Company Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a "diversified" fund. The Fund may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to qualify for the special tax treatment available to "regulated investment companies" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and thus intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Subchapter M, including its less stringent diversification requirements that apply to the percentage of the Fund's total assets that are represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and certain other securities. See "The Fund's Investments," "Risks—Non-Diversification Risk" and "Tax Matters."

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions .  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at NAV. See "Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions" and "Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust."

32



SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

        The purpose of the following table and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under "Other expenses" and "Total annual expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the Fund's annual operations and assume that the Fund issues approximately 25,000,000 Common Shares. If the Fund issues fewer Common Shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares.

 
   

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

   

Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of common share offering price)

  4.50%

Offering expenses borne by the Fund (as a percentage of common share offering price)

  0.20%(1)(2)

Dividend reinvestment plan fees

  None(3)

 

 
  Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares

Annual Expenses

   

Advisory fees

  1.20%

Other expenses

  0.33%

Costs of selling short

  0.23%(4)

Costs of other effective leverage

  0.22%(5)

Total annual expenses

  1.98%

Example

        As required by the relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in the Fund's Common Shares (including a sales load of $45.00, estimated offering expenses of $2.00) and, assuming (i) the Fund issues 25,000,000 Common Shares in this offering, (ii) total annual expenses of 1.98% of net assets attributable to the Fund's Common Shares in years one through ten, (iii) a 5% annual return and (iv) reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value(6):

 
  1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  

Total Expenses Incurred

  $ 66   $ 107   $ 150   $ 268  

(1)
The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund's organizational expenses and the Fund's offering expenses (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the distribution assistance payment to ALPS Distributors, Inc. ("ALPS Distributors")) in excess of $0.04 per share (0.20% of the Common Share offering price). Assuming an offering of 25,000,000 Common Shares, the total offering costs are estimated to be $1,000,000 which would be borne by the Fund.

(2)
The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets an upfront structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC. The Adviser (and not the Fund) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee in connection with the offering. See "Underwriting."

(3)
You will be charged a brokerage commission if you direct the DRIP administrator to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.

(4)
Represents costs associated with the Fund's short sales of securities. The percentage shown represents estimates for the Fund's initial year of operations, assuming that the Fund maintains short positions

33


(5)
Represents costs associated with the Fund's other effective leverage. The percentage shown represents estimates for the Fund's initial year of operations, assuming that the Fund has incurred effective leverage equal to 30% of its net assets. The Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares or debt securities or to borrow money. However, the Fund will incur interest expense in connection with forms of effective leverage, including securities lending and total return swaps. The Fund's actual interest expenses paid and loan fees on forms of effective leverage may be significantly higher or lower than the estimates above.

(6)
The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. The example assumes that the estimated "Other expenses" set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Moreover, the Fund's actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

34



THE FUND

        The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Fund was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on October 22, 2010 pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund has no operating history. The Fund's principal office is located at 280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10017, and its telephone number is (212) 503-2100.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The net proceeds of this offering of Common Shares will be approximately $              ($             if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full) after payment of organizational costs and offering expenses. The Fund will pay all of its offering expenses up to $0.04 per common share and the Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund's organizational expenses and (ii) the Fund's offering expenses (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the distribution assistance payment to ALPS Distributors) in excess of $0.04 per share. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of this offering in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in investments that meet the Fund's investment objectives and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in temporary investments. See "The Fund's Investments—Portfolio Composition—Temporary Strategies; Invest-Up Period."


THE FUND'S INVESTMENTS

Investment Objectives

        The Fund's primary investment objective is to provide current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The Fund's investment objectives are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares or Preferred Shares, if any.


Investment Philosophy

        The Adviser believes that changing investment environments over time offer attractive investments and varying degrees of investment risk opportunities in the loan and fixed-income markets. In order to capitalize on attractive investments and effectively manage potential risk, the Adviser believes that the combination of thorough and continuous credit analysis, diversification, and the ability to reallocate investments among senior and subordinated debt in both a long and short strategy is critical to achieving higher risk-adjusted returns relative to other high-yield investments.

        At the inception of the Fund, the Adviser intends to weight the Fund's long position investment portfolio more heavily toward Secured Loans than other types of corporate debt securities. It is the view of the Adviser that in times of economic uncertainty, such as those being experience currently, Secured Loans are attractive investment opportunities because they are both senior in the corporate capital structure and secured by collateral and have historically exhibited recovery rates that are significantly higher than other corporate debt securities. The Adviser intends to short investments that it expects to underperform the long investments and therefore provide additional returns under various economic and interest rate environments.

Long Position Philosophy

        When identifying prospective long investment opportunities in both Secured Loans and other below investment grade corporate debt, the Adviser currently intends to rely on fundamental credit analysis in order to minimize the loss of the Fund's capital. The Adviser expects to invest in below investment grade

35



debt of companies possessing the following attributes, which it believes will help generate higher risk adjusted total returns:

Short Position Philosophy

        During an expanding or normal economic cycle, the strategy of buying U.S. and, to a limited extent, foreign loans and fixed-income instruments that are rated below investment-grade is designed to generate a consistent level of monthly income and capital appreciation. However, during general economy or market downturns, the "short" strategy of having sold borrowed securities that the Adviser believes could decline in price, may help lessen the impact of a significant decline in the value of the Fund's long holdings.

        When identifying prospective short investment opportunities, the Adviser currently intends to focus initially on investment opportunities which it believes will under-perform due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk and interest rates. These investment opportunities may include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasuries, investment grade and high-yield corporate bonds. The Adviser expects that most of its short investments will be in U.S. Treasuries and investment grade bonds. Because these securities have historically low upward volatility this may serve to reduce the Fund's risk of loss from short sales. The Adviser may also make short investments designed to offer downside protection for the Fund's long investments.


Core Investment Strategies

        The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by employing a dynamic long-short strategy in a diversified portfolio of loans and fixed-income instruments of predominantly U.S. corporate issuers, including Secured Loans and high-yield corporate debt securities of varying maturities. The loans and

36



fixed-income instruments that the Fund invests in long positions in will typically be rated below investment grade at the time of purchase.

        The Fund will take long positions in investments that the Adviser believes offer the potential for attractive returns under various economic and interest rate environments. The Fund will take short positions in securities that the Adviser believes in the aggregate have a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk and interest rates. The Fund's long positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 130% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund's short positions, either directly or through the use of derivatives, may total up to 30% of the Fund's net assets.

        The Fund's principal investments include, but are not limited to loans and fixed-income instruments, including Secured Loans and high-yield corporate debt securities of varying maturities; structured products consisting of CLOs and credit-linked notes; derivatives (including credit default swaps); and sovereign debt. The Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in credit investments, including, but not limited to, loans and fixed-income instruments.


Portfolio Composition

        The Fund's portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. A more detailed description of the Fund's investment policies and restrictions and more detailed information about the Fund's portfolio investments are contained in the SAI.

Secured Loans

        The Fund will invest at least 70% of its Managed Assets in Secured Loans. Secured Loans hold senior positions in the capital structure of the Borrower, are secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured creditors, subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Secured Loans primarily are used to refinance existing debt and for acquisitions, dividends, leveraged buyouts, and general corporate purposes.

        Secured Loans typically have rates of interest which are determined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Secured Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Secured Loans should decrease. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Fund's net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. These base lending rates are primarily LIBOR and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.

        Secured Loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Fund. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Secured Loan would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Secured Loan. The collateral securing a Secured Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower. Some Secured Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Secured Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Secured Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Secured Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund's performance.

        Secured Loans may not be rated by a rating agency. The amount of public information available with respect to Secured Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-

37



listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Adviser will consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. To the extent that they are rated by a rating agency, many of the Secured Loans in which the Fund will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by independent rating agencies. In the event Secured Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. The Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in their investment decisions and rely more upon their credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.

        Secured Loans are not registered with the SEC, or any state securities commission, and are not listed on any national securities exchange. There is less readily available or reliable information about most Secured Loans than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") or registered under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). No active trading market may exist for some Secured Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Fund's net asset value. In addition, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its Secured Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Secured Loans, the Fund's yield may be lower. See "Risks—Liquidity Risk" and "Risks—Secured Loans Risk."

        The floating or variable rate feature of Secured Loans is a significant difference from typical fixed-income investments that carry significant interest rate risk. The Fund can normally be expected to have less significant interest rate-related fluctuations in its net asset value per share than investment companies investing primarily in fixed income securities (other than money market funds and some short term bond funds). When interest rates decline, the value of a fixed income portfolio can normally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed income portfolio can normally be expected to decline. Although the income available to the Fund will vary, the Adviser expects the Fund's policy of acquiring interests in floating rate Secured Loans may minimize fluctuations in net asset value of the Fund resulting from changes in market interest rates. However, because floating or variable rates on Secured Loans only reset periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Fund's net asset value. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the Fund's net asset value. A material decline in the Fund's net asset value may impair the Fund's ability to maintain required levels of asset coverage. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of Secured Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Fund's net asset value.

        The Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio Secured Loans where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy court proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Secured Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior credit securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Secured Loan.

        The Fund may use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value loans and other credit securities at their market value. The Fund will use the fair value method to value Secured Loans or other securities if market quotations for them are not readily available or are deemed unreliable. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures.

38


         Direct Assignments.     The Fund may purchase Secured Loans on a direct assignment basis. If the Fund purchases a Secured Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Secured Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if such loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

         Loan Participations.     The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Secured Loans, but does not plan to do so extensively. The participation by the Fund in a lender's portion of a Secured Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks, other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution that sells the participation. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any rating agency.

         Pre-Funded Letter of Credit Loans.     The Fund may purchase participations in prefunded letter of credit loans (a "prefunded L/C loan"), but does not plan to do so extensively. A prefunded L/C loan is a facility created by the Borrower in conjunction with the agent bank as issuer of a loan, and the prefunded L/C loan is backed by letters of credit (each letter, an "L/C"). Each participant in a prefunded L/C loan (sometimes referred to as a funded letter of credit facility) fully funds its commitment amount to the agent bank for the facility. The funds are invested by the agent bank and held solely to satisfy a prefunded L/C loan lender's obligation to the agent bank under the facility. The funds paid by the lenders are invested by the agent bank in deposits that pay interest, usually approximating a benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, which goes to the Borrower. Generally, the Borrower, via the agent bank, pays the lenders an interest rate, equivalent to the fully drawn spread plus the benchmark rate, usually LIBOR. The funds are returned to the lender upon termination of the prefunded L/C loan (and upon satisfaction of all obligations). Under the terms of the prefunded L/C loan agreement, a lender may sell and assign all or a portion of its interest in the loan to another lender so long as the other lender is eligible and agrees to the terms and conditions of the prefunded L/C loan agreement.

        When the Borrower needs funds, it may draw against the prefunded L/C loan and the agent bank makes payment to the Borrower by withdrawing some of the amount invested as deposits. Consequently, the lenders do not have to advance any additional funds at the time the Borrower draws against the prefunded L/C loan facility. The prefunded L/C loan can be structured from the standpoint of the Borrower as either (i) a revolving credit facility, where the Borrower can reborrow, during the term of the loan, moneys it has paid back to the facility during the term of the loan, or (ii) a delayed draw term loan where the Borrower may not reborrow moneys it has repaid to the facility during the term of the loan.

        When the Fund purchases a participation in a prefunded L/C loan, the proceeds of the purchase are deposited in a collateral account, which backs an L/C loan by the agent bank to the Borrower to support trade or other financing. The Fund typically receives interest on the cash collateral account equal to LIBOR. In addition, the Fund may also receive a fee, typically similar to the spread paid on the Borrower's institutional loan. Participations by the Fund in a prefunded L/C loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the agent bank, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive interest, fees and any repayments, if any, to which it is entitled only from the agent bank selling the participation and only upon receipt by the agent bank of such payments from the Borrower. In connection with purchasing the participation in a prefunded L/C loan, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the prefunded L/C loan. As a result,

39



the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the agent bank selling the participation in a prefunded L/C loan. In the event of the insolvency of the agent bank selling a participation in a prefunded L/C loan, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such agent bank. The agent bank will likely conduct its principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee's monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.

Unsecured Loans

        The Fund may invest in unsecured loans, which have the same characteristics as Secured Loans except that such loans are not secured by collateral. In the event of default on an unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for an unsecured holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Fund. Because unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to Secured Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than Secured Loans and may be less liquid.

Fixed-Income Instruments

        The Fund may invest in fixed-income instruments, such as high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government debt securities. The issuer of a fixed-income instrument pays the investor a fixed- or variable-rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are "perpetual" in that they have no maturity date. Holders of fixed-income bonds as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the issuer for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors but are generally subordinate to any existing lenders in the issuer's capital structure. Fixed-income instruments may be secured or unsecured. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond, especially a fixed-rate bond, will generally rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The value of intermediate- and longer-term corporate bonds normally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter-term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation's performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate fixed-income instruments usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.

Below Investment Grade Instruments

        The Fund anticipates that, under current market conditions, substantially all of Fund's assets, including its investments in Secured Loans and other debt securities, may be invested in instruments rated below investment grade, such as those rated Ba1 or lower by Moody's and BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch or instruments comparably rated by other rating agencies, or in unrated instruments determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Instruments rated Ba1 or lower by Moody's are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Instruments rated BB+ or lower by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

40


        Lower grade instruments, though higher yielding, are characterized by higher risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated instruments. The retail secondary market for lower grade instruments may be less liquid than that of higher rated instruments. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain instruments or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund's net asset value.

        The prices of credit instruments generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of instruments also is inversely related to the coupon of such instruments. Accordingly, lower grade instruments may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality instruments of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with lower grade instruments potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such instruments than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and will be a substantial factor in the Fund's relative share price volatility.

Distressed and Defaulted Instruments

        The Fund does not intend to invest in distressed or default instruments, but may end up holding such an instrument as a result of the distress of or default by a Borrower or issuer of an existing loan or fixed-income instrument. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.

        Distressed and defaulted instruments generally present the same risks as investment in below investment grade instruments. However, in most cases, these risks are of a greater magnitude because of the uncertainties of investing in an issuer undergoing financial distress. As discussed above, an issuer of distressed instruments may be in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring. Interest and/or principle payments on distressed instruments may be in default. Distressed instruments present a risk of loss of principal value, including potentially a total loss of value. Distressed instruments may be highly illiquid and the prices at which distressed instruments may be sold may represent a substantial discount to what the Adviser believes to be the ultimate value of such obligations.

Non-U.S. Securities

        The Fund may invest in Non-U.S. Securities. Some Non-U.S. Securities may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, there is less volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets than in the United States and, at times, greater price volatility than in the United States.

        Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Fund will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Fund's Common Shares are not priced, net asset value can change at times when Common Shares cannot be sold.

        Certain of the Fund's investment in foreign fixed income securities may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent the Fund invests in such instruments, the value of the assets of the Fund as measured in U.S. dollars will be affected by changes in exchange rates. Generally, the Fund's currency exchange transactions will be conducted on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the currency exchange market. The cost of the Fund's currency exchange transactions will generally be the difference between the bid and offer spot rate of the currency being purchased or sold. In order to protect

41



against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates, the Fund is authorized to enter into various currency exchange transactions. See "Risks—Foreign Currency Risk."

Illiquid and Restricted Securities

        The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC's standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities). Investments currently considered to be illiquid include, among others, repurchase agreements not entitling the holder to repayment of principal and payment of interest within seven days, non-government stripped fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, and over-the-counter options and other derivatives. In the absence of readily available market quotations, the board of trustees, a committee appointed by the Fund's Board of Trustees or a designee of the Board of Trustees will price illiquid investments at a fair value as determined in good faith. Valuing illiquid securities typically requires greater judgment than valuing securities for which there is an active trading market. The market price of illiquid securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Fund pays for or recovers upon the sale of illiquid securities. Investment of the Fund's assets in illiquid securities may restrict the Fund's ability to take advantage of market opportunities.

        The Fund may invest in restricted securities, which are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. The restriction on public sale may make it more difficult to value such securities, limit the Fund's ability to dispose of them and lower the amount the Fund could realize upon their sale. Because they are not registered, restricted securities may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. In recognition of the increased size and liquidity of the institutional market for unregistered securities and the importance of institutional investors in the formation of capital, the SEC adopted Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Rule 144A is designed to facilitate efficient trading among institutional investors by permitting the sale of certain unregistered securities to qualified institutional buyers. To the extent privately placed securities held by the Fund qualify under Rule 144A and an institutional market develops for those securities, the Fund likely will be able to dispose of the securities without registering them under the Securities Act. To the extent that institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities, investing in Rule 144A securities could increase the level of the Fund's illiquidity.

Equity Securities

        From time to time the Fund also may invest in or hold common stock and other equity securities incident to the purchase or ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or other issuer. Investments in equity securities incidental to investments in loans or fixed-income instruments entail certain risks in addition to those associated with investments in loans or fixed-income securities. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company. Historical trends would indicate that common stock is subject to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than debt securities. The value of the equity securities may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in the Fund's NAV. In addition, the Fund frequently may possess material non-public information about a Borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or fixed-income security of a Borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities while in possession of material non-public information, the Fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of the Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

42


Temporary Strategies; Invest-Up Period

        During the period in which the net proceeds of this offering of Common Shares are being invested or during periods in which the Adviser determines that economic or market conditions are unfavorable to investors and a defensive strategy would benefit the Fund, the Fund may temporarily depart from its investment strategy. During these periods, the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its assets in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities; non-U.S. government securities which have received the highest investment grade credit rating, certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association; commercial paper; bankers' acceptances; bank time deposits; shares of money market funds; credit linked notes; repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing; or any other fixed income securities that the Adviser considers consistent with this strategy. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund will use these alternative strategies. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful.

         Commercial Paper.     Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

         Certificates of Deposit.     Certificates of deposit are certificates that are issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and that earn a specified return and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Fixed Time Deposits.     Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are generally no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. The Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

         Bankers' Acceptances.     Bankers' acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are "accepted" by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.

Other Investment Techniques

Short Sales

        The Fund will engage in short sales for investment and risk management purposes, including when the Adviser believes an investment will under-perform due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk or interest rates. The Fund may also engage in short sales for financing purposes. The Fund intends to take short positions in securities in an amount up to 30% of the Fund's net assets. In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions, the Fund may not be able, fully or partially, to implement its short selling strategy. Periods of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions may exist for as long as six months and, in some cases, much longer.

        Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward or futures contract) that it does not own but can borrow in the market. Short selling allows the Fund to profit from a decline in market price to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities and to obtain a low cost means of financing long investments that the

43



Adviser believes are attractive. When the Fund engages in a short sale on a security, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee or premium to borrow particular securities and be obligated to repay the lender of the security any coupon or interest that accrue on the securities during the period of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium dividends, interest or expenses the Fund pays in connection with the short sale. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

        During the period of the short sale, the Fund may be required to maintain the short sale proceeds that the broker holds and any additional assets the lending broker requires as collateral. The Fund may also be required to designate, on its books or the books of its custodian, liquid assets (less any additional collateral held by the broker) to cover the short sale obligation, marked-to-market daily. Depending on the arrangements made with the broker or custodian, the Fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it has deposited with the broker.

        Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund will ordinarily engage in short sales where it does not own or have the immediate right to acquire the security sold short. The Adviser expects to make short investments in securities (such as U.S. Treasuries and investment grade bonds) that historically have low upward volatility, potentially reducing the Fund's risks of loss from its short sales. However, the Fund's loss on a short sale could theoretically be unlimited in a case where the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. The Adviser's use of short sales in combination with long positions in the Fund's portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Fund held only long positions. It is possible that the Fund's long securities positions will decline in value at the same time that the value of its short securities positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund. In addition, the Fund's short selling strategies will limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the fixed-income markets.

Securities Lending

        The Fund may make secured loans of its marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions amounting to no more than 30% of its net assets. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to broker-dealers and other financial institutions that are believed by the Adviser to be of relatively high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities, cash or cash equivalents (negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. The borrower pays to the Fund, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

        The Fund may invest only the cash collateral received in accordance with its investment objectives, subject to the Fund's agreement with the borrower of the securities. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund typically pays a rebate to the borrower. The reinvestment of cash collateral will result in a form of effective leverage for the Fund.

        Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, retains the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund's performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities

44



loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments.

Derivatives

        The Fund may invest up to 30% of its Managed Assets in derivatives. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in any one counterparty (at any one time).

         Total Return Swaps.     The Fund may enter into total return swaps. In a total return swap, the Fund pays another party a fixed or floating short-term interest rate and receives in exchange the total return of underlying loans or debt securities. If the other party to a total return swap defaults, the Fund's risk of loss consists of the net amount of total return payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. The Fund bears the risk of default on the underlying loans or debt securities, based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. The Fund may use total return swaps for financing, hedging or investment purposes.

         Credit Derivatives.     The Fund may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or Borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. A credit default swap is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty (the "seller") to sell protection under the swap and or be "long" on a third party's credit risk and the other party (the "buyer") to purchase protection under the swap and be "short" on the credit risk. Typically, the buyer agrees to make regular fixed payments to the seller with the same frequency as the underlying reference instrument. In exchange, the buyer typically has the right upon a credit event on the underlying instrument to deliver the instrument to the seller in exchange for the instrument's par value plus interest. Credit default swaps can be used as a substitute for purchasing or selling a credit security and sometimes is preferable to actually purchasing the security. The Fund currently intends to invest primarily in credit default swaps as a buyer, but may also act as a seller. As a buyer of credit default swaps, the Fund is able to express a negative credit view on a particular instrument, but they are not short sales and are not subject to the Fund's investment limitations with regard to short sales. The Fund does not intend to leverage its investments through the use of credit default swaps, but may incur effective leverage to the extent it acts as a seller of a credit default swap. A purchaser of a credit default swap is subject to counterparty risk. The Fund will monitor any such swaps or derivatives with a view towards ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulatory investment policy and tax requirements.

         Interest Rate Transactions.     The Fund can normally be expected to have less significant interest rate-related fluctuations in its net asset value per share than investment companies investing primarily in fixed income securities (other than money market funds and some short term bond funds). However, because floating or variable rates on Secured Loans only reset periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the Fund's net asset value. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the Fund's net asset value. In addition, Secured Loans may allow the Borrower to opt between LIBOR-based interest rates and interest rates based on bank prime rates, which may have an impact the Fund's net asset value.

        The Fund may use interest rate swaps for risk management purposes only and not as a speculative investment and would typically use interest rate swaps to shorten the average interest rate reset time of the Fund's holdings. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments). The Fund will only enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis. If the other party to an interest rate swap defaults, the Fund's risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund's obligations over its

45



entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund's custodian. The Fund will not enter into any interest rate swap unless the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be investment grade by the Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. These instruments are traded in the over-the-counter market.

        The use of interest rate swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would be unfavorably affected.

         Foreign Currency Transactions.     The Fund may engage in foreign currency exchange transactions in connection with its investments in foreign securities. The Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities.

         Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts.     The Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against possible losses on foreign investments resulting from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price and for an amount set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has a deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies. However, forward foreign currency exchange contracts may limit potential gains which could result from a positive change in such currency relationships. The Fund does not speculate in foreign currency.

        Except for cross-hedges, the Fund will not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts or maintain a net exposure in such contracts when it would be obligated to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of its portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that currency or, in the case of a "cross-hedge," denominated in a currency or currencies that the Adviser believes will tend to be closely correlated with that currency with regard to price movements. At the consummation of a forward contract, the Fund may either make delivery of the foreign currency or terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an offsetting contract obligating it to purchase, at the same maturity date, the same amount of such foreign currency. If the Fund chooses to make delivery of the foreign currency, it may be required to obtain such currency through the sale of portfolio securities denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of the Fund into such currency. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or loss to the extent that there is a difference between the forward contract price and the offsetting forward contract price.

        It should be realized that this method of protecting the value of the Fund's portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which can be achieved at some future point in time. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain should the value of such currency increase. Generally, the Fund will not enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract with a term longer than one year.

46


Structured Products

        The Fund may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in structured products.

         Collateralized Loan Obligations.     A CLO is a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or "SPV"), created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. While the assets underlying CLOs are typically Secured Loans, the assets may also include (i) unsecured loans, (ii) debt securities that are rated below investment grade, (iii) debt tranches of other CLOs and (iv) equity securities incidental to investments in Secured Loans. When investing in CLOs, the Fund will not invest in equity tranches, which are the lowest tranche. However, the Fund may invest in lower tranches of CLOs, which typically experience a lower recovery, greater risk of loss or deferral or non-payment of interest than more senior tranches of the CLO. In addition, the Fund intends to invest in CLOs consisting primarily of individual Secured Loans of Borrowers and not repackaged CLO obligations from other high risk pools. The underlying Secured Loans purchased by CLOs are generally performing at the time of purchase but may become non-performing, distressed or defaulted. CLOs with underlying assets of non-performing, distressed or defaulted loans are not contemplated to comprise a significant portion of the Fund's investments in CLOs. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims arising out of this diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued by the SPV which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV typically takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.

         Credit-Linked Notes.     The Fund may purchase credit-linked notes for risk management purposes. A credit-linked note is a form of funded credit derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). Credit-linked notes are created by embedding a credit default swap in a funded asset to form an investment whose credit risk and cash flow characteristics resemble those of a bond or loan. These credit-linked notes pay an enhanced coupon to the investor for taking on the added credit risk of the reference issuer. In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of credit-linked notes is subject to counterparty risk.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

        The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, under which the Fund will effectively pledge its assets as collateral to secure a short-term loan. Generally, the other party to the agreement makes the loan in an amount equal to a percentage of the market value of the pledge collateral. At the maturity of the reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund will be required to repay the loan and correspondingly receive back its collateral. While used as collateral, the assets continue to pay principal and interest, which are for the benefit of the Fund.

Repurchase Agreements

        The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer and the bank or broker-dealer agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund's cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve transaction costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

Investment Policies

Credit Ratings and Unrated Securities

        Rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Appendix A to the SAI describes the various ratings assigned to debt

47



obligations by S&P, Moody's and Fitch. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer's current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. Credit rating agencies may be paid by the companies whose debt they analyze and grade. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays a rating agency for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. The Fund will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. The Adviser does not rely solely on credit ratings, and develops its own analysis of issuer credit quality. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. S&P, Moody's and Fitch monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, securities held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held.

        The Fund may purchase unrated securities (securities which are not rated by a rating agency) if the Adviser determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security's comparative credit rating. To the extent that the Fund invests in high yield and/or unrated securities, the Fund's success in achieving its investment objectives may depend more heavily on the Adviser's analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in higher-quality and rated securities. The Adviser will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in lower rated or unrated debt instruments through active portfolio management, credit analysis and attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the financial markets.

        The Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue or withdraws its assessment, including in the event of a default. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, the Adviser may consider such factors as Adviser's assessment of the credit quality of the issuers of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies.

Percentage Limitations

        Compliance with any policy or limitation of the Fund that is expressed as a percentage of assets is determined at the time of purchase of portfolio securities. The policy will not be violated if these limitations are exceeded because of changes in the market value or investment rating of the Fund's assets or if a Borrower or issuer distributes equity securities incident to the purchase or ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer.

Segregation and Cover Requirements

        Certain portfolio management techniques, such as engaging in short sales, entering into credit default swaps or futures contracts, or purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate the Fund's assets or otherwise cover its obligations. When employing these techniques, the Fund may segregate liquid assets, enter into offsetting transactions or own positions covering its obligations. To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under such a portfolio management technique, such instrument will not be considered a senior security for the purposes of the Investment Company Act. The Fund may cover such transactions using other methods currently or in the future permitted under the Investment Company Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by the Fund. These segregation and coverage requirements could result in the Fund maintaining securities positions that it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restricting portfolio management. Such segregation and cover requirements will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

Portfolio Turnover

        Active and frequent trading may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the Fund's performance.

48



LEVERAGE

        The Fund anticipates incurring leverage as part of its investment strategy. All costs and expenses related to any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by holders of Common Shares. The Fund initially expects to incur leverage through securities lending arrangements and/or total return swap arrangements. In addition, the Fund may incur leverage by reinvesting the proceeds from short sales in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives; however, the Fund may also enter into shorting programs without incurring leverage. Although certain forms of effective leverage used by the Fund, such as leverage incurred in securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling, may not be considered senior securities under the Investment Company Act, such effective leverage will be considered leverage for the Fund's leverage limits. The Fund's use of these forms of effective leverage will not exceed 30% of its net assets. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund reserves the flexibility to issue Preferred Shares, debt securities or commercial paper, borrow money, or enter into similar transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund's total use of leverage and short sales exposure, either through traditional leverage programs or through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling (including the market value of securities the Fund is obligated to repay through short sales even in transactions that do not result in leverage), will not exceed 40% of the Fund's Managed Assets (67% of the Fund's net assets). The leverage would generally have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Fund's Common Shares. Although the timing of any leverage and the terms of the leverage (other than any short positions and derivative transactions) would be determined by the Fund's Board of Trustees, the Fund expects to invest the proceeds derived from any leverage offering in securities consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and policies. If Preferred Shares are issued, they would likely pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates. The adjustment period for Preferred Shares dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. Under current market conditions, it is unlikely that the Fund will issue Preferred Shares. So long as the Fund's portfolio is invested in securities that provide a higher rate of return than the dividend rate or interest rate of the leverage, after taking expenses into consideration, the leverage will cause common shareholders to receive a higher rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged.

        In a securities lending program, the Fund would lend high yield debt securities or other marginable securities to a bank or other financial institution (a "counterparty"), in exchange for cash collateral and fees. The Fund would then reinvest the cash collateral received from the counterparty in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives, resulting in a form of leverage.

        In a total return swap arrangement, the Fund would receive the interest rate and capital gains returns on specified assets, typically loans, and in exchange would make payments to the counterparty of LIBOR plus an agreed upon spread and would also bear the risk of default for any of the assets. The Fund would also post margin collateral with the counterparty. The underlying assets of the swap will be counted toward the Fund's Managed Assets. Because the Fund receives the return on the assets without having to purchase the assets, this serves as a form of leverage.

        Leverage creates risk for the common shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of the Common Shares, and the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and debt or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares may affect the return to the common shareholders or will result in fluctuations in the dividends paid on the Common Shares. To the extent total return exceeds the cost of leverage, the Fund's return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the total return derived from securities purchased with funds received from the use of leverage is less than the cost of leverage, the Fund's return will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to common shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced. In the latter case, the Adviser in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund's leveraged position if it expects that the benefits to the Fund's common shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return. Under normal market conditions, the Fund anticipates that it will be able to invest the proceeds from leverage at a higher

49



rate of return than the costs of leverage, which would enhance returns to common shareholders. The use of leverage creates risks and involves special considerations. See "Risks—Leverage Risk."

        The Fund's Declaration of Trust authorizes the Fund, without prior approval of the common shareholders, to borrow money. In this connection, the Fund may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Fund's assets. In connection with such borrowing, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Under the requirements of the Investment Company Act, the Fund, immediately after any such borrowings, must have an "asset coverage" of at least 300%. With respect to such borrowing, asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act), bears to the aggregate amount of such borrowing represented by senior securities issued by the Fund. The Fund intends to manage its short positions in securities and certain of its derivative positions by maintaining an amount of cash or liquid securities in a segregated account equal to the face value of those positions. The Fund may also offset derivative positions against one another or against other assets to manage the effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that the Fund does not segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover its obligations under such transactions, such transactions will be treated as senior securities representing indebtedness ("borrowings") for purposes of the requirement under the Investment Company Act that the Fund may not enter into any such transactions if the Fund's borrowings would thereby exceed 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund not represented by senior securities.

        The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such borrowings will be senior to those of the common shareholders, and the terms of any such borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to common shareholders in certain circumstances. Further, the Investment Company Act does (in certain circumstances) grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. In the event that such provisions would impair the Fund's status as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Fund intends to repay the borrowings. Any borrowing will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future borrowings of the Fund.

        Certain types of borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Generally, covenants to which the Fund may be subject include affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants, and investment covenants. An example of an affirmative covenant would be one that requires the Fund to send its annual audited financial report to the lender. An example of a negative covenant would be one that prohibits the Fund from making any amendments to its fundamental policies. An example of a financial covenant is one that would require the Fund to maintain a 3:1 asset coverage ratio. An example of an investment covenant is one that would require the Fund to limit its investment in a particular asset class. The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any short-term corporate debt securities or Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund's portfolio in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

        Section 18(a) of the Investment Company Act requires certain actions by the Fund if its asset coverage falls below certain levels. Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund's total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund not represented by senior securities is at least 200% of the liquidation value of

50



the outstanding Preferred Shares ( i.e. , the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund's total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund other than senior securities). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund's asset coverage is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the Preferred Shares, the terms of any Preferred Shares issued are expected to include more stringent asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require the redemption of the Preferred Shares in the event of non-compliance by the Fund and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the Common Shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Fund may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions would cause the Fund to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Fund. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the Common Shares could impair the Fund's ability to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code. If the Fund has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Fund's Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Fund will be elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.

        If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, it may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more ratings agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines would be expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that would be more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Adviser from managing the Fund's portfolio in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

        The Fund may also borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require detrimental dispositions of Fund securities.

51



RISKS

        The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. At any point in time an investment in the Fund's Common Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account the distributions paid by and the ability of shareholders to reinvest dividends.


No Operating History

        The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decision. The Adviser currently manages structured products and acts as an investment adviser for managed accounts and one other closed-end fund and therefore as an entity has limited experience managing registered management investment companies. The Fund's Common Shares have no history of public trading.


Market Discount Risk

        Common shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their Common Shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Fund's Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price.


Investment and Market Risk

        An investment in the Fund's Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in the Fund's Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the portfolio of loans and fixed-income instruments, short positions and other securities and derivative instruments owned by the Fund, and the value of these securities and instruments may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. At any point in time an investment in the Fund's Common Shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Fund and the ability of shareholders to reinvest dividends. The Fund may also use leverage, which would magnify the Fund's investment, market and certain other risks.


Secured Loans Risk

        Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 70% of its Managed Assets in Secured Loans. Secured Loans hold senior positions in the capital structure of a business entity, are secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured creditors, subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The Secured Loans the Fund will invest in are usually rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. As a result, the risks associated with Secured Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade instruments, although Secured Loans are senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade instruments, which are often subordinated or unsecured. Nevertheless, if a Borrower under a Secured Loan defaults, becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy, the Fund may recover only a fraction of what is owed on the Secured Loan or nothing at all. Secured Loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus, including credit risk, liquidity risk, below investment grade instruments risk and management risk.

        Although the Secured Loans in which the Fund will invest will be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that the Fund will have first-lien priority in such collateral or that such collateral could be readily liquidated or that the liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the

52



event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Secured Loan. In the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, if the terms of a Secured Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower's obligations under the Secured Loans. To the extent that a Secured Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose some or all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Borrower. Those Secured Loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss.

        In general, the secondary trading market for Secured Loans is not fully-developed. No active trading market may exist for certain Secured Loans, which may make it difficult to value them. Illiquidity and adverse market conditions may mean that the Fund may not be able to sell certain Secured Loans quickly or at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Secured Loans, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

        Some Secured Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Secured Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Secured Loans.

        If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Secured Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default.

        If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of Secured Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Secured Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could get for the Secured Loan may be adversely affected.

        The Fund may acquire Secured Loans through assignments or participations. The Fund will typically acquire Secured Loans through assignment and may elevate a participation interest into an assignment as soon as practicably possible. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser's rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. The Adviser has adopted best execution procedures and guidelines to mitigate credit and counterparty risk in the atypical situation when the Fund must acquire a Secured Loan through a participation. The Adviser has established a risk and valuation committee that regularly reviews each broker-dealer counterparty for, among other things, its quality and the quality of its execution. The established procedures and guidelines require trades to be placed for execution only with broker-dealer counterparties approved by the risk and valuation committee of the Adviser. The factors considered by the committee when selecting and approving brokers and dealers include, but are not limited to: (i) quality, accuracy, and timeliness of execution, (ii) review of the reputation, financial strength and stability of the financial institution, (iii) willingness and ability of the counterparty to commit capital, (iv) ongoing reliability and (v) access to underwritten offerings and secondary markets. In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Fund may

53


not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund will not be able to conduct the due diligence on the Borrower or the quality of the Secured Loan with respect to which it is buying a participation that the Fund would otherwise conduct if it were investing directly in the Secured Loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower or the Secured Loan than the Fund expected when initially purchasing the participation.


Fixed-Income Instruments Risk

        The Fund may invest up to 30% of its Managed Assets in fixed-income instruments, such as U.S. government debt securities and investment grade and below investment grade, subordinated and unsubordinated corporate debt securities. Fixed-income instruments are subject to many of the same risks that affect Secured Loans and unsecured loans, however they are often unsecured and typically lower in the issuer's capital structure than loans, and thus may be exposed to greater risk of default and lower recoveries in the event of a default. This risk can be further heightened in the case of below investment grade instruments. Additionally, most fixed-income instruments are fixed-rate and thus are generally more susceptible than floating rate loans to price volatility related to changes in prevailing interest rates.


Unsecured Loans Risk

        The Fund may invest in unsecured loans. Unsecured loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Secured Loans except that such loans are not secured by collateral. In the event of default on an unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. Unsecured loans are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than Secured Loans and may be less liquid.


Below Investment Grade Instruments Risk

        The Fund anticipates that it may invest substantially all of its assets in loans and fixed-income instruments that are rated below investment grade. Below investment grade instruments are commonly referred to as "junk" or high-yield instruments and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower grade instruments may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that a prolonged or deepening economic recession could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such instruments to repay principal and pay interest thereon, increase the incidence of default for such instruments and severely disrupt the market value of such instruments.

        Lower grade instruments, though higher yielding, are characterized by higher risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated instruments. The retail secondary market for lower grade instruments may be less liquid than that for higher rated instruments. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain instruments or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund's net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade instruments, investors could lose money on their investment in Common Shares of the Fund, both in the short-term and the long-term.

54



Valuation Risk

        Unlike publicly traded common stock which trades on national exchanges, there is no central place or exchange for loans or fixed-income instruments to trade. Loans and fixed-income instruments generally trade on an "over-the-counter" market which may be anywhere in the world where the buyer and seller can settle on a price. Due to the lack of centralized information and trading, the valuation of loans or fixed-income instruments may carry more risk than that of common stock. Uncertainties in the conditions of the financial market, unreliable reference data, lack of transparency and inconsistency of valuation models and processes may lead to inaccurate asset pricing. In addition, other market participants may value securities differently than the Fund. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the risk that when a loan or fixed-income instrument is sold in the market, the amount received by the Fund is less than the value of such loans or fixed-income instruments carried on the Fund's books.


Short Selling Risk

        The Fund will engage in short sales for investment and risk management purposes, including when the Adviser believes an investment will under-perform due to a greater sensitivity to earnings growth of the issuer, default risk or interest rates. The Fund may also engage in short sales for financing purposes. In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions, the Fund may not be able, fully or partially, to implement its short selling strategy. Periods of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions may exist for as long as six months and, in some cases, much longer.

        Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward or futures contract) that it does not own but can borrow in the market. Short selling allows the Fund to profit from a decline in market price to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities and to obtain a low cost means of financing long investments that the Adviser believes are attractive. If a security sold short increases in price, the Fund may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. The Fund will have substantial short positions and must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer under the short sale transaction. The Fund may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions earlier than it had expected. Thus, the Fund may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

        Generally, the Fund will have to pay a fee or premium to borrow securities and will be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrues on the security during the term of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of such fee, premium, dividends, interest or expense the Fund pays in connection with the short sale.

        Until the Fund replaces a borrowed security, it may be required to maintain a segregated account of cash or liquid assets with a broker or custodian to cover the Fund's short position. Generally, securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold unless they are replaced with other liquid assets. The Fund's ability to access the pledged collateral may also be impaired in the event the broker becomes bankrupt insolvent or otherwise fails to comply with the terms of the contract. In such instances the Fund may not be able to substitute or sell the pledged collateral and may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in these circumstances. Additionally, the Fund must maintain sufficient liquid assets (less any additional collateral pledged to the broker), marked-to-market daily, to cover the borrowed securities obligations. This may limit the Fund's investment flexibility, as well as its ability to meet other current obligations.

55


        Because losses on short sales arise from increases in the value of the security sold short, such losses are theoretically unlimited. By contrast, a loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security's value cannot decrease below zero. The Adviser's use of short sales in combination with long positions in the Fund's portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Fund held only long positions. It is possible that the Fund's long securities positions will decline in value at the same time that the value of its short securities positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund. In addition, the Fund's short selling strategies will limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the fixed-income markets.

        By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Fund could be deemed to be employing a form of leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may increase the Fund's exposure to long securities positions and make any change in the Fund's NAV greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that any leveraging strategy the Fund employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

        The SEC recently proposed certain restrictions on short sales. If the SEC's proposals are adopted, they could restrict the Fund's ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances. In addition, regulatory authorities in the United States or other countries may adopt bans on short sales of certain securities, either generally, or with respect to certain industries or countries, in response to market events. Restrictions and/or bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies.


Liquidity Risk

        The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities that, at the time of investment, are illiquid (determined using the SEC's standard applicable to registered investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities). The Fund may also invest in restricted securities. Investments in restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the amount of the Fund's assets invested in illiquid securities if qualified institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase these securities.

        Illiquid and restricted securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when the Fund believes it is desirable to do so. The market price of illiquid and restricted securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Fund pays for or recovers upon the sale of such securities. Illiquid and restricted securities are also more difficult to value, especially in challenging markets. The Adviser's judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. Investment of the Fund's assets in illiquid and restricted securities may restrict the Fund's ability to take advantage of market opportunities. In order to dispose of an unregistered security, the Fund, where it has contractual rights to do so, may have to cause such security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered, thereby enabling the Fund to sell it. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities vary in length and scope and are generally the result of a negotiation between the issuer and acquiror of the securities. In either case, the Fund would bear market risks during that period.

        Some loans and fixed-income instruments are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Loans and fixed-income instruments may not be listed on any national securities exchange and no active trading market may exist for certain of the loans and fixed-income instruments in which the Fund will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some loans and fixed-income instruments may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

56



Credit Risk

        Credit risk is the risk that one or more loans or other debt instruments in the Fund's portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the instrument experiences a decline in its financial status. While a senior position in the capital structure of a Borrower or issuer may provide some protection with respect to the Fund's investments in Secured Loans, losses may still occur because the market value of Secured Loans is affected by the creditworthiness of Borrowers or issuers and by general economic and specific industry conditions and the Fund's other investments will often be subordinate to other debt in the issuer's capital structure. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade instruments, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade instruments are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer's revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade instruments. Instruments of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, the Fund may enter into credit derivatives which may expose it to additional risk in the event that the instruments underlying the derivatives default.


Interest Rate Risk

        Loans, corporate debt securities or other fixed-income instruments that the Fund may invest in are subject to the risk that market values of such securities will decline as interest rates increase. These changes in interest rates have a more pronounced effect on securities with longer durations. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund's NAV.


Leverage Risk

        The Fund anticipates incurring leverage as part of its investment strategy. All costs and expenses related to any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by holders of Common Shares. The Fund initially expects to incur leverage through securities lending arrangements and/or total return swap arrangements. In addition, the Fund may incur leverage by reinvesting the proceeds from short sales in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives; however, the Fund may also enter into shorting programs without incurring leverage. Although certain forms of effective leverage used by the Fund, such as leverage incurred in securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling, may not be considered senior securities under the Investment Company Act, such effective leverage will be considered leverage for the Fund's leverage limits. The Fund's use of these forms of effective leverage will not exceed 30% of its net assets. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund reserves the flexibility to issue Preferred Shares, debt securities or commercial paper, borrow money, or enter into similar transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund's total use of leverage and short sales exposure, either through traditional leverage programs or through securities lending, total return swap arrangements, other derivative transactions or short selling (including the market value of securities the Fund is obligated to repay through short sales even in transactions that do not result in leverage), will not exceed 40% of the Fund's Managed Assets (67% of the Fund's net assets). With respect to its short positions in securities and certain of its derivative positions, the Fund may maintain an amount of cash or liquid securities in a segregated account equal to the face value of those positions. The Fund may also offset derivative positions against one another or against other assets to manage the effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that the Fund does not segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover its obligations under such transactions, such transactions will be treated as senior securities representing indebtedness ("borrowings") for purposes of the requirement under the Investment Company Act that the Fund may not enter into any such transactions if the Fund's borrowings would thereby exceed 33 1 / 3 % of its Managed Assets. See "Leverage." In addition, to the extent that any offsetting positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected, the Fund may perform as if it were

57



leveraged. The Fund's use of leverage could create the opportunity for a higher return for common shareholders but would also result in special risks for common shareholders and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and investments purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, the return on the Common Shares will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and investments purchased with such proceeds do not cover the cost of leverage, the return on the Common Shares will be less than if leverage had not been used. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:

        The Fund may continue to use leverage if the benefits to the Fund's shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position are believed to outweigh any current reduced return.


Derivatives Risk

        Under normal market conditions, the use of derivatives by the Fund, other than for hedging purposes, will not exceed 30% of the Fund's Managed Assets. The Fund's derivative investments have risks, including: the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund's portfolio; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative contract would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative contract and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. Certain of the derivative investments in which the Fund may invest may, in certain circumstances, give rise to a form of financial leverage, which may magnify the risk of owning such instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use derivative investments depends on the ability of the Adviser to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of derivative investments to generate income, for hedging, for currency or interest rate management or other purposes may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices below or above the current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise want to sell. In addition, there may be situations in which the Adviser elects not to use derivative investments that result in losses greater than if they had been used. Amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to the Fund's derivative investments would not be available to the Fund for other investment purposes, which may result in lost opportunities for gain.

58


        Congress has recently enacted the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act will likely impact the use of derivatives by entities, which may include the Fund, and is intended to improve the existing regulatory framework by closing the regulatory gaps and eliminating the speculative trading practices that contributed to the 2008 financial market crisis. The legislation is designed to impose stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability by, among other things, requiring many derivative transactions to be cleared and traded on an exchange, expanding entity registration requirements, imposing business conduct requirements on dealers and requiring banks to move some derivatives trading units to a non-guaranteed affiliate separate from the deposit-taking bank or divest them altogether. While many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act must be implemented through future rulemaking, and any regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon the Fund, it is possible that, upon the effectiveness of these rules, they could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of the Fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change availability of certain investments.

        The SEC has also indicated that it may adopt new policies on the use of derivatives by registered investment companies. Such policies could affect the nature and extent of derivatives use by the Fund.


Swap Risk

        The Fund may also invest in credit default swaps, total return swaps and interest rate swaps. Such transactions are subject to market risk, liquidity risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction, known as "counterparty risk," and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. When buying protection under a swap, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. However, when selling protection under a swap, the risk of loss is often the notional value of the underlying asset, which can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid; however there is no guarantee that the swap market will continue to provide liquidity. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. In a total return swap, the Fund pays the counterparty a floating short-term interest rate and receives in exchange the total return of underlying loans or debt securities. The Fund bears the risk of default on the underlying loans or debt securities, based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation.


Counterparty and Prime Brokerage Risk

        Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund's prime brokers or counterparties with respect to derivatives or other transactions supported by another party's credit will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as prime brokers or counterparties in the markets for these transactions have recently incurred significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such hardships have reduced such entities' capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such transactions. By using derivatives, swaps or other transactions, the Fund assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience similar financial hardships. If a prime broker or counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract

59



due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding; if the Fund's claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such prime broker or counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.


Credit Derivatives Risk

        The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Fund's risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Fund sells protection under a credit default swap, it would collect periodic fees from the buyer and would profit if the credit of the underlying issuer or reference entity remains stable or improves while the swap is outstanding, but the Fund would be required to pay an agreed-upon amount to the buyer (which may be the entire notional amount of the swap) if the reference entity defaults on the reference security. Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Fund invested in the reference obligation directly.


Structured Products Risk

        The Fund may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in structured products, consisting of CLOs and credit-linked notes. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

        The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product's administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund.

        Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CLOs and credit-linked notes are typically privately offered and sold. As a result, investments in CLOs and credit-linked notes may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

60


Lender Liability Risk

        A number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by Borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed "lender liability." Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

        In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (a) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, (b) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (c) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (d) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a Borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such Borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called "equitable subordination."

        Because affiliates of, or persons related to, the Adviser may hold equity or other interests in obligors of the Fund, the Fund could be exposed to claims for equitable subordination or lender liability or both based on such equity or other holdings.

Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk

        The Adviser will be subject to certain conflicts of interest in its management of the Fund. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates in other activities that may conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the Fund or the shareholders of the Fund. Other present and future activities of the Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest which may have a negative impact on the Fund.

        In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, GSO and its affiliates have implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls). For example, GSO and its affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to companies in which the Fund may be considering making an investment or companies that are GSO's and its affiliates' advisory clients. As a consequence, that information, which could be of benefit to the Fund, could also restrict the Fund's activities and the investment opportunity may otherwise be unavailable to the Fund. Additionally, the terms of confidentiality or other agreements with or related to companies in which any fund managed by GSO has or has considered making an investment or which is otherwise an advisory client of GSO and its affiliates may restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Fund to make investments in such companies.

        As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory, and other services. In the regular course of its investment banking and advisory businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with respect to transactions that could give rise to investments that would otherwise be available for investment by the Fund. Because of such relationships, there may be certain investments that the Adviser will decline or be unable to make. In addition, employees of Blackstone or its affiliates may possess information relating to such issuers that is not known to the individuals at the Adviser responsible for making investment decisions and performing the other obligations under the investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser. Those employees

61



of Blackstone or its affiliates will not be obligated to share any such information with the Adviser and may be prohibited by law or contract from doing so.

        The Adviser or certain of its affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, the Adviser would be restricted from buying or selling securities, derivatives or loans of the issuer on behalf of the Fund until such time as the information became public or was no longer deemed material, so as to preclude the Fund from participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to the Adviser's personnel responsible for the affairs of the Fund will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Fund may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Fund may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of the Adviser which might be relevant to an investment decision to be made by the Fund, and the Fund may initiate a transaction or sell an investment which, if such information had been known to it, may not have been undertaken. Due to these restrictions, the Fund may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment that it otherwise might have sold.

        GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may represent creditors or debtors in proceedings under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or prior to such filings. From time to time, GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may serve as advisor to creditor or equity committees. This involvement, for which GSO, Blackstone and their affiliates may be compensated, may limit or preclude the flexibility that the Fund may otherwise have to participate in restructurings. For example, in situations in which a Borrower or issuer of loans or fixed-income instruments held by the Fund is a client or a potential client of the restructuring and reorganization advisory practice, the Adviser may dispose of such securities or take such other actions reasonably necessary to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act in order to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest with the restructuring and reorganization advisory practice. Further, there may also be instances in which the work of Blackstone's restructuring and reorganization advisory practice prevents the Adviser from purchasing securities on behalf of the Fund. In addition, the Investment Company Act limits the Fund's ability to enter into certain transactions with certain GSO or Blackstone affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, the Fund may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by Blackstone, GSO or one of its affiliates. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company's loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between the interests of the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interest of the Fund might be impaired. The Investment Company Act also prohibits certain "joint" transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Fund.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates Risk

        The Investment Company Act limits our ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of our affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a registered investment company or private equity fund managed by Blackstone / GSO Related Parties. The Investment Company Act also prohibits certain "joint" transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

Dependence on Key Personnel Risk

        The Adviser is dependent upon the experience and expertise of certain key personnel in providing services with respect to the Fund's investments. If the Adviser were to lose the services of these individuals, its ability to service the Fund could be adversely affected. As with any managed fund, the Adviser may not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities or investment techniques for the Fund's portfolio and the Fund's performance may lag behind that of similar funds. The Adviser has

62



informed the Fund that the investment professionals associated with the Adviser are actively involved in other investment activities not concerning the Fund and will not be able to devote all of their time to the Fund's business and affairs. In addition, individuals not currently associated with the Adviser may become associated with the Fund and the performance of the Fund may also depend on the experience and expertise of such individuals.

Prepayment Risk

        During periods of declining interest rates, Borrowers or issuers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Fund's income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or "call" risk. Below investment grade instruments frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met ("call protection"). An issuer may redeem a below investment grade instrument if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans typically do not have call protection. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be enhanced.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

        Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain assets or income from the Fund's investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions on the Common Shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund's use of leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer defaults more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund's portfolio.

Non-U.S. Securities Risk

        The Fund may invest in Non-U.S. Securities. Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments and may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. companies. Financial markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as financial markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, including seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, different legal systems and laws relating to creditors' rights and the potential inability to enforce legal judgments, all of which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities. Generally, there is less readily available and reliable information about non-U.S. issuers or Borrowers due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards and regulatory practices. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Because Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Fund's Common Shares are not priced, NAV change at times when Common Shares cannot be sold.

Foreign Currency Risk

        Because the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities or other instruments denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates

63



may affect the value of securities in the Fund and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Fund's NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Adviser may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. See "Risks—Swap Risk." The Fund may incur costs in connection with the conversions between various currencies. In addition, certain countries may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the repatriation, transferability or convertibility of currency.

Repurchase Agreements Risk

        Subject to its investment objectives and policies, the Fund may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Fund will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Fund does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Fund's right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk

        The Fund's use of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks involved in the Fund's use of leverage, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities that the Fund has sold but remains obligated to repurchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Fund may decline. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experiences insolvency, the Fund may be adversely affected. Also, in entering into reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the underlying securities. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreements transactions, the Fund's NAV will decline, and, in some cases, the Fund may be worse off than if it had not used such instruments.

Investments in Equity Securities or Warrants Incidental to Investments in Loans and Fixed-Income Instruments

        From time to time the Fund also may invest in or hold common stock and other equity securities or warrants incidental to the purchase or ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument or in connection with a reorganization of a Borrower or issuer. Investments in equity securities incidental to investments in loans or fixed-income instruments entail certain risks in addition to those associated with investments in loans or fixed-income instruments. Because equity is merely the residual value of an issuer after all claims and other interests, it is inherently more risky than the bonds or loans of the same Borrower or issuer. The value of the equity securities may be affected more rapidly, and to a greater extent, by company-specific

64



developments and general market conditions. These risks may increase fluctuations in the Fund's NAV. The Fund frequently may possess material non-public information about a Borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or fixed-income instrument of a Borrower or issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities while in possession of material non-public information, the Fund might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of the Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

U.S. Government Debt Securities Risk

        U.S. government debt securities generally do not involve the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund's NAV. Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund's average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities. In addition, the recent economic crisis in the United States has negatively impacted government-sponsored entities, which include Federal Home Loan Banks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. As the real estate market has deteriorated through declining home prices and increasing foreclosure, government-sponsored entities, which back the majority of U.S mortgages, have experienced extreme volatility and in some cases a lack of liquidity. In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed under a conservatorship of the U.S. federal government. Any Fund investments issued by Federal Home Loan Banks and Fannie Mae may ultimately lose value.

Recent Developments

        The U.S. credit markets have recently been experiencing extreme volatility and market disruption. Although the market is not currently experiencing disruption, extreme volatility or market disruption may occur in the future. Instability in the credit markets may make it more difficult for a number of issuers of debt securities to obtain financing or refinancing for their investment or lending activities or operations. In particular, because of volatile conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue.

        For example, certain Borrowers may, due to macroeconomic conditions, be unable to repay the Secured Loans during this period. A Borrower's failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of the Secured Loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the Borrower's ability to meet its obligations under its debt securities. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting Borrower. In addition, if one of the Borrowers were to commence bankruptcy proceedings, even though the Fund may have structured its interest as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which the Fund actually provided managerial assistance to such Borrower, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize the Fund's debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of its claim to that of other creditors. The current adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of the Fund's loans and the value of its equity investments. The current recession could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and the value of the Fund's assets.

        These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund. These developments also may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis. These developments could adversely affect the ability of the Fund to use leverage for investment purposes and increase the cost of such leverage, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares. These developments also may adversely affect the broader economy, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of

65



principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings of the issuer and increased defaults by the issuer. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the NAV and market price of the Fund's Common Shares.

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

        The instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Fund cannot predict the effects of geopolitical events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

        The Fund's annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, it is not expected to exceed 100% under normal circumstances. However, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. A high portfolio turnover may increase the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits, resulting in a greater portion of the Fund's distributions being treated as a dividend to the Fund's common shareholders. In addition, a higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund.

Government Intervention in the Financial Markets

        The recent instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self regulatory organizations may take additional actions that affect the regulation of the securities or structured products in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such securities or structured products, in ways that are unforeseeable. Borrowers under Secured Loans held by the Fund may seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund's ability to achieve its investment objectives. The Adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund's portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund's investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

Non-Diversification Risk

        The Fund is classified as "non-diversified" under the Investment Company Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a "diversified" fund. The Fund may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to qualify for the special tax treatment available to "regulated investment companies" under Subchapter M of the Code, and thus intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Subchapter M, including its less stringent diversification requirements that apply to the percentage of the Fund's total assets that are represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and certain other securities. See "The Fund's Investments" and "Tax Matters."

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at NAV.

66



MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees and Officers

        The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the board of trustees. The responsibilities of the board of trustees include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. The board of trustees currently has an audit committee, a nominating committee and a valuation committee and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The day-to-day operation of the Fund is delegated to the officers of the Fund and the Adviser, subject always to the investment objectives, restrictions and policies of the Fund and to the general supervision of the board of trustees.

        There currently are five trustees of the Fund. A majority of the trustees are not "interested persons" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund. The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under "Management of the Fund" in the SAI.

Investment Adviser

        GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC acts as the Fund's investment adviser. The Adviser is located at 280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The Adviser, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO, is a registered investment adviser and will be responsible for compliance oversight services to the Fund. GSO is the credit platform of Blackstone.

        GSO is among the largest credit-oriented asset managers in the world. GSO manages approximately $30 billion of assets as of September 30, 2010 across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including bank loans, high yield bonds, distressed debt and mezzanine debt. GSO was founded on July 1, 2005 by Bennett Goodman, Tripp Smith and Doug Ostrover (the "Founders"), who have worked together for over 15 years. Prior to founding GSO, Messrs. Goodman, Smith and Ostrover built and ran the leveraged finance businesses at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette ("DLJ") and at Credit Suisse First Boston ("Credit Suisse", now called Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC) following its acquisition of DLJ in 2000. Under their direction, DLJ and Credit Suisse held the leading market share in underwriting high yield securities for more than ten consecutive years. The Founders were also responsible for managing the activities of Credit Suisse's Alternative Capital Division, with over $30 billion in private equity, mezzanine, real estate and hedge fund assets. In March 2008, Blackstone acquired a controlling interest in GSO. In connection with the acquisition by Blackstone, all credit-oriented asset management businesses at Blackstone were integrated onto the GSO platform. The GSO funds are presently managed on a day-to-day basis separately from the rest of Blackstone.

        GSO, through its affiliates, employs 180 people in New York, London and Houston. GSO believes that the depth and breadth of its team provides it with a significant competitive advantage in sourcing product on a global basis, structuring transactions and actively managing portfolio investments.

        Blackstone is a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services with offices in New York, Atlanta, Beijing, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Dusseldorf, Hong Kong, Houston, London, Los Angeles, Menlo Park, Mumbai, Paris, San Francisco, Shanghai, Sydney and Tokyo. Blackstone's alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, funds of hedge funds, credit-oriented funds, and closed-end mutual funds. Through its different investment businesses, as of September 30, 2010, Blackstone has total assets under management of approximately $119 billion. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services.

67


Competitive Advantages

        The Adviser believes that it offers the following competitive advantages:

         Global platform with seasoned investment professionals.     The Adviser's senior management team believes that the breadth and depth of its experience, together with the wider resources of GSO and Blackstone and their relationships with the investment community, provide the Adviser with a significant competitive advantage in sourcing and analyzing attractive investment opportunities worldwide. The Adviser's investment professionals have extensive experience in leveraged finance. Individual members of the Adviser's investment team also have experience in shorting and derivatives strategies.

         Disciplined, income-oriented investment philosophy.     The Adviser will employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach will involve a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of credit deterioration. This strategy is designed to maximize current yield and minimize the risk of capital loss while maintaining potential for long-term capital appreciation.

         Expertise across all levels of the corporate capital structure.     The Adviser believes that its broad expertise and experience at all levels of a company's capital structure will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive returns on the Fund's investments. The Adviser will attempt to capitalize on this expertise in an effort to produce and maintain an investment portfolio that will perform in a broad range of economic conditions.

Investment Team

        Set forth below is information regarding the team of professionals at the Adviser primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Adviser utilizes a team approach, with decisions derived from interaction among various investment management sector specialists. Under this team approach, management of the Fund's portfolio will reflect a consensus of interdisciplinary views.

         Daniel H. Smith, Jr. is a Senior Managing Director and will serve as the chairman of the Investment Committee for the Fund. In addition, Mr. Smith is involved in the strategic direction of the business as well as oversight of the investment process. Mr. Smith joined GSO from Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Co-head of RBC Capital Market's Alternative Investments Unit. Mr. Smith has over 24 years of experience in investment management, including high yield bank loans and bonds, investment grade debt, mezzanine and private debt, public and private equities and limited partnership investments. Mr. Smith received a Masters in Management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.S. in Petroleum Engineering from the University of Southern California.

         Lee M. Shaiman is a Managing Director and will serve as a portfolio manager and a member of the Investment Committee for the Fund. Mr. Shaiman joined GSO from Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Head of Portfolio Management and Credit Research in the Debt Investments group. He is a Certified Public Accountant, licensed in the State of New Jersey. Mr. Shaiman has over 28 years of experience in leveraged finance, including structuring and placement of senior bank loans and bridge financing, private placements, high yield bonds and equity co-investments. Mr. Shaiman received a Masters of Science in Accounting and Taxation from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Economics, cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa, from Rutgers College.

         Brad Marshall is a Principal and will serve as an assistant portfolio manager and a member of the Investment Committee for the Fund. He is also currently involved with the ongoing analysis and evaluation of fixed income investment opportunities as well as on the sourcing and evaluation of new business initiatives. Before joining GSO in 2005, Mr. Marshall worked in various roles at RBC, including fixed income research and business development within RBC's private equity funds effort. Prior to RBC, Mr. Marshall helped develop a private equity funds business for TAL Global, a Canadian asset

68



management division of CIBC, and prior to that, he co-founded a microchip verification software company where he served as chief financial officer. Mr. Marshall received an M.B.A. from McGill University in Montreal where he was an Academic All-Canadian and a B.A. (Honors) in Economics from Queen's University in Kingston, Canada.

         Debra Anderson is a Senior Managing Director, the European Portfolio Manager, and will serve as a member of the Investment Committee for the Fund. Before joining Blackstone in 2005, Ms. Anderson worked at Intermediate Capital Group, where she was the Leveraged Loan Portfolio Manager responsible for four collateralized debt obligations funds. Ms. Anderson has been a lending professional for over 17 years. Ms. Anderson received a B.A. from York University.

         James M. Didden, Jr. is a Senior Managing Director and will serve as a portfolio manager and a member of the Investment Committee for the Fund. Before joining GSO Capital Partners in 2005, Mr. Didden was a Managing Director in High Yield Sales & Trading at Deutsche Bank. Prior to joining Deutsche Bank, Mr. Didden was a Partner at J. & W. Seligman, serving as Portfolio Manager and Head Trader for the firm's multi-billion dollar High Yield Portfolio. During his tenure at J. & W. Seligman, Mr. Didden served as a member of numerous creditor committees in connection with restructuring transactions. Before joining J. & W. Seligman, Mr. Didden practiced Corporate Tax Law at Kelley, Drye & Warren where he worked on numerous leveraged finance transactions. Mr. Didden received a Masters in Tax Law from the New York University School of Law, a J.D., cum laude, from American University Law School and a B.A. from Boston College.

         Daniel T. McMullen is a Managing Director and a leader of the group's capital markets effort, a member of the Investment and Management Committee and will serve as a member of the Investment Committee for the Fund. Before joining Blackstone in 2002, Mr. McMullen worked at CIBC World Markets, most recently as a Director and Senior Investment Analyst for the structured investment vehicles managed by Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., and has over 17 years of experience in leveraged finance. Mr. McMullen has earned his Certified Financial Analyst designation and received a B.A. from the University of Rochester where he graduated cum laude.

         Douglas Paolillo is a Managing Director and will serve as a member of the Investment Committee for the Fund. Before joining Blackstone in 2002, Mr. Paolillo worked at CIBC World Markets, most recently, as a Director and Senior Investment Analyst for the structured investment vehicles managed by Trimaran Advisors, L.L.C., and has over 19 years of experience in leveraged finance. Mr. Paolillo received a B.S. degree in Finance and Business Administration from Providence College where he graduated with distinction.

        Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by them and other information is provided in the SAI.

Investment Advisory Agreement

        The Adviser provides services to the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser. Under the investment advisory agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund's board of trustees, the Adviser will manage the Fund's portfolio in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

        The Fund's investment advisory agreement will continue in effect, unless otherwise terminated, until                     , 2013, and then will continue from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Fund's board of trustees or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (b) in either event, by a majority of the board of trustees of the Fund who are not "interested persons" of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act (the "independent trustees") with

69



such independent trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Fund's investment advisory agreement provides that the Adviser may render services to others. The Fund's investment advisory agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice by the Fund when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote (as defined in the Investment Company Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Fund's trustees, or by the Adviser on not less than 90 days' written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Fund's investment advisory agreement provides that neither the Adviser nor its personnel or affiliates shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

        The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.20% of the average daily value of the Fund's net assets. The term "net assets" means total assets of the Fund minus liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends).

        A discussion regarding the basis for the initial approval of the investment advisory agreement by the board of trustees will be available in the Fund's first report to shareholders. The basis for subsequent continuations of the Fund's investment advisory agreement will be provided in annual or semi-annual reports to stockholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.

        In addition to the fees paid to the Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.

Administrator

        ALPS Fund Services, Inc., located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the Administration Agreement, ALPS maintains the Fund's general ledger and is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the common shares, and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund. ALPS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.18% of the Fund's average daily value of the Fund's net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses.

Control Persons

        A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Adviser has provided the initial capitalization of the Fund and therefore is a control person because it is the sole shareholder of the Fund as of the date of this prospectus. However, it is anticipated that the Adviser will no longer be a control person once the offering is completed.

70



NET ASSET VALUE

        The net asset value of the Common Shares of the Fund will be computed based upon the value of the Fund's Managed Assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined daily by ALPS on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business as of the close of the regular trading session on the New York Stock Exchange. The Fund calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends) from the total assets of the Fund (the value of the securities plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of outstanding Common Shares of the Fund.

        The Fund values its investments primarily by using the mid-price of market quotations from a nationally recognized loan pricing service. Short-term debt investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased will be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Any investments and other assets for which such current market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value ("Fair Valued Assets") as determined in good faith under procedures established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Fund's board of trustees. The Adviser will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Valued Assets to a valuation committee comprised of officers and employees of the Adviser. The valuation committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. The pricing of all Fair Valued Assets shall be subsequently reported to the Fund's board of trustees or the appropriate committee thereof.

        Non-U.S. Securities are valued by translating available quotes into U.S. dollar equivalents, if the quotes are considered reliable, and are otherwise valued at fair value. Over-the-counter options are priced on the basis of dealer quotes. Other types of derivatives for which quotes may not be available are valued at fair value.

        When determining the price for a Fair Valued Asset, the Adviser shall seek to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm's-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the Adviser deems relevant.

71



DISTRIBUTIONS

        Commencing with the Fund's initial distribution, the Fund intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly distribution on the Fund's Common Shares within 45 to 60 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly distribution approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering. The Fund will pay common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its net investment income after the payment of interest, fees or dividends, if any, owed with respect to any forms of leverage utilized by the Fund. The Fund intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually.

        The U.S. federal income tax treatment and characterization of the Fund's distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund's investments. In light of the Fund's investment policies, the Fund anticipates that the Investment Company Act will require it to accompany each monthly distribution with a statement setting forth the estimated source (as between net income, capital gains and return of capital) of the distribution made. The Fund will indicate the proportion of its capital gains distributions that constitute long-term and short-term gains annually. The ultimate U.S. federal income tax characterization of the Fund's distributions made in a calendar or fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Fund may make total distributions during a calendar or taxable year in an amount that exceeds the Fund's net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the relevant taxable year. In such situations, if a distribution exceeds the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), such distribution would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder's tax basis in such shareholder's shares. When you sell your shares in the Fund, the amount, if any, by which your sales price exceeds your basis in the Fund's shares is gain subject to tax. Because a return of capital reduces your basis in the shares, it will increase the amount of your gain or decrease the amount of your loss when you sell the shares, all other things being equal. To the extent that the amount of any return of capital distribution exceeds the shareholder's basis in such shareholder's shares, the excess will be treated as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. See "Tax Matters."

        Various factors will affect the level of the Fund's income, including the asset mix, the average maturity of the Fund's portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the Fund and the Fund's use of hedging. To permit the Fund to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Fund may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Fund during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Fund's net asset value (and indirectly benefit the Adviser and ALPS by increasing their fees) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Fund's net asset value.

        Section 19(b) of the Investment Company Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder generally limit the Fund to one long-term capital gain distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions.

72



DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

        Pursuant to the DRIP, shareholders whose shares are registered in their own name may "opt-in" to the plan and elect to reinvest all or a portion of their distributions in our Common Shares by providing the required enrollment notice to The Bank of New York Mellon, the DRIP administrator. Shareholders whose shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee may have distributions reinvested only if such a service is provided by the broker or the nominee or if the broker or the nominee permits participation in the DRIP. Shareholders whose shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee should contact the broker or nominee for details. A shareholder may terminate participation in the DRIP at any time by notifying the DRIP administrator before the record date of the next distribution through the Internet, by telephone or in writing. All distributions to shareholders who do not participate in the DRIP, or have elected to terminate their participation in the DRIP, will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by or under the direction of the DRIP administrator when our board of trustees declares a distribution.

        When we declare a distribution, shareholders who are participants in the DRIP receive the equivalent of the amount of the distribution in our Common Shares. If you participate in the DRIP, the number of Common Shares of the Fund you will receive will be determined as follows:

        The DRIP administrator maintains all shareholder accounts in the dividend reinvestment plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Our Common Shares in the account of each DRIP participant are held by the DRIP administrator in non-certificated form in the name of the participant, and each shareholder's proxy includes shares purchased pursuant to the DRIP.

        There is no charge to participants for reinvesting regular distributions and capital gains distributions. The fees of the DRIP administrator for handling the reinvestment of regular distributions and capital gains distributions are included in the fee to be paid by us to our transfer agent. There are no brokerage charges

73



with respect to shares issued directly by us as a result of regular distributions or capital gains distributions payable either in shares or in cash. However, each participant bears a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the DRIP administrator's open market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of such distributions. Shareholders that opt-in to the DRIP will add to their investment through dollar cost averaging. Because all dividends and distributions paid to such shareholder will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, the average cost of such shareholder's Common Shares will decrease over time. Dollar cost averaging is a technique for lowering the average cost per share over time if the Fund's net asset value declines. While dollar cost averaging has definite advantages, it cannot assure profit or protect against loss in declining markets.

        The automatic reinvestment of such dividends or distributions does not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable on such dividends or distributions. See "Tax Matters."

        You may obtain additional information about the DRIP by writing us at our principal office, which is located at 280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10017 or by contacting the DRIP administrator at the following address: BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, Attn: Sales Dept., P.O. Box 358035, Pittsburgh, PA 15252.

74



DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

        The Fund is a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of October 22, 2010, as amended and restated on December 15, 2010. The Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. The holders of Common Shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued interest, fees and dividends, if any, with respect to the Fund's leverage have been paid, unless certain asset coverage tests with respect to the leverage employed by the Fund are satisfied after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund have been met. See "—Preferred Shares" below. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, when available, to all holders of its Common Shares.

        The Fund has no present intention of offering any additional shares other than the Common Shares it may issue under the Fund's DRIP. Any additional offerings of shares will require approval by the Fund's board of trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of the sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of Common Shares or with the consent of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities.

        The Fund's Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The trading or "ticker" symbol of the Common Shares is "BGX".

        The Fund's net asset value per share generally increases when interest rates decline, and decreases when interest rates rise. However, because the Secured Loans that the Fund invests in are floating rate in nature, the Fund's net asset value per share will be less affected by interest rate fluctuations than if it were investing primarily in other forms of securities. The Fund's net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational costs and offering expenses paid by the Fund. See "Summary of Fund Expenses."

        Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder decides to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Fund that invest predominantly in Secured Loans and fixed-income instruments have traded during some periods at prices higher than net asset value and have traded during other periods at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the Common Shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such Common Shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot assure you that its Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the Common Shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase.

75


Preferred Shares

        The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the board of trustees of the Fund may authorize and issue Preferred Shares, with rights as determined by the board of trustees, without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Holders of Common Shares have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued.

        While the Fund does not anticipate doing so, it may issue Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund other than senior securities at the time the leverage is incurred in order to buy additional securities. The use of leverage can create risks. The board of trustees reserves the right to change the foregoing percentage limitation and may issue Preferred Shares to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, which currently limits the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Preferred Shares to 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets, less liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund. We cannot assure you, however, that Preferred Shares will not be issued. The terms of any Preferred Shares, including dividend rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions restrictions on the declaration of dividends, maintenance of asset ratios and restrictions while dividends are in arrears will be determined by the board of trustees, subject to applicable law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Fund also believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of any Preferred Shares will be similar to those stated below.

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, the holders of any Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund.

        The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Fund at any time two years' dividends on any Preferred Shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the Preferred Shares and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Fund's sub-classification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See "Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust." As a result of these voting rights, the Fund's ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any Preferred Shares outstanding. The board of trustees presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares will have equal voting rights with holders of Common Shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of Common Shares as a single class.

        The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of Preferred Shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of Preferred Shares. The class vote of holders of Preferred Shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

76


        The terms of any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund are expected to provide that (i) they are redeemable by the Fund in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share; (ii) the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and (iii) the Fund may subsequently resell any Preferred Shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to the Common Shares, while any resale of such Preferred Shares by the Fund will increase that leverage.

        The discussion above describes the possible offering of Preferred Shares by the Fund. If the board of trustees determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The board of trustees, without the approval of the holders of Common Shares, may authorize an offering of Preferred Shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the Preferred Shares to be offered.

77



CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

        The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its board of trustees. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Fund. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Fund and disrupting the normal operation of the Fund. At the first annual meeting the trustees will be elected and divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of trustees. A trustee may be removed from office for cause only, and not without cause, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.

        The Agreement and Declaration of Trust grants special approval rights with respect to certain matters to members of the board of trustees who qualify as "Continuing Trustees," which term means trustees who either (i) have been members of the board of trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since November 18, 2010, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) were nominated to serve as members of the board of trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the board of trustees.

        The Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the trustees and holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund's shares (including common and Preferred Shares of beneficial interest) to authorize certain Fund transactions not in the ordinary course of business, including a merger or consolidation, certain issuances or transfers by the Fund of the Fund's shares (except as may be pursuant to a public offering, the Fund's dividend reinvestment plan or upon exercise of any stock subscription rights), certain sales, transfers or other dispositions of Fund assets, or any shareholder proposal regarding specific investment decisions, unless the transaction is authorized by both a majority of the trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case no shareholder authorization would be required by the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, but may be required in certain cases under the Investment Company Act). The Agreement and Declaration of Trust also requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of a majority of the trustees and of holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. Also, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund may dissolve upon the vote of a majority of the trustees and two-thirds of the Fund's shares. See "Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions."

        The trustees may from time to time grant other voting rights to shareholders with respect to these and other matters, certain of which are required by the Investment Company Act.

        The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control by a third party. These provisions also provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund's investment objective and policies. The provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws described above could have the effect of discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The board of trustees has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

        The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws, both of which will be on file with the SEC.

78


        The Agreement and Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder personal liability for debts or obligations or any other form of personal liability in connection with the property or actions of the Fund.

        For the purposes of calculating "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Fund will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

        The board of trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the board of trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. For a more complete explanation, see the full text of these provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is on file with the SEC.

79



CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

        The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to as a "closed-end fund"). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if shareholders wish to sell common shares of a closed-end fund they must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the mutual fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at "net asset value." Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage a mutual fund's investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage.

        Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Fund's board of trustees might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Fund's board of trustees will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share.

80



REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

        The Fund is a closed-end management investment company and, as a result, its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their Common Shares. Instead, the Fund's Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Notice is hereby given in accordance with Section 23(c) of the Investment Company Act that the Fund may purchase at market prices from time to time its Common Shares in the open market but is under no obligation to do so. Because common shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Fund's board of trustees may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of Common Shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The board of trustees may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that common share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Fund has Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless (1) all accrued Preferred Shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Fund's portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Fund will be borne by the Fund and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.

        Subject to its investment restrictions, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of Common Shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund's net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Fund's board of trustees would have to comply with the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations under the New York Stock Exchange.

        There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for Common Shares, such action will result in the Common Shares trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Fund's Common Shares, shareholders should be aware that the acquisition of Common Shares by the Fund will decrease the total net assets of the Fund and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Fund's expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any Preferred Shares if any outstanding and to any amounts borrowed.

81



TAX MATTERS

        The discussion below and certain disclosure in the SAI provide general tax information related to an investment in Common Shares of the Fund. Because tax laws are complex and often change, shareholders should consult their tax advisors about the tax consequences of an investment in the Fund. Unless otherwise noted, the following tax discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold the Common Shares as a capital asset. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source.

        The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each taxable year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify under Subchapter M for the favorable tax treatment accorded to regulated investment companies, the Fund must, among other things: (1) distribute to its shareholders in each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and its net tax-exempt income; (2) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a "Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership"); and (3) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year of the Fund (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets is represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities, with these other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund's total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships. As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

        A regulated investment company that fails to distribute, by the close of each calendar year, an amount at least equal to the sum of 98.2% of its ordinary taxable income for such calendar year and 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any shortfalls from any prior year's required distribution, is liable for a 4% excise tax on the portion of the undistributed amounts of such income that are less than the required distributions. For these purposes, ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31 are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax. To avoid the imposition of this excise tax, the Fund intends to make the required distributions of its ordinary taxable income and its capital gain net income, to the extent possible, by the close of each calendar year.

        Distributions to shareholders by the Fund of ordinary income (including "market discount" realized by the Fund on the sale of debt securities), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will, except as described below with respect to distributions of "qualified dividend income," generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent such distributions are paid out of the Fund's

82



current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned Common Shares of the Fund. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder's basis in his or her shares of the Fund. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder's basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares.

        For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, qualified dividend income received by individual and other noncorporate shareholders is taxed at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates (currently, a maximum rate of 15%). Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from foreign corporations that meet certain specified criteria, provided that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the shares on which such dividends are paid. Distributions by the Fund that are made out of qualified dividend income received by the Fund will be treated as qualified dividend income, provided that the shareholder receiving any such distribution meets certain holding period and other requirements with respect to its Common Shares. Due to the nature of the Fund's investments, it is expected that, in general, distributions paid by the Fund will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.

        Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the DRIP. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Shares of the Fund will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case, shareholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Shares.

        Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of those months, and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund (and received by shareholders) on December 31 of the year in which declared.

        In general, the sale or other disposition of Common Shares will result in capital gain or loss to shareholders. A holder's gain or loss generally will be a long-term gain or loss if the Common Shares has been held for more than one year. Present law taxes both long- and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. Losses realized by a holder on the sale or exchange of Common Shares held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains, as discussed under "Tax Matters—Distributions" in the SAI) with respect to such Common Shares. In addition, no loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of Common Shares if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such Common Shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

        If a shareholder (other than a partnership) is not a U.S. shareholder (other than such a shareholder whose ownership of shares is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), certain dividends received by such shareholder from the Fund may be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. To the extent that Fund distributions consist of ordinary dividends that are subject to withholding, the Fund will withhold federal income tax at the rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). Ordinary dividends paid by the Fund that are "interest-related dividends" or "short-term capital gain dividends" will generally be exempt from such withholding for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to shareholders. For

83



these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. Net capital gain dividends (that is, distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) distributed by the Fund to a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax.

        If a shareholder does not provide the Fund with its correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, such shareholder may be subject to backup withholding on its taxable distributions, dividends, and redemption proceeds. Backup withholding will not, however, be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% withholding tax applicable to foreign shareholders.

        Under recently enacted legislation, the relevant withholding agent may be required to withhold 30% of any dividends and the proceeds of a sale of our Common Shares paid after December 31, 2012 to (i) a foreign financial institution unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity that is the beneficial owner of the payment unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements.

        The foregoing tax discussion is for general information only. The provisions of the Code and regulations thereunder presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to the Fund's transactions. The foregoing does not represent a detailed description of the federal income tax considerations relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose "functional currency" is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Shares as a position in a "straddle," "hedge" or as part of a "constructive sale" for federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisors for more detailed information concerning federal income tax matters.

84



UNDERWRITING

        Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this Prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the underwriter's name.

Underwriter
  Number of
Common Shares
 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

       

                     Incorporated

       

UBS Securities LLC

       

Dominick & Dominick LLC

       

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC

       

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

       

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. 

       

Maxim Group LLC

       

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       

Wedbush Securities Inc. 

       

Wunderlich Securities, Inc. 

       
       

Total

       
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) shown above if any of the Common Shares are purchased.

        The underwriters propose to offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and some of the Common Shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $             per share. The sales load the investors in the Fund will pay of $             per share is equal to         % of the public offering price. If all of the Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before                         , 2011. The representatives have advised the Fund that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority.

Additional Compensation

        The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated from its own assets, upfront structuring fees for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund, including without limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity, analysis of the trading performance of comparable funds, guidance around investment policies and portfolio characteristics, and advice related to positioning, marketing and distribution strategy of the Fund's Common Shares in the amount of $             and $             , respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the upfront structuring fees paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated will not exceed        % and        %, respectively, of the total public offering price. These services provided by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated to the Adviser are unrelated to the Adviser's function of advising the Fund as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.

        The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay UBS Securities LLC from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund, including without

85



limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity, analysis of the trading performance of comparable funds and guidance around investment policies and portfolio characteristics in the amount of $             . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the upfront structuring fee paid to UBS Securities LLC will not exceed        % of the total public offering price. These services provided by UBS Securities LLC to the Adviser are unrelated to the Adviser's function of advising the Fund as to its investments in securities or use of investment strategies and investment techniques.

        In addition, the Adviser (and not the Fund) may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee in connection with the offering.

        As part of the Fund's payment of the Fund's offering expenses, the Fund has agreed to pay expenses related to the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA") of the terms of the sale of the common shares, the filing fees incident to the filing of marketing materials with FINRA and the transportation and other expenses incurred by ALPS Distributors in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the common shares. Such expenses will not exceed $300,000 in the aggregate.

        Total underwriting compensation determined in accordance with FINRA rules is summarized as follows. The sales load the Fund will pay of $0.90 per share is equal to 4.50% of gross proceeds. The Fund has agreed to reimburse the Underwriters the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the common shares, the filing fees incident to the filing of marketing materials with FINRA and the transportation and other expenses incurred by ALPS Distributors in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the common shares, in an amount not to exceed $300,000 in the aggregate, which amount will not exceed        % of gross proceeds. The Fund has agreed to pay $             ($             per share) to ALPS Distributors for distribution assistance in connection with the offering, of which approximately $             represents the compensation paid to wholesalers registered through ALPS Distributors. The Adviser (and not the Fund) will pay upfront structuring fees to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, which will not exceed $              million in the aggregate. Total compensation to the Underwriters and to ALPS Distributors will not exceed        % of gross proceeds.

        Offering expenses paid by the Fund (other than sales load but inclusive of the distribution assistance payment to ALPS Distributors and the $300,000 expense reimbursement referred to above) will not exceed $0.04 per share sold by the Fund in this offering. If the offering expenses referred to above exceed this amount, the Adviser will pay the excess. The aggregate offering expenses (excluding sales load but inclusive of the distribution assistance payment to ALPS Distributors and the $300,000 expense reimbursement referred to above) are estimated to be $              in total, $             of which will be borne by the Fund (or $             if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

        The Fund has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to                         additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional Common Shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment.

        The Fund and the Adviser have agreed, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, that they will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, with certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, provided that the Fund may issue Common Shares pursuant to the Fund's Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

86


        To meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading, the underwriters have undertaken to sell Common Shares in a manner such that Common Shares are held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, the minimum stock price will be at least $4.00 at the time of listing on the New York Stock Exchange, at least 1,100,000 Common Shares will be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States will be at least $40 million. The Fund's Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The trading or "ticker" symbol of the Common Shares is "BGX".

        The following table shows the sales load that investors in the Fund will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional Common Shares.

 
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per Common Share

  $ 0.90   $ 0.90  
           

Total

             
           

        The Fund and the Adviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

        Certain underwriters may make a market in the Common Shares after trading in the Common Shares has commenced on the New York Stock Exchange. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriters. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Common Shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This Prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a Prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Common Shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.

        In connection with the offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of itself and the other underwriters, may purchase and sell the Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of Common Shares in excess of the number of Common Shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. "Covered" short sales are sales of Common Shares made in an amount up to the number of Common Shares represented by the underwriters' over-allotment option. In determining the source of Common Shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Common Shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Common Shares through the over-allotment option.

        Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of Common Shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make "naked" short sales of Common Shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Common Shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

        The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids allow the underwriting syndicate to reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing Common Shares in this offering if the syndicate repurchases Common Shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the purchase price of the Common Shares.

87


        Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Common Shares. They may also cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

        A Prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Other than this Prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter's website is not part of this Prospectus. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate Common Shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.

        The Underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The Fund anticipates that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund's portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters. Certain of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates from time to time have provided in the past, and may provide in the future, investment banking, securities trading, hedging, commercial lending and financial advisory services to the Fund, certain of our executive officers and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received, and may receive, customary fees and expenses.

        Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform investment banking, securities trading, hedging, brokerage activities, commercial lending and financial advisory services for the Adviser and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which such underwriters have received, and may expect to receive, customary fees and expenses.

        The Adviser has purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act.

        The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152. The principal business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171.


CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

        The custodian of the assets of the Fund will be JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association located at 14201 Dallas Parkway, 2nd Floor, Mail code: TX-J165, Dallas, TX 75254. The Bank of New York Mellon located at 480 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07310, will serve as the Fund's transfer agent and dividend paying agent with respect to the Common Shares.


LEGAL OPINIONS

        Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.

88



TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 
  Page

Investment Objectives

  3

Investment Restrictions

  3

Investment Policies and Techniques

  5

Management of the Fund

  20

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

  34

Description of Shares

  36

Repurchase of Common Shares

  37

Tax Matters

  39

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

  46

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  46

Custodian and Transfer Agent

  46

Additional Information

  46

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  47

Financial Statements

  48

Appendix A—Description of S&P, Moody's and Fitch Ratings

  A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

  B-1

89


                   Shares


Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

Common Shares

$20.00 per Share


PROSPECTUS

                            , 2011


Wells Fargo Securities
BofA Merrill Lynch
UBS Investment Bank
Dominick & Dominick LLC
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Janney Montgomery Scott
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Maxim Group LLC
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich Securities

Until                                           (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated January 14, 2011

BLACKSTONE / GSO
LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the "Fund") is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This Statement of Additional Information relating to Common Shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated                                      . This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling 1-800-831-5776. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission's Web site ( http://www.sec.gov ). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.

This Statement of Additional Information is dated                            , 2011.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Objectives

  3

Investment Restrictions

  3

Investment Policies And Techniques

  5

Management of the Fund

  20

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

  34

Description of Shares

  36

Repurchase of Common Shares

  37

Tax Matters

  39

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

  46

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  46

Custodian and Transfer Agent

  46

Additional Information

  46

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  47

Financial Statements

  48

Appendix A—Description of S&P, Moody's and Fitch Ratings

  A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

  B-1

2



INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

        The Fund's primary investment objective is to provide current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.


INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Restrictions

        Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and Preferred Shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a separate class:

        For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (1) above, securities of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of a U.S. governmental entity are not considered to represent industries. If the Fund were to "concentrate" its investments in a particular industry, investors would be exposed to greater risks because the Fund's performance would be largely dependent on that industry's performance.

        With respect to the limitation regarding the issuance of senior securities set forth in subparagraph (2) above, "senior securities" are defined as any bond, debenture, note, or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness, and any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends.

3


        The ability of a closed-end fund to issue senior securities is severely circumscribed by complex regulatory constraints under the Investment Company Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing and form of senior securities that may be issued. Certain portfolio management techniques, such as credit default swaps, the purchase of securities on margin, short sales or the writing of puts on portfolio securities, may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate the Fund's assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under these transactions, including by the segregation of liquid assets, equal in value to the amount of the Fund's commitment, such instrument will not be considered a "senior security" by the Fund and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund.

        Under the Investment Company Act, a "senior security" does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.

        Section 18(a) of the Investment Company Act requires certain actions by the Fund if its asset coverage falls below certain levels. Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund's total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund not represented by senior securities is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares ( i.e. , the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund's total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund other than senior securities). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund's asset coverage is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%.

        The Investment Company Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an asset coverage of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. For the purpose of borrowing money, "asset coverage" means the ratio that the value of the Fund's total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. On the other hand, certain practices and investments may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings under the Investment Company Act.

        With respect to the limitation regarding making loans to other persons set forth in subparagraph (3) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.

        With respect to the limitation regarding underwriting the securities of other issuers set forth in subparagraph (4) above, a technical provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") deems certain persons to be "underwriters" if they purchase a security from an issuer and later sell it to the public. Although it is not believed that the application of this Securities Act provision would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy set forth in subparagraph (4) will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act. Under the Securities Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer's registration statement or prospectus.

4


        When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, "majority of the outstanding" means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting of shareholders, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less. Except for the fundamental policies disclosed above, all other policies of the Fund disclosed herein and in the Fund's prospectus are non-fundamental policies which may be changed by the board of trustees of the Fund without shareholder approval.


Non-Fundamental Restrictions

        The Fund's (1) investment objectives and (2) policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in credit investments, including, but not limited to, loans and fixed income instruments, are not fundamental and may be changed by the board of trustees without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares or Preferred Shares, if any. The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days' notice prior to changing the non-fundamental policy in (2) above.

        In addition, to comply with U.S. federal income tax requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company, the Fund's investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Fund's total assets are invested (i) in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer or two or more issuers controlled (by owning 20% or more of their voting power) by the Fund and determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (ii) in the securities of one or more "qualified publicly traded partnerships" (as defined under Section 851(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets, no more than 5% of the value of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and no investment represents more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees only to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.

        The percentage limitations applicable to the Fund's portfolio described in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information apply only at the time of investment and the Fund will not be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.


INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

        The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund's investment policies and techniques in the prospectus.


Portfolio Contents

Secured Loans

        A Secured Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the "Agent") for a group of loan investors ("Loan Investors"). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Secured Loan on behalf of the other Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors.

        Secured Loans primarily include senior floating rate loans to corporations and secondarily institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in a Secured Loan. Such loan

5



interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.

        The Fund may purchase "Assignments" from the Agent or other Loan Investors. The purchaser of an Assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement (as defined herein) of the assigning Loan Investor and becomes a Loan Investor under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Loan Investor. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Loan Investor.

        The Fund also may invest in "Participations." Participations by the Fund in a Loan Investor's portion of a Secured Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such Loan Investor, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Loan Investor selling the Participation and only upon receipt by such Loan Investor of such payments from the Borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Loan Investors through set-off against the Borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the Secured Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the Loan Investor selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Loan Investor selling a Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such Loan Investor. The selling Loan Investors and other persons interpositioned between such Loan Investors and the Fund with respect to such Participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee's monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.

        The Fund will only acquire Participations if the Loan Investor selling the Participation, and any other persons interpositioned between the Fund and the Loan Investor, at the time of investment has outstanding debt or deposit obligations rated investment grade (Baa3 or higher by Moody's or BBB- or higher by S&P or Fitch, or comparably rated by another nationally recognized rating agency) or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

        In order to borrow money pursuant to a Secured Loan, a Borrower will for the term of the Secured Loan, pledge collateral, including but not limited to, (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights (but excluding goodwill); and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of Secured Loans made to non-public companies, the company's shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a Secured Loan may be secured only by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a Borrower's obligations under a Secured Loan.

        In the process of buying, selling and holding Secured Loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment

6



fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a Secured Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Secured Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a Secured Loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Secured Loan by a Borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees, covenant modification fees or other amendment fees.

        A Borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the Borrower and the holders of the Secured Loan (the "Loan Agreement"). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to shareholders, provisions requiring the Borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the Borrower to prepay the Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e. , the Agent, or the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Secured Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Loan Investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the Borrower to monitor the Borrower's compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the Borrower. In the case of a Secured Loan in the form of a Participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the Participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

        In a typical Secured Loan the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Secured Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a Participation Agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the Borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other Loan Investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the Borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the Borrower. The seller of the Secured Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Secured Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the Secured Loan, may give the Borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Secured Loan. The Agent is compensated by the Borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Secured Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Secured Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other Loan Investors pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

        A financial institution's appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Secured Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent's general creditors,

7



the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Secured Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving intermediate participants, similar risks may arise.

        Secured Loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Secured Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which Borrowers prepay Secured Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the Borrower and competitive conditions among Loan Investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying Borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Secured Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former.

        From time to time, Blackstone and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell interests in Secured Loans to, or acquire them from, the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Secured Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Secured Loans held by the Fund.

        The Fund may acquire interests in Secured Loans which are designed to provide temporary or "bridge" financing to a Borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Fund may also invest in Secured Loans of Borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A Borrower's use of bridge loans involves a risk that the Borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the Borrower's perceived creditworthiness.

        The Fund will be subject to the risk that collateral securing a loan will decline in value or have no value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Secured Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Fund may invest in Secured Loans guaranteed by, or secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Secured Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the Borrower; provided, however, that such guarantees are fully secured. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a Borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a Secured Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the Secured Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for the Secured Loan. However, the Borrower's ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of Secured Loans and, indirectly, Secured Loans themselves.

        If a Borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund's security interest in the loan collateral or subordinate the Fund's rights under the Secured Loan to the interests of the Borrower's unsecured creditors or cause interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If a court required interest to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund's performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a "fraudulent conveyance" claim to the effect that the Borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For Secured Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Borrower, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Borrower) in an amount which left the Borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund's security interest in loan collateral. If the Fund's security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or the Secured Loan is subordinated to other debt of a Borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery, on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Secured Loan.

8


        The Fund may acquire warrants and other equity securities as part of a unit combining a Secured Loan and equity securities of a Borrower or its affiliates. The acquisition of such equity securities will only be incidental to the Fund's purchase of a Secured Loan. The Fund may also acquire equity securities or credit securities (including non-dollar denominated equity or credit securities) issued in exchange for a Secured Loan or issued in connection with the debt restructuring or reorganization of a Borrower, or if such acquisition, in the judgment of GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the "Adviser") may enhance the value of a Secured Loan or would otherwise be consistent with the Fund's investment policies.

Fixed-Income Instruments

        The Fund may invest in fixed-income instruments, such as high-yield corporate debt securities, or bonds, or U.S. government securities. Corporate bonds and other fixed-income instruments are typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the "Underwriter") for a group of investors ("Bond Investors"). The Underwriter typically administers and enforces the fixed-income instrument on behalf of the other Bond Investors. In addition, in secured fixed-income instrument offerings, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Bond Investors. The Fund may purchase assignments of fixed-income instruments either directly from the Underwriter of from a Bond Investor.

        An issuer of fixed-income instruments must typically comply with the terms contained in an or note purchase agreement between the issuer and the holders of the instruments (the "Bond Agreement"). These Bond Agreements generally detail the schedule of payments and also place certain restrictive financial and other covenants on the issuer, similar to those in Loan Agreements. The Underwriter typically administers the terms of the Bond Agreement on behalf of all holders of the instruments.

        Fixed-income securities are generally subject to many of the same risks that affect Secured Loans and unsecured loans. However, holders of fixed-income bonds are generally subordinate to any existing lenders in the issuer's capital structure and thus have a lower priority in payment than lenders.

Unsecured Loans

        The Fund may invest in unsecured loans, which have the same characteristics as Secured Loans except that such loans are not secured by collateral. Accordingly, the risks associated with unsecured loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no value would remain for the unsecured holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Fund.

        Unsecured loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Secured Loans. Because unsecured loans are unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to Secured Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than Secured Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Unsecured loans share the same risks as other below investment grade instruments.

9


Restricted and Illiquid Securities

        The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.

        The Fund may purchase certain securities eligible for resale to qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A Securities"). Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to certain qualified institutional buyers. One effect of Rule 144A is that certain restricted securities may be considered liquid, though no assurance can be given that a liquid market for Rule 144A Securities will develop or be maintained. However, where a substantial market of qualified institutional buyers has developed for certain unregistered securities purchased by the Fund pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the Fund intends to treat such securities as liquid securities in accordance with procedures approved by the Fund's board of trustees. Because it is not possible to predict with assurance how the market for Rule 144A Securities will develop, the Fund's board of trustees has directed the Adviser to monitor carefully the Fund's investments in such securities with particular regard to trading activity, availability of reliable price information and other relevant information. To the extent that, for a period of time, qualified institutional buyers cease purchasing restricted securities pursuant to Rule 144A, the Fund's investing in such securities may have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in its investment portfolio during such period.

Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase

        The Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights' and warrants' expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Equity Securities

        In addition to common stocks, the Fund may invest in equity securities, including preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants and depository receipts.

        Preferred Stock.     Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to credit securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior credit security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on credit securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer's board of trustees. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

        Convertible Securities.     A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or

10



formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security's investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation's capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument.

        Warrants.     Warrants are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants' expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

        Depository Receipts.     The Fund may hold investments in sponsored and unsponsored American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), European Depository Receipts ("EDRs"), Global Depository Receipts ("GDRs") and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depository receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs present additional investment considerations of Non-U.S. Securities.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities

        For temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased will be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Short-term debt securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

11


12



Other Portfolio Contents

Short Sales

        The Fund will engage in short sales of securities, particularly of corporate bonds and other fixed-income instruments. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Fund may engage in short sales for financing, for risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain.

        When the Fund engages in a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

        The Fund's obligation to replace the borrowed security may be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities. The Fund may also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Fund on such security, the Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.

        If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Fund's gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. However, the Adviser expects that most of its short investments will be in U.S. Treasuries and investment grade bonds. Because these securities have historically low upward volatility, this may serve to reduce the Fund's risk of loss from short sales.

Derivatives

        General Limitations on Futures and Options Transactions.     The Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" with the CFTC and the National Futures Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets. Pursuant to Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act (the "CEA"), the Fund is not subject to regulation as a commodity pool under the CEA.

        Various exchanges and regulatory authorities have undertaken reviews of options and Futures trading in light of market volatility. Among the possible actions that have been presented are proposals to adopt new or more stringent daily price fluctuation limits for Futures and options transactions and proposals to increase the margin requirements for various types of futures transactions.

        Asset Coverage for Futures and Options Positions.     The Fund will comply with the regulatory requirements of the SEC and the CFTC with respect to coverage of options and Futures positions by registered investment companies and, if the guidelines so require, will segregate cash, U.S. government securities, high-grade liquid debt securities and/or other liquid assets permitted by the SEC and CFTC on the Fund's records in the amount prescribed. Securities segregated on the Fund's records cannot be sold while the Futures or options position is outstanding, unless replaced with other permissible assets, and will be marked-to-market daily.

        Options.     The Fund may purchase put and call options on currencies or securities. A put option embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase from the option holder an underlying currency or security or its equivalent at a specified price. In contrast, a call option gives the

13



purchaser the right to buy the underlying currency or security covered by the option or its equivalent from the writer of the option at the stated exercise price.

        As a holder of a put option, the Fund will have the right to sell the securities underlying the option and as the holder of a call option, the Fund will have the right to purchase the currencies or securities underlying the option, in each case at their exercise price. An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option exercise period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration. A Bermudan style put or call option may be exercised at any time on fixed dates occurring during the term of the option. The Fund may seek to terminate its option positions prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The ability of the Fund to enter into a closing sale transaction depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.

        Certain Considerations Regarding Options.     The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. The purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The purchase of options involves the risk that the premium and transaction costs paid by the Fund in purchasing an option will be lost as a result of unanticipated movements in prices of the securities on which the option is based. Imperfect correlation between the options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of attempted hedging. Options transactions may result in significantly higher transaction costs and portfolio turnover for the Fund.

        Some, but not all, of the derivative instruments may be traded and listed on an exchange. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular option at any particular time, and for some options, no secondary market on an exchange or elsewhere may exist. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options on securities that it has purchased, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the purchase and sale of the underlying securities.

        Futures Contracts.     The Fund may enter into securities-related futures contracts, including security futures contracts as an anticipatory hedge. The Fund may sell futures as an offset against the effect of expected declines in securities prices and purchase futures as an offset against the effect of expected increases in securities prices. The Fund will not enter into futures contracts which are prohibited under the CEA and will, to the extent required by regulatory authorities, enter only into futures contracts that are traded on exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. A security futures contract is a legally binding agreement between two parties to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of a security or of the component securities of a narrow-based security index, at a certain price. A person who buys a security futures contract enters into a contract to purchase an underlying security and is said to be "long" under the contract. A person who sells a security futures contact enters into a contract to sell the underlying security and is said to be "short" under the contract. The price at which the contract trades (the "contract price") is determined by relative buying and selling interest on a regulated exchange.

        Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. In order to enter into a security futures contract, the Fund must deposit funds with its custodian in the name of the futures commodities merchant equal to a specified percentage of the current market value of the contract as a performance bond. Moreover, all security futures contracts are marked-to-market at least daily, usually after the close of trading. At that time, the account of each buyer and seller reflects the amount of any gain or loss on the security futures contract based on the contract price established at the end of the day for settlement purposes.

14


        An open position, either a long or short position, is closed or liquidated by entering into an offsetting transaction ( i.e. , an equal and opposite transaction to the one that opened the position) prior to the contract expiration. Traditionally, most futures contracts are liquidated prior to expiration through an offsetting transaction and, thus, holders do not incur a settlement obligation. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a gain will be realized. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a gain will be realized; if it is less, a loss will be realized. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If the Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract and the Fund may not be able to realize a gain in the value of its future position or prevent losses from mounting. This inability to liquidate could occur, for example, if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the security futures contract or the underlying security; if trading is halted due to recent news events involving the issuer of the underlying security; if systems failures occur on an exchange or at the firm carrying the position; or, if the position is on an illiquid market. Even if the Fund can liquidate its position, it may be forced to do so at a price that involves a large loss.

        Under certain market conditions, it may also be difficult or impossible to manage the risk from open security futures positions by entering into an equivalent but opposite position in another contract month, on another market, or in the underlying security. This inability to take positions to limit the risk could occur, for example, if trading is halted across markets due to unusual trading activity in the security futures contract or the underlying security or due to recent news events involving the issuer of the underlying security.

        There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures contract position. The Fund would continue to be required to meet margin requirements until the position is closed, possibly resulting in a decline in the Fund's NAV. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

        Security futures contracts that are not liquidated prior to expiration must be settled in accordance with the terms of the contract. Some security futures contracts are settled by physical delivery of the underlying security. At the expiration of a security futures contract that is settled through physical delivery, a person who is "long" under the contract must pay the final settlement price set by the regulated exchange or the clearing organization and take delivery of the underlying securities. Conversely, a person who is "short" under the contract must make delivery of the underlying securities in exchange for the final settlement price. Settlement with physical delivery may involve additional costs.

        Other security futures contracts are settled through cash settlement. In this case, the underlying securities are not delivered. Instead, any positions in such security futures contracts that are open at the end of the last trading day are settled through a final cash payment based on a final settlement price determined by the exchange or clearing organization. Once this payment is made, neither party has any further obligations on the contract.

        As noted above, margin is the amount of funds that must be deposited by the Fund in order to initiate futures trading and to maintain the Fund's open positions in futures contracts. A margin deposit is intended to ensure the Fund's performance of the futures contract. The margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the futures contract is traded and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the futures contract.

        If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, the broker will require an increase in the margin. However, if the value of a position increases because of favorable price changes in the futures contract so that the

15



margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the broker will pay the excess to the Fund. In computing daily NAV, the Fund will mark to market the current value of its open futures contracts. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

        Because of the low margin deposits required, futures contracts trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the futures contracts were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount initially invested in the futures contract. However, the Fund would presumably have sustained comparable losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had invested in the underlying financial instrument and sold it after the decline.

        In addition to the foregoing, imperfect correlation between the futures contracts and the underlying securities may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. Under certain market conditions, the prices of security futures contracts may not maintain their customary or anticipated relationships to the prices of the underlying security or index. These pricing disparities could occur, for example, when the market for the security futures contract is illiquid, when the primary market for the underlying security is closed, or when the reporting of transactions in the underlying security has been delayed.

        In addition, the value of a position in security futures contracts could be affected if trading is halted in either the security futures contract or the underlying security. In certain circumstances, regulated exchanges are required by law to halt trading in security futures contracts. For example, trading on a particular security futures contract must be halted if trading is halted on the listed market for the underlying security as a result of pending news, regulatory concerns, or market volatility. Similarly, trading of a security futures contract on a narrow-based security index must be halted under circumstances where trading is halted on securities accounting for at least 50% of the market capitalization of the index. In addition, regulated exchanges are required to halt trading in all security futures contracts for a specified period of time when the Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA") experiences one-day declines of 10%, 20% and 30%. The regulated exchanges may also have discretion under their rules to halt trading in other circumstances, such as when the exchange determines that the halt would be advisable in maintaining a fair and orderly market.

        A trading halt, either by a regulated exchange that trades security futures or an exchange trading the underlying security or instrument, could prevent the Fund from liquidating a position in security futures contracts in a timely manner, which could expose the Fund to a loss.

        Each regulated exchange trading a security futures contract may also open and close for trading at different times than other regulated exchanges trading security futures contracts or markets trading the underlying security or securities. Trading in security futures contracts prior to the opening or after the close of the primary market for the underlying security may be less liquid than trading during regular market hours.

        Swap Agreements.     The Fund may enter into swap agreements. A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates, where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swaps are individually negotiated and may be structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, commodity prices, non-U.S. currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices, indexes or inflation rates.

16


        Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of the Fund and its share price. The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counterparty's creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement would likely decline, potentially resulting in losses.

        Generally, swap agreements have fixed maturity dates that are agreed upon by the parties to the swap. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only under limited circumstances, such as default by or insolvency of one of the parties and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party unless otherwise agreed by the parties. The Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counterparty is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, the Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the contract.

        A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify the Fund's gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, the Fund will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according to guidelines established by the SEC. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will be required to segregate assets on the Fund's records with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund's accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will be required to segregate assets on the Fund's records with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund's accrued obligations under the agreement.

        The Fund will monitor any swaps with a view towards ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulatory investment and tax requirements.

        Equity Swaps.     In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a security, security index or basket of securities in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, the index receiver can gain exposure to securities making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those securities. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the interest that the Fund will be committed to pay under the swap.

When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities

        The Fund may purchase securities on a "when-issued" basis and may purchase or sell securities on a "forward commitment" basis in order to acquire the security or to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Fund will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Fund disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Fund enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid credit securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Fund. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Fund may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than

17



five business days, are not treated by the Fund as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.

        Securities purchased on a forward commitment or when-issued basis are subject to changes in value (generally changing in the same way, i.e. , appreciating when interest rates decline and depreciating when interest rates rise) based upon the public's perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, actual or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Securities purchased with a forward commitment or when-issued basis may expose the Fund to risks because they may experience such fluctuations prior to their actual delivery. Purchasing securities on a when-issued basis can involve the additional risks that the yield available in the market when the delivery takes place actually may be higher than that obtained in the transaction itself. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment or when-issued basis when the Fund is fully invested may result in greater potential fluctuation in the value of the Fund's net assets and its net asset value per share.

        The risks and effect of settlements in the ordinary course on the Fund's net asset value are not the same as the risks and effect of when-issued and forward commitment securities.

        The purchase price of when-issued and forward commitment securities are expressed in yield terms, which reference a floating rate of interest, and is therefore subject to fluctuations of the security's value in the market from the date of the Fund's commitment (the "Commitment Date") to the date of the actual delivery and payment for such securities (the "Settlement Date"). There is a risk that, on the Settlement Date, the Fund's payment of the final purchase price, which is calculated on the yield negotiated on the Commitment Date, will be higher than the market's valuation of the security on the Settlement Date. This same risk is also borne if the Fund disposes of its right to acquire a when-issued security, or its right to deliver or receive, a forward commitment security, and there is a downward market movement in the value of the security from the Commitment Date to the Settlement Date. No income accrues to the Fund during the period from the Commitment Date to the Settlement Date. On the other hand, the Fund may incur a gain if the Fund invests in when-issued and forward commitment securities and correctly anticipates the rise in interest rates and prices in the market.

        The settlements of secondary market purchases of Secured Loans in the ordinary course, on a settlement date beyond the period expected by loan market participants ( i.e.  T+7 for par loans and T+20 for distressed loans, in other words more than seven or twenty business days beyond the trade date, respectively) are subject to the delayed compensation mechanics prescribed by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association ("LSTA"). For par loans, income accrues to the buyer of the Secured Loan (the "Buyer") during the period beginning on the last date by which the Secured Loan purchase should have settled (T+7) to and including the actual settlement date. Should settlement of a par Secured Loan purchase in the secondary market be delayed beyond the T+7 period prescribed by the LSTA, the Buyer is typically compensated for such delay through a payment from the seller of the Secured Loan (this payment may be netted from the wire released on settlement date for the purchase price of the Secured Loan paid by the Buyer). In brief, the adjustment is typically calculated by multiplying the notional amount of the trade by the applicable margin in the Loan Agreement pro rated for the number of business days (calculated using a year of 360 days) beyond the settlement period prescribed by the LSTA, plus any amendment or consent fees that the Buyer should have received. Furthermore, the purchase of a Secured Loan in the secondary market is typically negotiated and finalized pursuant to a binding trade confirmation, and therefore, the risk of non-delivery of the security to the Fund is reduced or eliminated when compared with such risk when investing in when-issued or forward commitment securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

        The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon

18



price, date and interest payment. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Fund's limitation on borrowings. The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is nevertheless still obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.

        If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund's obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund's use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.

Repurchase Agreements

        The Fund may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Fund's holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Adviser, presents minimal credit risk. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Fund might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Fund may be delayed or limited. The Adviser will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Adviser will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.

19



MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Board of Trustees

        The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the board of trustees. Starting with the first annual meeting of shareholders following the effective date of this Registration Statement, the board of trustees will be classified into three classes—Class I, Class II and Class III—as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the trustees in each class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, the successors to the class of trustees whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of their successors.

        Below is a list of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their present positions and principal occupations during the past five years. The business address of the Fund, the Adviser and their board members and officers is 280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10017, unless specified otherwise below.

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held With
Registrant
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served(1)
  Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by the Trustee
  Other
Directorships
Held by the
Trustee During
the Past
Five Years
 

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

                         

Edward H. D'Alelio
c/o Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1952

  Trustee and member of Audit and Nominating Committees   Since November 2010   Mr. D'Alelio was formerly a Managing Director and CIO for Fixed Income at Putnam Investments, Boston where be retired in 2002. He currently is an Executive in Residence with the School of Management, Univ. of Mass Boston.     2     Trump Entertainment Resorts, Inc.  

Michael Holland
c/o Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1944

  Trustee and member of Audit and Nominating Committees   Since November 2010   Mr. Holland is the Chairman of Holland & Company, a private investment firm he founded in 1995. He is also President and Founder of the Holland Balanced Fund.     2     The China Fund, Inc.; the Taiwan Fund, Inc.; State Street Master Funds; Reaves Utility Income Fund.  

John R. O'Neill
c/o Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1949

  Trustee and member of Audit and Nominating Committees   Since November 2010   Mr. O'Neill was a partner of Ernst & Young LLP from 2002 to 2009.     2      

INTERESTED TRUSTEES(2):

                         

Thomas W. Jasper
c/o Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1948

  Trustee   Since November 2010   Mr. Jasper was Chief Executive Officer of Primus Guaranty, Ltd. from 2001 to 2010.     2      

20


Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held With
Registrant
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served(1)
  Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by the Trustee
  Other
Directorships
Held by the
Trustee During
the Past
Five Years
 

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1963

 

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Trustee

 

Since Inception

 

Mr. Smith is a Senior Managing Director of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, "GSO") and is Head of GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC. Mr. Smith joined GSO from the Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Co-head of RBC Capital Market's Alternative Investments Unit.

    2      

(1)
Beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Fund (the "first annual meeting") and if at such time, the number of trustees shall be three (3) or more, the board of trustees of the Fund shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting, trustees of Class I shall be elected to the board of trustees for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, trustees of Class II shall be elected to the board of trustees for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and trustees of Class III shall be elected to the board of trustees for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. At each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, the trustees chosen to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be identified as being of the same class as the trustees whom they succeed and shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to their election, or thereafter in each case when their respective successors are elected and qualified. The Fund's executive officers are chosen each year at the first meeting of the Fund's board of trustees following the first annual meeting, to hold office until the meeting of the board of trustees following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

(2)
"Interested person" of the Fund as defined in the Investment Company Act. Mr. Smith is an interested person due to his employment with the Adviser. Mr. Jasper is an interested person due to his beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock of one of the underwriters. After completion of the initial public offering of the Fund's common shares, Mr. Jasper will no longer be an interested person of the Fund.

        The board of trustees is currently comprised of five trustees. Daniel H. Smith, Jr. serves as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Smith is an "interested person" of the Fund. The appointment of Mr. Smith as Chairman reflects the board of trustees' belief that his experience, familiarity with the Fund's day-to-day operations and access to individuals with responsibility for the Fund's management and operations will provide the board of trustees with insight into the Fund's business and activities and, with his access to appropriate administrative support, will facilitate the efficient development of meeting agendas that address the Fund's business, legal and other needs and the orderly conduct of board meetings. The board of trustees has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of the Fund's circumstances and provides for the informed and independent exercise of its responsibilities. In this regard, the board of trustees does not have a lead independent trustee reflecting the belief of the independent trustees that they have adequate control and influence over the governance of the board of trustees and the Fund by virtue of the fact that a substantial majority of the board of trustees will be independent trustees, that all committees are chaired by independent trustees and that the board of trustees' small size and oversight of a small fund complex facilitate the orderly and efficient flow of information among trustees and with Fund management without the need for a lead independent trustee.


Share Ownership

        The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities owned by the trustees in the Fund and in other investment companies overseen by the trustee within the same family of investment companies as of December 22, 2010. Investment companies are considered to be in the same family if they share the

21



same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.

Name of Trustee
  Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Fund
  Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities Overseen
by trustees in the
Family of
Registered
Investment
Companies(*)

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

         

Edward H. D'Alelio

     

Michael Holland

      $10,001-$50,000

John R. O'Neill

      $50,001-$100,000

INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

         

Thomas W. Jasper

     

Daniel H. Smith, Jr. 

      over $100,000

*
The term "Family of Registered Investment Companies" refers to all registered investment companies advised by the Adviser or an affiliate board.

        None of the non-interested trustees nor their family members owned beneficially or of record securities issued by the Adviser or any underwriter, or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser or any underwriter as of December 22, 2010.


Experience of Trustees

        The trustees were selected to join the board of trustees based upon the following as to each trustee: his character and integrity; such person's service as a member of other boards of directors; such person's willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a trustee; as to each trustee other than Mr. Smith, his status as not being an "interested person" as defined in the Investment Company Act; and, as to Mr. Smith, his role with GSO and The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates, "Blackstone"). No factor, by itself, was controlling. In addition to the information provided in the table included above, each trustee possesses the following attributes: Mr. D'Alelio, experience as an investment professional; Mr. Holland, experience as an investment professional and service as a board member of other registered management investment companies; Mr. Jasper, experience as an investment professional in the structured products market and experience concerning risk management; Mr. O'Neill, experience in accounting and working with auditors; Mr. Smith, as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within GSO and Blackstone. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of the trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the board of trustees or any trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the board of trustees by reason thereof.


Compensation of Trustees

        The fees and expenses of the trustees of the Fund are paid by the Fund. The trustee who is a member of the Blackstone organization receive no compensation from the Fund. It is estimated that the

22



independent trustees will receive from the Fund the amounts set forth below for the Fund's calendar year ending December 31, 2011, assuming the Fund will have been in existence for the full calendar year.

Name of Trustee
  Estimated
Compensation
from the
Fund
  Total
Compensation
from the
Fund and Fund
Complex Paid to
Board Members
 

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

             

Edward H. D'Alelio

  $ 18,250   $ 36,500  

Michael Holland

  $ 18,250   $ 36,500  

John R. O'Neill

  $ 20,750   $ 41,500  

INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

             

Thomas W. Jasper

  $ 18,500   $ 37,000  

Daniel H. Smith, Jr. 

  $ 0   $ 0  

        The Fund pays each trustee an annual base retainer of $10,000 and pays $1,500 for each regular board meeting and special board meeting attended that is held jointly with Blackstone / GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund ("BSL"). The Fund pays each trustee $2,000 for each regular board meeting and special board meeting attended that is not held jointly with BSL. Additionally, the chairman of the Audit Committee and the chairman of the Nominating Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of $2,500 by the Fund if the chairman is also the chairman of the same committee of BSL. If the chairman is not the chairman of such committee of BSL, then the Fund pays an annual retainer of $3,000 to that chairman. The Fund pays $750 to each trustee for each committee meeting attended that is held jointly with BSL, and the Fund pays $1,000 to each trustee for each committee meeting attended that is not held jointly with BSL; provided that if a committee meeting is held on the same day as a board meeting then the trustees attending the board meeting will not receive additional compensation for attending the committee meeting held that same day.


Board Committees

        The board of trustees of the Fund currently has four committees: an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Pricing Committee and a Valuation Committee.

        The Audit Committee consists of Edward H. D'Alelio, Michael Holland and John R. O'Neill, all of whom have been determined not to be "interested persons" of the Fund under the Investment Company Act and "independent" as defined in the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. The Audit Committee acts according to the Audit Committee charter. John R. O'Neill has been appointed as Chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the board of trustees of the Fund in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to accounting and financial reporting policies and practices of the Fund, including, but not limited to, the adequacy of the Fund's accounting and financial reporting processes, policies and practices; the integrity of the Fund's financial statements; the adequacy of the Fund's overall system of internal controls; the Fund's compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the qualification and independence of the Fund's independent registered public accounting firm; the performance of the Fund's internal audit function provided by the Adviser and the Fund's other service providers; and the review of the report required to be included in the Fund's annual proxy statement by the rules of the SEC. The board of trustees has determined that Mr. O'Neill is an audit committee financial expert and that each is independent for the purpose of the definition of audit committee financial expert as applicable to the Fund.

23


        The Nominating Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating candidates for election as trustees to the board of trustees of the Fund. The members of the Nominating Committee are Messrs. D'Alelio, Holland and O'Neill, all of whom have been determined not to be "interested persons" of the Fund under the Investment Company Act and "independent" as defined in the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. The Nominating Committee may accept nominees recommended by a stockholder as it deems appropriate. Stockholders who wish to recommend a nominee for the Fund's board of trustees should send recommendations to the Fund's Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the board of trustees and to serve if elected by the stockholders.

        The Pricing Committee is responsible for designating the amount, price and certain other terms of the Common Shares and any Preferred Shares, if any, sold by the Fund. The members of the Pricing Committee are Mr. Smith, determined to be an "interested person" of the Fund under the Investment Company Act, and any one of the non-interested trustees listed above.

        The Valuation Committee is responsible for advising the Board with respect to the valuation of portfolio assets. The members of the Valuation Committee are Mr. Smith, determined to be an "interested person" of the Fund under the Investment Company Act, and any of the non-interested directors listed above.


Risk Oversight

        The board of trustees' role in risk oversight of the Fund reflects its responsibility under applicable state law to oversee generally, rather than to manage, the operations of the Fund. In line with this oversight responsibility, the board of trustees receives reports and makes inquiry at its regular meetings and as needed regarding the nature and extent of significant Fund risks (including investment, compliance and valuation risks) that potentially could have a materially adverse impact on the business operations, investment performance or reputation of the Fund, but relies upon the Fund's management (including the Fund's portfolio managers) and Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the board of trustees, and the Adviser to assist it in identifying and understanding the nature and extent of such risks and determining whether, and to what extent, such risks may be eliminated or mitigated. In addition to reports and other information received from Fund management and the Adviser regarding the Fund's investment program and activities, the board of trustees as part of its risk oversight efforts expects to meet at its regular meetings and as needed with the Fund's Chief Compliance Officer to discuss, among other things, risk issues and issues regarding the policies, procedures and controls of the Fund. The board of trustees may be assisted in performing aspects of its role in risk oversight by the Audit Committee and such other standing or special committees as may be established from time to time by the board of trustees. For example, the Audit Committee of the board of trustees will meet regularly with the Fund's independent public accounting firm to review, among other things, reports on the Fund's internal controls for financial reporting.

        The board of trustees believes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund's goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the trustees as to risk management matters may be summaries of relevant information and may be inaccurate or incomplete. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the board of trustees risk management oversight is expected to be subject to substantial limitations.

24



Officers of the Fund

        The Fund's executive officers will be chosen each year at a regular meeting of the board of trustees to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. The executive officers of the Fund currently are:

Name, Address and
Year of Birth
  Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
  Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
  Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
  Number of
Registered
Investment
Companies
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
 

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1963

  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Trustee   Since Inception   Mr. Smith is a Senior Managing Director of GSO and is Head of GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC. Mr. Smith joined GSO from the Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Co-head of RBC Capital Market's Alternative Investments Unit.     2  

Eric Rosenberg
c/o Chairman of the Board
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1968

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

Since Inception

 

Mr. Rosenberg is a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of GSO. He joined GSO in 2008. Prior to that time he spent over 10 years in the prime brokerage business of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   
2
 

Lee M. Shaiman
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1956

 

Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

Since Inception

 

Mr. Shaiman is a Managing Director of GSO. Mr. Shaiman joined GSO from Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where he was a Managing Partner and Head of Portfolio Management and Credit Research in the Debt Investments group.

   
2
 

Marisa J. Beeney
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1970

 

Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

Since Inception

 

Ms. Beeney is a Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of GSO. From March 2007 to December 2008, she served as Counsel and Director of GSO. Prior to that time she was with the finance group of DLA Piper since 2005.

   
2
 

Jane Lee
280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Birth Year: 1972

 

Public Relations Officer

 

Since Inception

 

Ms. Lee is a Managing Director with GSO. Ms. Lee joined GSO from Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005, where she was most recently a partner in the Debt Investments Group and was responsible for origination of new CLO transactions and investor relations.

   
2
 

        The Fund's officers do not receive compensation from the Fund, but are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings of the board of trustees.


The Adviser

        The Fund retains GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC to act as its investment manager. The Adviser, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO, is a registered investment adviser and the credit platform of Blackstone. Blackstone is a leading global alternative manager and provider of financial advisory services with offices in New York, Atlanta, Beijing, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Dusseldorf, Hong Kong, Houston, London, Los Angeles, Menlo Park, Mumbai, Paris, San Francisco, Shanghai, Sydney and Tokyo, was founded in 1985. The investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Fund provides that

25



the Adviser will manage the operations of the Fund, subject to the supervision, direction and approval of the Fund's board of trustees and the objectives and policies stated in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information.

        Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, the Adviser manages the Fund's investment portfolio, directs purchases and sales of portfolio securities and reports thereon to the Fund's officers and trustees regularly. The Adviser or its parent also provides the office space, facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to perform the following services for the Fund: SEC compliance, including record keeping, reporting requirements and registration statements and proxies; supervision of Fund operations, including coordination of functions of the transfer agent, custodian, accountants, counsel and other parties performing services or operational functions for the Fund; and certain administrative and clerical services, including certain accounting services and maintenance of certain books and records.

        The investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser was approved by the Fund's board of trustees, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or "interested persons" (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party (in such capacity, the "independent trustees"), in principle at an "in person" meeting held on November 18, 2010. The agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Fund on                     , 2011.

        The investment advisory agreement provides for the Fund to pay a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.20% of the average daily value of the Fund's net assets. The term "net assets" means total assets of the Fund minus liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends).

        The investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Fund's board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the independent trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Fund (upon the vote of a majority of the Fund's board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding securities entitled to vote) or by the Adviser, upon not more than 60 nor less than 30 days' written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).

        The investment advisory agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Adviser is not liable to the Fund or any of the Fund's shareholders for any act or omission by the Adviser in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Fund or the Fund's shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Fund of the Adviser, its trustees, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Fund, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

        Although the professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to the management of the Fund as the Adviser deems appropriate to perform its duties in accordance with the investment advisory agreement and in accordance with reasonable commercial standards, the professional staff of the Adviser may have conflicts in allocating its time and services among the Fund and the Adviser's other investment vehicles and accounts. The Adviser has informed the board of trustees that the services of the Adviser are not exclusive, and the Adviser provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

26


        A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the investment advisory agreement by the board of trustees will be available in the Fund's first report to shareholders.


Administrator

        ALPS Fund Services, Inc., located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the Administration Agreement, ALPS maintains the Fund's general ledger and is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the Common Shares, and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund. ALPS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.18% of the Fund's average daily net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses.


Portfolio Managers

        Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information.

        The table below identifies the number of accounts (other than the Fund) for which the Fund's portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated as of December 20, 2010.

        As of December 20, 2010, Daniel H. Smith, Jr. managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

                 

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

                 

Other Accounts

                 

        As of December 20, 2010, Lee M. Shaiman managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

    1   $ 0.4 billion          

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

    4   $ 2.1 billion     4   $ 2.1 billion  

Other Accounts

                 

27


        As of December 20, 2010, Brad Marshall managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

                 

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

    4   $ 1.7 billion     4   $ 1.7 billion  

Other Accounts

                 

        As of December 20, 2010, Debra Anderson managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

                 

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

    4   $ 2.6 billion     4   $ 2.6 billion  

Other Accounts

                 

        As of December 20, 2010, James M. Didden, Jr. managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

                 

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

    1   $ 0.1 billion          

Other Accounts

    1   $ 0.1 billion     1   $ 0.1 billion  

        As of December 20, 2010, Daniel T. McMullen managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

                 

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

                 

Other Accounts

    4   $ 1.7 billion          

28


        As of December 20, 2010, Douglas Paolillo managed, or was a member of the management team for, the following client accounts:

 
  Number of
Accounts
  Assets of
Accounts
  Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance Fee
  Assets
Subject to a
Performance Fee
 

Registered Investment Companies

                 

Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies

    7   $ 4.3 billion     7   $ 4.3 billion  

Other Accounts

                 


Portfolio Manager Compensation

        The Adviser's financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary and a discretionary bonus.

        Base Compensation.     Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation and employee benefits based on their individual seniority and/or their position with the firm.

        Discretionary Compensation.     In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation. Discretionary compensation is based on individual seniority, contributions to the Adviser and performance of the client assets that the portfolio manager has primary responsibility for. These compensation guidelines are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the Adviser and its clients.


Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers

        The Fund is a newly-organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned any securities issued by the Fund.


Potential Conflicts of Interest

        The portfolio managers have interests which may conflict with the interests of the Fund. There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser and the Fund will be able to identify or mitigate these conflicts of interest. Some examples of material conflicts of interest include:

        Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities.     The portfolio managers, the Adviser, Blackstone and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the portfolio managers, the Adviser, Blackstone and their affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Adviser, Blackstone and its affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the shareholders of the Fund.

        Allocation of Investment Opportunities.     Certain inherent conflicts of interest arise from the fact that the portfolio managers, the Adviser, Blackstone and their affiliates provide investment management services both to the Fund and other clients, including, other funds, as well as, client accounts, proprietary accounts and any other investment vehicles that the Adviser and its affiliates may establish from time to time managed by the Adviser and its affiliates in which the Fund will not have an interest (such other clients, funds and accounts, collectively the "Other Adviser Accounts"). In addition, Blackstone and its affiliates provide investment management services to other clients, including other funds, and any other investment vehicles that Blackstone or any of its affiliates may establish from time to time (the "Other

29



Blackstone Funds"), client accounts, and proprietary accounts in which the Fund will not have an interest (such other clients, funds and accounts, collectively the "Other Blackstone Accounts" and together with the Other Adviser Accounts, the "Other Accounts"). The respective investment programs of the Fund and the Other Accounts may or may not be substantially similar. The portfolio managers, the Adviser, Blackstone and their affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to Other Accounts which may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, the Fund, even though their investment objectives may be the same or similar to those of the Fund.

        While the Adviser will seek to manage potential conflicts of interest in good faith, the portfolio strategies employed by the portfolio managers, the Adviser and Blackstone in managing its respective Other Accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by the portfolio managers in managing the Fund and may affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments in which the Fund invests. Conversely, participation in specific investment opportunities may be appropriate, at times, for both the Fund and Other Accounts. It is the policy of the Adviser to generally share appropriate investment opportunities (and sale opportunities) with the Other Accounts. In general and except as provided below, this means that such opportunities will be allocated pro rata among the Fund and the Other Accounts based on available capacity for such investment in each fund, taking into account available cash and the relative capital of the respective funds. Nevertheless, investment and/or opportunities may be allocated other than on a pro rata basis, if the Adviser deems in good faith that a different allocation among the Fund and the Other Accounts is appropriate, taking into account, among other considerations (a) risk-return profile of the proposed investment; (b) the Fund's or the Other Accounts' objectives, whether such objectives are considered solely in light of the specific investment under consideration or in the context of the portfolio's overall holdings; (c) the potential for the proposed investment to create an imbalance in the Fund's and the Other Accounts' portfolios; (d) liquidity requirements of the Fund and Other Accounts; (e) tax consequences; (f) regulatory restrictions; (g) the need to re-size risk in the Fund's or Other Accounts' portfolios; (h) redemption/withdrawal requests from Other Accounts and anticipated future contributions into the Fund and Other Accounts; and (i) proximity of an Other Account to the end of its specified term/commitment period.

        Orders may be combined for all such accounts, and if any order is not filled at the same price, they may be allocated on an average price basis. Similarly, if an order on behalf of more than one account cannot be fully executed under prevailing market conditions, securities may be allocated among the different accounts on a basis which the Adviser or its affiliates consider equitable. From time to time, the Fund and the Other Adviser Accounts may make investments at different levels of an issuer's capital structure or otherwise in different classes of an issuer's securities. Such investments may inherently give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest between or among the various classes of securities that may be held by such entities. While these conflicts cannot be eliminated, the Adviser, when practicable, will cause the Fund and the Other Adviser Accounts to hold investments in the same levels of an issuer's capital structure in the same proportion at each level; provided, however, that neither the Fund nor any Other Adviser Account will be required to hold an investment if holding such investment would result in a violation of the provisions of the organizational documents of the Fund or the Other Adviser Account, as applicable, or constitute a breach of, or default or debt repayment event with respect to, any credit facility or other debt instrument or obligation.

        Allocation of Personnel.     Although the professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to the management of the Fund and the Adviser deems appropriate to perform its duties in accordance with the investment advisory agreement and in accordance with reasonable commercial standards, the professional staff of the Adviser may have conflicts in allocating its time and services among the Fund and the Adviser's other investment vehicles and accounts. The Adviser and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with the Fund and/or may involve substantial time and resources of the Adviser and its professional staff. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Adviser

30



and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Fund but will be allocated between the business of the Fund and the management of the monies of other clients of the Adviser.

        Pursuit of Differing Strategies.     At times, the portfolio managers may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies. For example, a portfolio manager may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the Fund holds long, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the Fund.

        Investment Banking, Advisory and Other Relationships.     As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory, and other services. In the regular course of its investment banking and advisory businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with respect to transactions that could give rise to investments that are suitable for the Fund. In such a case, a Blackstone client would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf, thereby precluding the Fund from participating in such transactions. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Fund. In connection with its investment banking, advisory and other businesses, Blackstone may come into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions. The Fund's activities may be constrained as a result of the inability of Blackstone personnel to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone may be prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the Fund's investment team. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more of certain individuals associated with Blackstone will be precluded from providing services related to the Fund's activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone. In certain sell-side and fundraising assignments, the seller may permit the Fund to act as a participant in such transaction, which would raise certain conflicts of interest inherent in such a situation (including as to the negotiation of the purchase price). Blackstone has long-term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Fund, the Adviser and portfolio managers will consider those relationships, which may result in certain transactions that the Adviser and portfolio managers will not undertake on behalf of the Fund in view of such relationships.

        Service Providers.     The Fund's service providers (including lenders, brokers, attorneys, and investment banking firms) may be sources of investment opportunities and counterparties therein. This may influence the Adviser in deciding whether to select such a service provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, investment transactions for the Fund that require the use of a service provider, will generally be allocated to service providers on the basis of best execution (and possibly to a lesser extent in consideration of such service provider's provision of certain investment-related services that the Adviser believes to be of benefit to the Fund or other GSO accounts).

        Variation in Financial and Other Benefits.     A conflict of interest arises where the financial or other benefits available to portfolio managers differ among the accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies that he or she manages. If the amount or structure of the management fee and/or a portfolio manager's compensation differs among accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies over others. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management

31



or to enhance the portfolio manager's performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager. A portfolio manager may, for example, have an incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor such accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies. Also, the desire of a portfolio manager or the Adviser to increase assets under management could influence the portfolio manager to keep a fund open for new investors without regard to potential benefits of closing the fund to new investors. Additionally, the portfolio manager might be motivated to favor accounts, clients, entities, funds and/or investment companies in which he or she has an ownership interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have ownership interests. Conversely, if a portfolio manager does not personally hold an investment in the fund, the portfolio manager's conflicts of interest with respect to the Fund may be more acute.

        Material, Non-Public Information.     The Adviser or certain of its affiliates may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, the Adviser would be restricted from buying or selling securities, derivatives or loans of the issuer on behalf of the Fund until such time as the information became public or was no longer deemed material to preclude the Fund from participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to the personnel responsible for the affairs of the Fund will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Fund may not be free to act upon any such information. Due to these restrictions, the Fund may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment that it otherwise might have sold.

        Possible Future Activities.     The Adviser and its affiliates may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Adviser and its affiliates will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Adviser and its affiliates have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Fund or may compete with the Fund for investment opportunities.

        Other Affiliate Transactions.     The Fund may acquire a Secured Loan, other loan or debt security from a Borrower or issuer in which a separate equity or junior debt investment has been made by other GSO or Blackstone affiliates. When making such investments, the Fund and other GSO or Blackstone affiliates may have conflicting interests. For example, conflicts could arise where the Fund becomes a lender to a company when an affiliate of the Adviser owns equity securities of such a company. In this circumstance, for example, if such company goes into bankruptcy, becomes insolvent or is otherwise unable to meet its payment obligations or comply with its debt covenants, conflicts of interest could arise between the holders of different types of securities as to what actions the company should take. There can be no assurance that the return on the Fund's investment will be equivalent to or better than the returns obtained by the other affiliates.

        Further conflicts could arise once the Fund and other affiliates have made their respective investments. For example, if a company goes into bankruptcy or reorganization, becomes insolvent or otherwise experiences financial distress or is unable to meet its payment obligations or comply with covenants relating to securities held by the Fund or by the other affiliates, such other affiliates may have an interest that conflicts with the interests of the Fund. If additional financing is necessary as a result of financial or other difficulties, it may not be in the best interests of the Fund to provide such additional financing. If the other affiliates were to lose their respective investments as a result of such difficulties, the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interests of the Fund might be impaired.

32


        In addition, the Investment Company Act limits the Fund's ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of our affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by Blackstone, GSO or one or more of the Blackstone / GSO Related Parties. However, the Fund may under certain circumstances purchase any such portfolio company's loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between its interests in the Fund and the portfolio company, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interest of the Fund might be impaired. The Investment Company Act also prohibits certain "joint" transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

        Representing Creditors and Debtors.     Blackstone and its affiliates may represent creditors or debtors in proceedings under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or prior to such filings. From time to time, the Adviser, Blackstone and their affiliates may serve as advisor to creditor or equity committees. This involvement, for which the Adviser, Blackstone and their affiliates may be compensated, may limit or preclude the flexibility that the Fund may otherwise have to participate in restructurings.

        The Adviser and the portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist in managing both a Fund and the other accounts listed above.

        Restrictions Arising under the Securities Laws.     The activities of Blackstone and GSO (including, without limitation, the holding of securities positions or having one of its employees on the board of directors of a company) could result in securities law restrictions on transactions in securities held by the Fund, affect the prices of such securities or the ability of such entities to purchase, retain or dispose of such investments, or otherwise create conflicts of interest, any of which could have an adverse impact on the performance of the Fund and thus the return to the shareholders.

        Additional Potential Conflicts.     The officers, directors, members, managers, and employees of the Adviser may trade in securities for their own accounts, subject to restrictions and reporting requirements as may be required by law or otherwise determined from time to time by the Adviser.


Proxy Voting Policies

        The board of trustees of the Fund has delegated the voting of proxies for Fund securities to the Adviser pursuant to the Adviser's proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Adviser will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. A copy of the Adviser's proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.

        Information on how the Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge by calling (877) 876-1121, or on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov .


Codes of Ethics

        The Fund and the Adviser have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes govern personal trading by Fund and Adviser personnel. Among other requirements, the codes require certain persons to report certain of their personal securities transactions and holdings (in reportable securities) to the Adviser or Fund, and the Adviser and Fund are required to review such reports. The Fund's code permits the Fund's personnel to trade in securities, but prohibits insider trading and trades knowingly made within certain time frames of trades made by the Fund in the same securities. The Adviser's code permits the Adviser's personnel to trade in securities, but not to trade in securities in which the Fund invests. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Web site ( http://www.sec.gov ), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

33



PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

        The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. With respect to Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans, the Fund generally will engage in privately negotiated transactions for purchase or sale in which the Adviser will negotiate on behalf of the Fund, although a more developed market may exist or develop for certain Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans. Most of these transactions will be principal transactions at net prices for which the Fund will generally incur little or no brokerage costs. The Fund may be required to pay fees, or forgo a portion of interest and any fees payable to the Fund, to a lender selling Assignment or Participations to the Fund. The Adviser will determine the lenders from whom the Fund will purchase Assignments and Participations by considering their professional ability, level of service, relationship with the Borrower, financial condition, credit standards and quality of management. Affiliates of the Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans. Because of certain limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act, this may restrict the Fund's ability to acquire some Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans. The Adviser does not believe that this will have a material effect on the Fund's ability to acquire Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans consistent with its investment policies. Sales to dealers are effected at bid prices. The illiquidity of many Secured Loans and Subordinated Loans may restrict the ability of the Adviser to locate in a timely manner persons willing to purchase the Fund's interests in Secured Loans or Subordinated Loans at a fair price should the Fund desire to sell such interests.

        With respect to fixed-income instruments and other types of securities, the Fund may (i) purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid, (ii) purchase securities in the over-the-counter market from an underwriter or dealer serving as market maker for the securities, in which case the price includes a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter or dealer, and (iii) purchase and sell listed securities on an exchange, which are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.

        Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Fund (or affiliated persons of such persons) will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act.

        Commissions paid on such transactions would be commensurate with the rate of commissions paid on similar transactions to brokers that are not so affiliated.

        The Adviser is responsible for placing portfolio transactions and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to the Fund and not according to any formula. The primary consideration in all portfolio transactions is prompt execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating prices and any brokerage commissions on such transactions, the Adviser considers the firm's reliability, integrity and financial condition and the firm's execution capability, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the size of and difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. There may be instances when, in the judgment of the Adviser, more than one firm can offer comparable execution services.

        A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determine in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Fund and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long-term. The advisory fees that the Fund pays to the Adviser will not be reduced as a consequence of the Adviser's receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to the Adviser in serving one or more of their other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to the Adviser in carrying out their obligations to the Fund. While such services

34



are not expected to reduce the expenses of the Adviser, the Adviser would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if they should attempt to develop comparable information through their own staffs. Commission rates for brokerage transactions on foreign stock exchanges are generally fixed.

        One or more of the other accounts that the Adviser manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Fund. Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis, usually on a pro rata basis, by the Adviser in its discretion in accordance with the accounts' various investment objectives. Such allocations are based upon the written procedures of the Adviser, which have been reviewed and approved by the board of trustees. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Fund. In other cases, however, the ability of the Fund to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Fund. It is the opinion of the Fund's board of trustees that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Adviser's organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.

        While the annual portfolio turnover rate is not expected to exceed 100% in normal circumstances, portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower than expected. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Fund costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.

35



DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

        The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares. The prospectus contains a detailed discussion of the Common Shares.


Preferred Shares

        The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund's board of trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the board of trustees, by action of the board of trustees without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Holders of Common Shares have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Whenever Preferred Shares are outstanding, the holders of Common Shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the Preferred Shares have been met.


Other Shares

        The board of trustees (subject to applicable law and the terms of the Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of either Common Shares or Preferred Shares, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the board of trustees see fit. The Fund currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the Common Shares and Preferred Shares, if any.

36



REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

        The Fund is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund's Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Fund's board of trustees may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of Common Shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The board of trustees may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Fund's Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless (1) all accrued Preferred Shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Fund's portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Fund will be borne by the Fund and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.

        Subject to its investment restrictions, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund's net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Fund's board of trustees would have to comply with the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

        Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the board of trustees at the time it considers such issue, it is the board's present policy, which may be changed by the board of trustees, not to authorize repurchases of Common Shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the Common Shares from the New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Fund's status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Fund a taxable entity, causing the Fund's income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Fund), or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (2) the Fund would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the board's judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Fund, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Fund or the issuers of its portfolio securities by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, excluding the current hostilities in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, to the extent these hostilities do not materially escalate, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Fund or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The board of trustees may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.

37


        The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Fund's shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund's shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

        In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund's total assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund's expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining.

        Before deciding whether to take any action if the Common Shares trade below net asset value, the Fund's board of trustees will consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund's portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund's shares should trade at a discount, the board of trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

38



TAX MATTERS

        Set forth below is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax aspects concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of common stock. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold common stock as a capital asset. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose "functional currency" is not the United States dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold common stock as a position in a "straddle," "hedge" or as part of a "constructive sale" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of common stock, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.


Taxation of the Fund

        The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a regulated investment company ("RIC") under Subchapter M of the Code.

        To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a "Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership"); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund's assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

        As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

39


        Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ended October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31 are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. In addition, for these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid corporate income tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund intends to make its distributions in accordance with the foregoing distribution requirement.

        A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

        If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including its net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as "qualified dividend income" in the case of individual and other noncorporate shareholders in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012 and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.


Distributions

        Distributions to shareholders by the Fund of ordinary income (including "market discount" realized by the Fund on the sale of debt securities), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will, except as described below with respect to distributions of "qualified dividend income," generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent that such distributions are paid out of the Fund's current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned shares of the Fund. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the shareholder's basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder's basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares.

        For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, qualified dividend income received by individual and other noncorporate shareholders is taxed at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates (currently, a maximum rate of 15%). Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from foreign corporations that meet certain specified criteria. The Fund generally can pass the tax treatment of qualified dividend income it receives through to Fund shareholders. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as qualified dividend income (i) if the Fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (ii) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividend will not constitute qualified dividend income if the shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing

40



requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund. The provisions of the Code applicable to qualified dividend income are currently effective only for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012. Thereafter, all dividend income will be taxed at the rates applicable to ordinary income, rather than at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

        Dividends of investment company taxable income designated by the Fund and received by corporate shareholders of the Fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction (the "DRD") to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be "debt-financed" (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if the Fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (iii) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the DRD will be disallowed or reduced if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund.

        Due to the nature of the Fund's investments, it is expected that, in general, distributions paid by the Fund will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income or for the DRD.

        Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional shares of the Fund. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares of the Fund will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case, shareholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed shares.

        The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

        The Internal Revenue Service currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income, capital gains, dividends qualifying for the DRD and qualified dividend income) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the Fund intends to allocate capital gain dividends, dividends qualifying for the DRD and dividends derived from qualified dividend income, if any, between its Common Shares and Preferred Shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year.

        Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions, and shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares will receive a report as to the net asset value of those shares.


Sale or Exchange of Common Shares

        Upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares, a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder's adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder's holding period for the shares. Generally, a shareholder's gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the

41



shares have been held for more than one year. For non-corporate taxpayers, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.

        No loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of shares if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Losses realized by a shareholder on the sale or exchange of shares held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

        Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer's treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.


Nature of Fund's Investments

        Certain of the Fund's hedging and derivatives transactions are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income under the RIC rules. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders and the Fund's status as a RIC. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.


Impact of Short Sales

        The Fund intends as part of its strategy to engage in short sales. Short sales by the Fund may affect the Fund's holding period in the Fund's investments that are related to the short sales. By affecting the holding period, the short sales may reduce the amounts of long-term capital gains realized by the Fund. This may result in a higher overall tax rate applicable to shareholders with respect to their income from the Fund. The short sales may, in certain circumstances, also result in deemed sales by the Fund, causing the Fund to have income without cash flow. The recognition of income without cash flow may require the Fund to sell securities to generate cash to distribute to its shareholders in order to continue to qualify for the favorable tax treatment available to a RIC.


Below Investment Grade Instruments

        The Fund will invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade (high yield) instruments, commonly known as "high yield" or "junk" instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on

42



obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to ensure that it does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.


Original Issue Discount Securities

        Investments by the Fund in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to the Fund equal to a portion of the excess of the face value of the securities over their issue price (the "original issue discount") each year during which the Fund holds the securities, even though the Fund receives no cash interest payments. If the Fund purchases debt instruments that are issued as part of a package of investments along with warrants and/or equity securities, the Fund might also be required to accrue original issue discount in an amount equal to the value of such warrants and/or equity securities (even if the face amount of such debt instruments does not exceed the Fund's purchase price for such package of investments). Original issue discount is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.


Market Discount Securities

        Gain derived by the Fund from the disposition of any securities with market discount ( i.e. , an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price (or, in the case of an original issue discount obligation, revised issue price) of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) will be taxed as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis. If this election is not made, all or a portion of any deduction for interest expense incurred to purchase or carry a market discount security may be deferred until the Fund sells or otherwise disposes of such security.


Currency Fluctuations

        Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.


Foreign Taxes

        The Fund's investment in Non-U.S. Securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In that case, the Fund's yield on those securities would be decreased. Shareholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by the Fund.


Preferred Shares or Borrowings

        If the Fund utilizes leverage through the issuance of Preferred Shares or borrowing, it may be restricted by certain covenants with respect to the declaration of, and payment of, dividends on Common Shares in certain circumstances. Limits on the Fund's payments of dividends on Common Shares may prevent the Fund from meeting the distribution requirements described above, and may, therefore,

43



jeopardize the Fund's qualification for taxation as a RIC and possibly subject the Fund to the 4% excise tax. The Fund will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.


Backup Withholding

        The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.


Foreign Shareholders

        U.S. taxation of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate or a foreign corporation, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a "foreign shareholder"), depends on whether the income of the Fund is "effectively connected" with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder.

        If the income from the Fund is not "effectively connected" with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. Ordinary dividends paid by the Fund that are "interest-related dividends" or "short-term capital gain dividends" will generally be exempt from such withholding for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to shareholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. Such a foreign shareholder will generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund. However, a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and sale or exchange gains.

        If the income from the Fund is "effectively connected" with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

        In the case of a foreign shareholder, the Fund may be required to withhold from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign shareholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

        The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

        Under recently enacted legislation, the relevant withholding agent may be required to withhold 30% of any dividends and the proceeds of a sale of our Common Shares paid after December 31, 2012 to (i) a foreign financial institution unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose

44



certain of its U.S. accountholders and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity that is the beneficial owner of the payment unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements. These requirements are different from, and in addition to, the foreign status certification requirements described above.


Other Taxation

        Fund shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

45



CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

        A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Adviser has made an initial investment in the Fund and is the sole shareholder of the Fund, and therefore a control person. However, it is anticipated that the Adviser will no longer be a control person once the offering is completed.


INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        The financial statement included in this Statement of Additional Information has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

        The custodian of the assets of the Fund will be JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. located at 14201 Dallas Parkway, 2nd Floor, Mail Code: TX1-J165, Dallas, TX 75254. The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 480 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07310, will serve as the Fund's transfer agent and dividend paying agent with respect to the Common Shares.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, such as the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC's principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

46



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholder and Board of Trustees of
Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the "Fund") as of December 21, 2010. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of assets and liabilities is free of material misstatement. The Fund is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the statement of assets and liabilities referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund as of December 21, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Denver, Colorado
December 21, 2010

47



BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

December 21, 2010

ASSETS:

       
 

Cash

  $ 100,000  
 

Deferred offering costs

    796,891  
       

TOTAL ASSETS

    896,891  
       


LIABILITIES


 
 

Accrued offering costs

    796,891  
       

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    796,891  
       

NET ASSETS

  $ 100,000  
       

COMPONENTS OF NET ASSETS:

       
 

Paid in capital

  $ 100,000  
       

Common shares of beneficial interest outstanding, $.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized

    5,235.602  
       

Net asset value per share

  $ 19.10  
       

Offering price per share

  $ 20.00  
       

SEE NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

48



BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION

        Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the "Fund") is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). The Fund was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on October 22, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended and restated on December 15, 2010, governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund has no operating history. The Fund's primary investment objective is to provide current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by employing a dynamic long and short strategy in a diversified portfolio of loans and fixed-income instruments of predominantly U.S. corporate issuers, including Secured Loans and high-yield corporate debt securities of varying maturities. The loans and fixed-income instruments that the Fund invests in long positions in will typically be rated below investment grade at the time of purchase. The Fund's investments in below investment grade loans and fixed-income instruments are commonly referred to as "high-yield" or "junk" instruments and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

        GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the "Adviser"), will serve as the Fund's investment adviser.

        Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to maintain both long and short credit positions based predominantly on the Adviser's fundamental view on a particular investment.

        The Fund has no operations to date other than matters relating to its organization and the sale and issuance of 5,235.602 shares of beneficial interest in the Fund to the Adviser at a net asset value of $19.10 per share. Shares issued by the Fund are subject to a sales load of 4.50%.

NOTE 2—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Estimates —The Fund's financial statement is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

        Income Taxes —The Fund's policy is to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to regulated investment companies and to distribute all of its taxable income to its shareholders. Therefore, no federal income tax provision is required. The Fund plans to file U.S. Federal and various state and local tax returns.

        Organizational Expenses —The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund's organizational expenses. As a result, organizational expenses of the Fund are not reflected in the Fund's financial statements. Total organizational expenses incurred through December 21, 2010 are $118,000.

        Offering Costs —Offering costs are paid directly by the Fund. The Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser has agreed to pay the amount, if any, by which the Fund's offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per share (0.20% of the offering price). Offering costs incurred through December 21, 2010 are approximately $796,891 and have been reported on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities as deferred offering costs. These offering costs, as well as offering costs incurred subsequent to December 21, 2010, will be charged to paid-in-capital upon sale of the shares to the public or reimbursed by the Adviser. Based on estimates of the initial capital raise in connection with the Fund's Initial Public Offering, the Fund expects that all offering costs incurred through December 21, 2010, will fall within the cap of $0.04 per share.

49



BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

NOTE 3—INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

        The Adviser, a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP (collectively with its affiliates, "GSO"), is a registered investment adviser and will be responsible for administrative and compliance oversight services to the Fund. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P.

        The Adviser provides services to the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser. Under the investment advisory agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund's Board of Trustees, the Adviser will manage the Fund's portfolio in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

        The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee at an annual rate 1.20% of the average daily value of the Fund's net assets.

        In addition to the fees paid to the Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.

        ALPS Fund Services, Inc. ("ALPS") serves as administrator to the Fund. Under the Administration Agreement proposal, ALPS is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the common shares and generally managing the administrative affairs of the Fund. ALPS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.18% of the average daily value of the Fund's net assets, or an annual fee of $350,000, whichever is greater, plus out-of-pocket expenses.

NOTE 4—CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

        Cash at December 21, 2010 is on deposit at the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the Fund's custodian.

50



APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF S&P, MOODY'S AND FITCH RATINGS†

        Standard & Poor's Corporation —A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:


ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS

        A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor's view of the obligor's capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

        Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.


Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

        Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

    Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

    Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

    Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

        Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

"AAA"

  An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

"AA"

 

An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.


The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings available at the date of this Statement of Additional Information for the securities listed. Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuance. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on the date of the Fund's fiscal year end.

A-1


"A"

  An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

"BBB"

 

An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"BB," "B," "CCC," "CC," and "C"

 

Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC', and 'C' are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

"BB"

 

An obligation rated 'BB' is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"B"

 

An obligation rated 'B' is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated 'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"CCC"

 

An obligation rated 'CCC' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"CC"

 

An obligation rated 'CC' is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

"C"

 

A 'C' rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the 'C' rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument's terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

A-2


"D"

 

An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation's rating is lowered to 'D' upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-)

 

The ratings from 'AA' to 'CCC' may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

"N.R."

 

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

"A-1"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

"A-2"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

"A-3"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"B"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of 'B-1', 'B-2', and 'B-3' may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the 'B' category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"B-1"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'B-1' is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

A-3


"B-2"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'B-2' is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

"B-3"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'B-3' is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

"C"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

"D"

 

A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

"i"

 

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The 'i' subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The 'i' subscript will always be used in conjunction with the 'p' subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of "AAAp NRi" indicating that the principal portion is rated "AAA" and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

"L"

 

Ratings qualified with "L" apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

"P"

 

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The 'p' subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The 'p' subscript will always be used in conjunction with the 'i' subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of "AAAp NRi" indicating that the principal portion is rated "AAA" and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

A-4


"pi"

 

Ratings with a 'pi' subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer's published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer's management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a 'pi' subscript. Ratings with a 'pi' subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year's financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer's credit quality.

"pr"

 

The letters 'pr' indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

"preliminary"

 

Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances.

 

•        Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor's of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor's could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor's reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

 

•        Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor's policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

•        Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon reorganization or emergence from bankruptcy, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating as a result of changes in the reorganization plan or other developments. Standard & Poor's reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

"t"

 

This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

A-5


unsolicited

 

Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor's and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

"*"

 

This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor's receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

"c"

 

This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer's bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

"q"

 

A "q" subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

"r"

 

The "r" modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an "r" modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor's discontinued the use of the "r" modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

        Moody's Investors Service, Inc. —A brief description of the applicable Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody's) follows:


LONG TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS

        Moody's long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of a fixed income obligation with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

A-6



Long-Term Rating Definitions:

"Aaa"

  Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

"Aa"

 

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

"A"

 

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

"Baa"

 

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

"Ba"

 

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

"B"

 

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

"Caa"

 

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

"Ca"

 

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

"C"

 

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

        Note:     Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.


MEDIUM TERM NOTE RATINGS

        Moody's assigns long-term ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium term note (MTN) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all parí passu notes issued under the same program, at the program's relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics of listed below:

    Notes containing features that link interest or principal to the credit performance of any third party or parties ( i.e. , credit-linked notes);

    Notes allowing for negative coupons, or negative principal;

    Notes containing any provision that could obligate the investor to make any additional payments;

    Notes containing provisions that subordinate the claim.

        For notes with any of these characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program.

A-7


        For credit-linked securities, Moody's policy is to "look through" to the credit risk of the underlying obligor. Moody's policy with respect to non-credit linked obligations is to rate the issuer's ability to meet the contract as stated, regardless of potential losses to investors as a result of non-credit developments. In other words, as long as the obligation has debt standing in the event of bankruptcy, we will assign the appropriate debt class level rating to the instrument.

        Market participants must determine whether any particular note is rated, and if so, at what rating level. Moody's encourages market participants to contact Moody's Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.


Short Term Rating Definitions:

        Moody's short term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short term programs or to individual short term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

        Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

"P-1"

  Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 1 have a superior ability to repay short term debt obligations.

"P-2"

 

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 2 have a strong ability to repay short term debt obligations.

"P-3"

 

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime 3 have an acceptable ability to repay short term obligations.

"NP"

 

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

        Note:     Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short term ratings enhanced by the senior most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support provider.

        Fitch IBCA, Inc. —A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch") ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:


INTERNATIONAL ISSUER AND CREDIT RATING SCALES

        The Primary Credit Rating Scales (those featuring the symbols 'AAA'–'D' and 'F1'–'D') are used for debt and financial strength ratings. The below section describes their use for issuers and obligations in corporate, public and structured finance debt markets.


Long-Term Ratings Scales—Issuer Credit Ratings Scales

        Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity's relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The "threshold" default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.

        In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency's view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical

A-8



information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.

"AAA"

  Highest credit quality . "AAA" ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

"AA"

 

Very high credit quality . "AA" ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

"A"

 

High credit quality . "A" ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

"BBB"

 

Good credit quality . "BBB" ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

"BB"

 

Speculative . "BB" ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

"B"

 

Highly speculative . 'B' ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

"CCC"

 

Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

"CC"

 

Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

"C"

 

Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a 'C' category rating for an issuer include:

 

a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

A-9


 

b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

 

c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of 'RD' or 'D' to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.

"RD"

 

Restricted default. 'RD' ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings' opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:

 

a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

 

d. execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

"D"

 

Default. 'D' ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings' opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

        Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.

        "Imminent" default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

        In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency's opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer's financial obligations or local commercial practice.

        Note:     The modifiers "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below 'B'.

A-10


Limitations of the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:

        Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

    The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

    The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer's securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

    The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer's securities or stock.

    The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

    The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

    The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer's business, operational or financial profile other than the agency's opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader's convenience. Readers are requested to review the section Understanding Credit Ratings—Limitations and Usage for further information on the limitations of the agency's ratings.


Short-Term Ratings—Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance

        A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as "short term" based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

"F1"

  Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

"F2"

 

Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

"F3"

 

Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

"B"

 

Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

"C"

 

High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

"RD"

 

Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

"D"

 

Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

A-11


Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:

        Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

    The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

    The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer's securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

    The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer's securities or stock.

    The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

    The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction's profile other than the agency's opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader's convenience. Readers are requested to review the section Understanding Credit Ratings—Limitations and Usage for further information on the limitations of the agency's ratings.

A-12



APPENDIX B

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Introduction

        As an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act"), GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the "Adviser") has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of clients and not subrogate client interests to its own interests. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act places specific requirements on registered investment advisers with proxy voting authority.


Proxy Policies

        Due to the nature of the Fund's investment strategy, equity securities will generally not be a large portion of the investments of the Fund. Nevertheless, the Adviser's policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes proxies in the best interest of the Fund and addresses how it will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Fund, taking into consideration the Fund's investment horizons and other relevant factors. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients' portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

        Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the Adviser. The investment committee and the members of the investment team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company's operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote's outcome. Decisions are based on a number of factors which may vary depending on a proxy's subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in the proxy policy. In addition, the Adviser may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote's expected benefit to clients and the cost of voting the proxy. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require the members of the investment committee to disclose any personal conflicts of interest they may have with respect to overseeing a Fund's investment in a particular company.


Proxy Voting Records

        You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, 280 Park Avenue, 11 th  Floor, New York, NY 10017.

B-1



PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25.    Financial Statements and Exhibits

Financial Statements

Part A    None

Part B    Statements of Assets and Liabilities(1)

Exhibits    
  (a)(1)   Declaration of Trust, dated October 22, 2010(2)

 

(a)(2)

 

Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated December 15, 2010(1)

 

(b)

 

By-Laws(1)

 

(c)

 

Not Applicable

 

(d)

 

Articles V and VIII of Registrant's Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust are incorporated herein by reference

 

(e)

 

Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)

 

(g)(1)

 

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and the Adviser(3)

 

(h)(1)

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement(1)

 

(h)(2)

 

Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(1)

 

(h)(3)

 

Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement(1)

 

(h)(4)

 

Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC(1)

 

(h)(5)

 

Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated(1)

 

(h)(6)

 

Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC(1)

 

(i)

 

Not Applicable

 

(j)(1)

 

Form of Global Custody Agreement(1)

 

(j)(2)

 

Form of Special Custody Agreement(1)

 

(k)(1)

 

Form of Transfer Agency and Services Agreement(1)

 

(k)(2)

 

Form of Marketing, Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement(1)

 

(k)(3)

 

Form of Distribution Assistance Agreement(1)

 

(l)

 

Opinion and Consent of Delaware Counsel(1)

 

(m)

 

Not Applicable

 

(n)

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(1)

 

(o)

 

Not Applicable

 

(p)

 

Subscription Agreement(1)

 

(q)

 

Not Applicable

 

(r)(1)

 

Code of Ethics of the Fund (Employees)(1)

 

(r)(2)

 

Code of Ethics of the Fund (Independent Trustees)(1)

C-1


Exhibits    
  (r)(3)   Code of Ethics of the Adviser(1)

 

(s)

 

Power of Attorney(3)

(1)
Filed herewith

(2)
Filed on October 26, 2010 with Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-170154 and 811-22488) and incorporated by reference herein.

(3)
Filed on December 15, 2010 with Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-170154 and 811-22488) and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 26.    Marketing Arrangements

        See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, the Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC, filed as Exhibit (h)(1), Exhibit (h)(2), Exhibit (h)(3), Exhibit (h)(4), Exhibit (h)(5) and Exhibit (h)(6), respectively, to this Registration Statement.

Item 27.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table shows the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discount, to be paid by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee are estimates.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $ *  

New York Stock Exchange listing fees

    *  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Blue Sky filing fees and expenses

    *  

Trustees' fee

    *  

Transfer agent's fee

    *  

Miscellaneous

    *  

Total

  $ *  

*
To be furnished by amendment.

Item 28.    Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

        None.

Item 29.    Number of Holders of Securities

        The following table shows the number of holders of securities of the Registrant as of December 23, 2010.

Title of Class
  Number of
Record Holders

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, par value $.001 per share

  1

C-2


Item 30.    Indemnification

        Article V of the Registrant's Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, filed as Exhibit (a)(2) to this Registration Statement, provide that:

        Section 5.1     No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.     No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

        Section 5.2     Mandatory Indemnification.     (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust (each such person being an "indemnitee") against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misconduct, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as "disabling conduct"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

        (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding ("Disinterested Non-Party Trustees"), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such

C-3



majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

        (c)    The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee's good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

        (d)   The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of Shareholders or Trustees who are not Interested Persons or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.

        (e)    Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

        Section 5.3     No Bond Required of Trustees.     No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

        Section 5.4     No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.     No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

        Section 5.5     Reliance on Experts, etc.     Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust's officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

C-4


        Reference is made to Section 6 of the Form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit (h)(1) to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

        Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31.    Business and Other Connections of Adviser

        The descriptions of the Adviser under the caption "Management of the Fund" in the prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of this registration statement are incorporated by reference herein. Information as to the directors and officers of the Adviser together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of the Adviser in the last two years, is included in its application for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV (File No. 801-68243) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference. The Adviser's principal business address is 280 Park Avenue, 11th floor, New York, NY 10017.

Item 32.    Locations of Accounts and Records

        The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained at the office of the Registrant at ALPS Fund Services, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado, 80203.

Item 33.    Management Services

        Not applicable.

Item 34.    Undertakings

        (1)    Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

        (2)    Not applicable.

        (3)    Not applicable.

        (4)    Not applicable.

        (5)    Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant Rule 497(h) shall be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (6)   Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

C-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on the 14th day of January 2011.


 

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT
INCOME FUND

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DANIEL H. SMITH, JR.  
       
Name:  Daniel H. Smith, Jr.
Title:    
Chairman, President, Chief Executive
            Officer and Trustee

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacity and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DANIEL H. SMITH, JR.

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.
  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (Principal Executive Officer)   January 14, 2011

/s/ ERIC ROSENBERG

Eric Rosenberg

 

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ EDWARD H. D'ALELIO*

Edward H. D'Alelio

 

Trustee

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ MICHAEL HOLLAND*

Michael Holland

 

Trustee

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ THOMAS W. JASPER*

Thomas W. Jasper

 

Trustee

 

January 14, 2011

/s/ JOHN R. O'NEILL*

John R. O'Neill

 

Trustee

 

January 14, 2011

*By:

 

/s/ DANIEL H. SMITH, JR.

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.
As agent or attorney-in-fact
January 14, 2011

 

 

 

 

        The original powers of attorney authorizing Daniel H. Smith, Jr., Eric Rosenberg, Lee M. Shaiman, Marisa Beeney and Jane Lee to execute the Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, for the trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Amendment is filed have been executed and were filed as Exhibit(s).



SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS TO FORM N-2

Exhibit No.   Exhibit
  (a)(2)   Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated December 15, 2010(1)

 

(b)

 

By-Laws(1)

 

(e)

 

Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)

 

(h)(1)

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement(1)

 

(h)(2)

 

Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(1)

 

(h)(3)

 

Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement(1)

 

(h)(4)

 

Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC(1)

 

(h)(5)

 

Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated(1)

 

(h)(6)

 

Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC(1)

 

(j)(1)

 

Form of Global Custody Agreement(1)

 

(j)(2)

 

Form of Special Custody Agreement(1)

 

(k)(1)

 

Form of Transfer Agency and Services Agreement(1)

 

(k)(2)

 

Form of Marketing, Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement(1)

 

(k)(3)

 

Form of Distribution Assistance Agreement(1)

 

(l)

 

Opinion and Consent of Delaware Counsel(1)

 

(n)

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(1)

 

(p)

 

Subscription Agreement(1)

 

(r)(1)

 

Code of Ethics of the Fund (Employees)(1)

 

(r)(2)

 

Code of Ethics of the Fund (Independent Trustees)(1)

 

(r)(3)

 

Code of Ethics of the Adviser(1)


Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

Common Shares

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                       , 2011




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
THE FUND
USE OF PROCEEDS
THE FUND'S INVESTMENTS
Investment Objectives
Investment Philosophy
Core Investment Strategies
Portfolio Composition
LEVERAGE
RISKS
No Operating History
Market Discount Risk
Investment and Market Risk
Secured Loans Risk
Fixed-Income Instruments Risk
Unsecured Loans Risk
Below Investment Grade Instruments Risk
Valuation Risk
Short Selling Risk
Liquidity Risk
Credit Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Leverage Risk
Derivatives Risk
Swap Risk
Counterparty and Prime Brokerage Risk
Credit Derivatives Risk
Structured Products Risk
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
NET ASSET VALUE
DISTRIBUTIONS
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
TAX MATTERS
UNDERWRITING
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
LEGAL OPINIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Fundamental Restrictions
Non-Fundamental Restrictions
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
Portfolio Contents
Other Portfolio Contents
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Board of Trustees
Share Ownership
Experience of Trustees
Compensation of Trustees
Board Committees
Risk Oversight
Officers of the Fund
The Adviser
Administrator
Portfolio Managers
Portfolio Manager Compensation
Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers
Potential Conflicts of Interest
Proxy Voting Policies
Codes of Ethics
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
Common Shares
Preferred Shares
Other Shares
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
TAX MATTERS
Taxation of the Fund
Distributions
Sale or Exchange of Common Shares
Nature of Fund's Investments
Impact of Short Sales
Below Investment Grade Instruments
Original Issue Discount Securities
Market Discount Securities
Currency Fluctuations
Foreign Taxes
Preferred Shares or Borrowings
Backup Withholding
Foreign Shareholders
Other Taxation
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES December 21, 2010
BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
LONG TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
Long-Term Rating Definitions
MEDIUM TERM NOTE RATINGS
Short Term Rating Definitions
INTERNATIONAL ISSUER AND CREDIT RATING SCALES
Long-Term Ratings Scales—Issuer Credit Ratings Scales
Short-Term Ratings—Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Introduction
Proxy Policies
Proxy Voting Records
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
SIGNATURES
SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS TO FORM N-2
Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund Common Shares

Exhibit (a)(2)

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

 

Dated as of December 15, 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

The Trust

 

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Name

1

Section 1.2

Trust Purpose

1

Section 1.3

Definitions

2

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

Trustees

 

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Number and Qualification

3

Section 2.2

Term and Election

3

Section 2.3

Resignation and Removal

4

Section 2.4

Vacancies

5

Section 2.5

Meetings

5

Section 2.6

Trustee Action by Written Consent

6

Section 2.7

Officers

6

Section 2.8

Principal Transactions

6

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

Powers and Duties of Trustees

 

 

 

 

Section 3.1

General

6

Section 3.2

Investments

6

Section 3.3

Legal Title

7

Section 3.4

Issuance and Repurchase of Shares

7

Section 3.5

Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage

7

Section 3.6

Delegation; Committees

7

Section 3.7

Collection and Payment

8

Section 3.8

Expenses

8

Section 3.9

By-Laws

8

Section 3.10

Miscellaneous Powers

8

Section 3.11

Further Powers

8

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

Advisory, Management and Distribution Arrangements

 

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Advisory and Management Arrangements

9

Section 4.2

Distribution Arrangements

9

Section 4.3

Parties to Contract

9

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

 

 

 

 

Section 5.1

No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.

10

Section 5.2

Mandatory Indemnification

10

Section 5.3

No Bond Required of Trustees

12

 

i



 

Section 5.4

No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.

12

Section 5.5

Reliance on Experts, etc.

12

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

Shares of Beneficial Interest

 

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Beneficial Interest

12

Section 6.2

Other Securities

12

Section 6.3

Rights of Shareholders

13

Section 6.4

Trust Only

13

Section 6.5

Issuance of Shares

13

Section 6.6

Register of Shares

13

Section 6.7

Transfer Agent and Registrar

14

Section 6.8

Transfer of Shares

14

Section 6.9

Notices

14

Section 6.10

Derivative Actions

14

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

Custodians

 

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Appointment and Duties

15

Section 7.2

Central Certificate System

16

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

Redemption

 

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Redemptions

16

Section 8.2

Disclosure of Holding

16

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Net Asset Value

16

Section 9.2

Distributions to Shareholders

17

Section 9.3

Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures

17

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

Shareholders

 

 

 

 

Section 10.1

Meetings of Shareholders

17

Section 10.2

Voting

18

Section 10.3

Notice of Meeting and Record Date

18

Section 10.4

Quorum and Required Vote

18

Section 10.5

Proxies, etc.

19

Section 10.6

Reports

19

Section 10.7

Inspection of Records

19

Section 10.8

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

20

Section 10.9

Delivery by Electronic Transmission or Otherwise

20

 

ARTICLE XI

 

 

Term of Existence; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.

 

 

 

 

Section 11.1

Term of Existence

20

 

ii



 

Section 11.2

[intentionally omitted]

20

Section 11.3

Amendment Procedure

20

Section 11.4

[Intentionally omitted]

21

Section 11.5

Subsidiaries

21

Section 11.6

Conversion

22

Section 11.7

Certain Transactions

22

 

ARTICLE XII

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

Section 12.1

Filing

23

Section 12.2

Resident Agent

23

Section 12.3

Governing Law

23

Section 12.4

Exclusive DE Jurisdiction

24

Section 12.5

Counterparts

24

Section 12.6

Reliance by Third Parties

25

Section 12.7

Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation

25

 

iii



 

BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made as of the 15 th  day of December, 2010, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.

 

WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on business as set forth more particularly hereinafter;

 

WHEREAS, this Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest all in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS, this Declaration amends and restates in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of November 18, 2010;

 

WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as Trustees of a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that the Trust shall constitute a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration and the By-laws shall constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities, and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of shares of beneficial interest in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The Trust

 

Section 1.1             Name .  This Trust shall be known as the “Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determine.  Any name change shall become effective upon the execution by a majority of the then Trustees of an instrument setting forth the new name and the filing of a certificate of amendment pursuant to Section 3810(b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute (as defined below). Any such instrument shall not require the approval of the Shareholders, but shall have the status of an amendment to this Declaration.

 

Section 1.2             Trust Purpose .  The purpose of the Trust is to conduct, operate and carry on the business of a closed end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act (as defined below).  In furtherance of the foregoing, it shall be the purpose of the Trust to do everything necessary, suitable, convenient or proper for the conduct, promotion and attainment of any businesses and purposes which at any time may be incidental or may appear conducive or expedient for the accomplishment of the business of a closed end management investment

 

1



 

company registered under the 1940 Act and which may be engaged in or carried on by a trust organized under the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, and in connection therewith the Trust shall have the power and authority to engage in the foregoing and may exercise all of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware upon a Delaware statutory trust.

 

Section 1.3             Definitions .  As used in this Declaration, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

The “ 1940 Act ” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and exemptions granted therefrom, as amended from time to time.

 

The terms “ Affiliated Person ”, “ Assignment ”, “ Commission ”, “ Interested Person ” and “ Principal Underwriter ” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act.

 

By-Laws ” shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust as amended from time to time by the Trustees.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Commission ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Continuing Trustee ” shall mean any member of the Board of Trustees who either (a) has been a member of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since November 18, 2010, if less than thirty-six months) or (b) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees.

 

Declaration ” shall mean this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time.

 

Delaware Statutory Trust Statute ” shall mean the provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et seq. , as such Act may be amended from time to time.

 

Delaware General Corporation Law ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8  Del. C. § 100, et seq. , as amended from time to time.

 

Fundamental Policies ” shall mean the investment policies and restrictions as set forth from time to time in any Prospectus or contained in any current Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Trust filed with the Commission and designated as fundamental policies therein, as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Majority Shareholder Vote ” shall mean a vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust with each class and series of Shares voting together as a single class, except to the extent otherwise required by the 1940 Act or this Declaration with respect to any one or more classes or series of Shares, in which case the

 

2



 

applicable proportion of such classes or series of Shares voting as a separate class or series, as the case may be, also will be required.

 

Person ” shall mean and include individuals, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

 

Prospectus ” shall mean the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Trust, if any, as in effect from time to time under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shareholders ” shall mean as of any particular time the holders of record of outstanding Shares of the Trust, at such time.

 

Shares ” shall mean the transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares.  In addition, Shares also means any preferred shares or preferred units of beneficial interest which may be issued from time to time, as described herein.  All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.

 

Trust ” shall mean the trust governed by this Declaration and the By-laws, as amended from time to time, inclusive of each such amendment.

 

Trust Property ” shall mean as of any particular time any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees in such capacity.

 

Trustees ” shall mean the signatories to this Declaration, so long as they shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Trustees

 

Section 2.1             Number and Qualification .  As of the date hereof, the number of Trustees shall be five and the initial Trustees shall be the signatories hereto.  Thereafter, the number of Trustees shall be determined by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office, provided that the number of Trustees shall be no less than two or more than fifteen. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his term.  An individual nominated as a Trustee shall be at least 21 years of age and not older than 80 years of age at the time of nomination and not under legal disability. Trustees need not own Shares and may succeed themselves in office.

 

Section 2.2             Term and Election .  Until the first annual meeting of Shareholders following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the

 

3



 

Securities Act, the Board of Trustees shall consist of one class, the term of which shall expire on the date of such meeting.  If the board of Trustees consists of at least three members, then, commencing with the first annual meeting of Shareholders following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act, the Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees.  Within the limits above specified, the number of the Trustees in each class shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees.  The term of office of the first class shall expire on the date of the second annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act.  The term of office of the second class shall expire on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the initial Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act.  The term of office of the third class shall expire on the date of the fourth annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the initial Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act.  Upon expiration of the term of office of each class as set forth above, the number of Trustees in such class, as determined by the Board of Trustees, shall be elected for a term expiring on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following such expiration to succeed the Trustees whose terms of office expire.  The Trustees shall be elected at an annual meeting of the Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof called for that purpose, except as provided in Section 2.3 of this Article, and each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified. The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.

 

Section 2.3             Resignation and Removal .  Any of the Trustees may resign their trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to the Trustees or the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any of the Trustees may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof) for cause only, and not without cause, and only by action taken by a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by the holders of at least a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote in an election of such Trustee.  Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, each such resigning or removed Trustee shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held in the name of such resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, such Trustee’s legal representative shall execute and deliver on such Trustee’s behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.  Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no Trustee resigning and no Trustee removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following the effective date of his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of a removal.

 

4



 

Section 2.4             Vacancies .  Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, the remaining Trustees may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications described in this Article by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the number of Trustees; provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such reduction shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof; provided, further, that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series.  Any vacancy created by an increase in Trustees may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this Article made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office.  No vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.

 

Section 2.5             Meetings .  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, or the President or any two Trustees.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the Trustees. Notice of any other meeting shall be given by the Secretary and shall be delivered to the Trustees orally or via electronic transmission not less than 24 hours, or in writing not less than 72 hours, before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by any Trustee either before or after such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been properly called or convened.  Any time there is more than one Trustee, a quorum for all meetings of the Trustees shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the Trustees. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration and except as required under the 1940 Act, any action of the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the Trustees.

 

Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of any such committee shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the members thereof.  Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent as provided in Section 2.6.

 

With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Section and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act.

 

All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

5



 

Section 2.6             Trustee Action by Written Consent .  Any action which may be taken by Trustees by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the Trustees, or members of a committee, as the case may be, required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Trustees or of such committee consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Trustees. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Trustees.

 

Section 2.7             Officers .  The Trustees shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may elect a Chairman who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors are elected.  The Trustees may elect or appoint or may authorize the Chairman, if any, or President to appoint such other officers or agents with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be advisable.  A Chairman shall, and the President, Secretary and Treasurer may, but need not, be a Trustee.  All officers shall owe to the Trust and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties (and only such fiduciary duties) as owed by officers of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 2.8             Principal Transactions .  Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the Trustees may, on behalf of the Trust, buy any securities from or sell any securities to, or lend any assets of the Trust to, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any such Trustee or officer is a member acting as principal, or have any such dealings with any Affiliated Person of the Trust, investment adviser, investment sub-adviser, distributor or transfer agent for the Trust or with any Interested Person of such Affiliated Person or other person; and the Trust may employ any such Affiliated Person or other person, or firm or company in which such Affiliated Person or other person is an Interested Person, as broker, legal counsel, registrar, investment advisor, investment sub-advisor, distributor, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, custodian or in any other capacity upon customary terms.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Powers and Duties of Trustees

 

Section 3.1             General .  The Trustees shall owe to the Trust and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties (and only such fiduciary duties) as owed by directors of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Trustees may perform such acts as in their sole discretion are proper for conducting the business of the Trust.  The enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power.  Such powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court.

 

Section 3.2             Investments .  The Trustees shall have power, subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust to:

 

(a)           manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment company;

 

(b)           subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of any and all

 

6


 

sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or non-equity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any person and any other rights, interests, instruments or property of any sort and to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of said investments.  The Trustees shall not be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.

 

Section 3.3                                       Legal Title .  Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested in the Trust as a separate legal entity except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, custodian or pledgee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine, provided that the interest of the Trust therein is appropriately protected.

 

To the extent any Trust Property is titled in the name of one or more Trustees, the right, title and interest of such Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each person who may hereafter become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the ceasing of any person to be a Trustee for any reason, such person shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.

 

Section 3.4                                       Issuance and Repurchase of Shares .  The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in, Shares, including Shares in fractional denominations, and, subject to the more detailed provisions set forth in Articles VIII and IX, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property.

 

Section 3.5                                       Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage . Subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, the Trustees shall have the power to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit or utilize leverage to the maximum extent permitted by law or regulation as such may be needed from time to time and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association or corporation.

 

Section 3.6                                       Delegation; Committees .  The Trustees shall have the power, consistent with their continuing exclusive authority over the management of the Trust and the Trust Property, to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust the doing of such things, including any matters set forth in this Declaration, and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.  The Trustees may designate one or more committees which shall have all or such lesser portion of the authority of the entire Board of Trustees as the Trustees shall determine from time to time except to the extent action by the entire Board of Trustees or particular Trustees is required by the 1940 Act.

 

7



 

Section 3.7                                       Collection and Payment .  The Trustees shall have power to collect all property due to the Trust; to pay all claims, including taxes, against the Trust Property or the Trust, the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to prosecute, defend, compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust Property or the Trust, or the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases, agreements and other instruments.

 

Section 3.8                                       Expenses .  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay out of the assets or income of the Trust any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and the business of the Trust, and to pay reasonable compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, underwriting, syndicating and brokerage services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable and reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

 

Section 3.9                                       By-Laws .  The Trustees shall have the exclusive authority to adopt and from time to time amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.

 

Section 3.10                                 Miscellaneous Powers .  The Trustees shall have the power to:  (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust; (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisors, distributors, selected dealers or independent contractors of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such capacity, whether or not constituting negligence, or whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing, share purchase, and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust; (e) make donations, irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings, including without limitation any advisor, administrator, manager, transfer agent, custodian, distributor or selected dealer, or any other person as the Trustees may see fit to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and change the fiscal year of the Trust and the method in which its accounts shall be kept; (i) notwithstanding the Fundamental Policies of the Trust, convert the Trust to a master-feeder structure; and (j) adopt a seal for the Trust but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.

 

Section 3.11                                 Further Powers .  The Trustees shall have the power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such

 

8



 

instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned.  Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Advisory, Management and Distribution Arrangements

 

Section 4.1                                       Advisory and Management Arrangements . Subject to the requirements of applicable law as in effect from time to time, the Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into advisory, administration or management contracts (including, in each case, one or more sub-advisory, sub-administration or sub-management contracts) whereby the other party to any such contract shall undertake to furnish such advisory, administrative and management services with respect to the Trust as the Trustees shall from time to time consider desirable and all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Declaration, the Trustees may authorize any advisor, administrator or manager (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to exercise any of the powers of the Trustees, including to effect investment transactions with respect to the assets on behalf of the Trust to the full extent of the power of the Trustees to effect such transactions or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect such transactions pursuant to recommendations of any such advisor, administrator or manager (and all without further action by the Trustees)  Any such investment transaction shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the Trustees.

 

Section 4.2                                       Distribution Arrangements . Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may retain underwriters and/or placement agents to sell Shares and other securities of the Trust.  The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts, providing for the sale of securities of the Trust, whereby the Trust may either agree to sell such securities to the other party to the contract or appoint such other party its sales agent for such securities.  In either case, the contract shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws; and such contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of securities of the Trust by such other party as principal or as agent of the Trust and may provide that such other party may enter into selected dealer agreements with registered securities dealers and brokers and servicing and similar agreements with persons who are not registered securities dealers to further the purposes of the distribution or repurchase of the securities of the Trust.

 

Section 4.3                                       Parties to Contract .  Any contract of the character described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Article IV or in Article VII hereof may be entered into with any Person, although one or more of the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any Person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was

 

9



 

reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws.  The same Person may be the other party to contracts entered into pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above or Article VII, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.3.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

 

Section 5.1                                       No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc .  No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust.  Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law.  No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust.  If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

Section 5.2                                       Mandatory Indemnification .  (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misconduct, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification.  The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a

 

10



 

person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.  No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

 

(c)                                   The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met.  In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

 

(d)                                  The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of Shareholders or Trustees who are not Interested Persons or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.

 

(e)                                   Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

 

11



 

Section 5.3                                       No Bond Required of Trustees .  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

 

Section 5.4                                       No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc .  No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent.  Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust.  The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

 

Section 5.5                                       Reliance on Experts, etc .  Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Shares of Beneficial Interest

 

Section 6.1                                       Beneficial Interest .  The beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided into an unlimited number of transferable shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share.  All Shares issued in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split of Shares, shall be fully paid and nonassessable when the consideration determined by the Trustees (if any) therefor shall have been received by the Trust.

 

Section 6.2                                       Other Securities .  The Trustees may, subject to the Fundamental Policies and the requirements of the 1940 Act, authorize and issue such other securities of the Trust as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Trustees see fit, including preferred interests, debt securities or other senior securities.  To the extent that the Trustees authorize and issue preferred shares of any class or series, they are hereby authorized and empowered to amend or supplement this Declaration as they deem necessary or appropriate, including to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act or requirements imposed by the rating agencies or other Persons, all without the approval of Shareholders.  Any such supplement or amendment shall be filed as is

 

12



 

necessary.  In addition, any such supplement or amendment may set forth the rights, powers, preferences and privileges of such preferred shares and any such supplement or amendment shall operate either as additions to or modifications of the rights, powers, preferences and privileges of any such preferred shares under this Declaration. To the extent the provisions set forth in such supplement or amendment conflict with the provisions of this Declaration with respect to any such rights, powers and privileges of the preferred shares, such amendment or supplement shall control.  Except as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, this Declaration shall control as to the Trust generally and the rights, powers, preferences and privileges of the other Shareholders of the Trust.  The Trustees are also authorized to take such actions and retain such persons as they see fit to offer and sell such securities.

 

Section 6.3                                       Rights of Shareholders .  The Shares shall be personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically set forth.  The ownership of the Trust Property of every description and the right to conduct any business herein before described are vested exclusively in the Trust, and the Shareholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Shares, and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of any property, profits, rights or interests of the Trust nor can they be called upon to share or assume any losses of the Trust or suffer an assessment of any kind by virtue of their ownership of Shares.  The Shares shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or exchange rights (except as specified in Section 11.4 or as specified by the Trustees when creating the Shares, as in preferred shares).

 

Section 6.4                                       Trust Only .  It is the intention of the Trustees to create only the relationship of Trustee and beneficiary between the Trustees and each Shareholder from time to time.  It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment or any form of legal relationship other than a Delaware statutory trust.  Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.

 

Section 6.5                                       Issuance of Shares .  The Trustees, in their discretion, may from time to time without vote of the Shareholders issue Shares including preferred shares that may have been established pursuant to Section 6.2, in addition to the then issued and outstanding Shares and Shares held in the treasury, to such party or parties and for such amount and type of consideration, including cash or property, at such time or times, and on such terms as the Trustees may determine, and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses.  The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in such Shares.  Issuances and redemptions of Shares may be made in whole Shares and/or 1/1,000ths of a Share or multiples thereof as the Trustees may determine.

 

Section 6.6                                       Register of Shares .  A register shall be kept at the offices of the Trust or any transfer agent duly appointed by the Trustees under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the names and addresses of the Shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record of all transfers thereof.  Separate registers shall be established and maintained for each class or series of Shares. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who

 

13



 

are the holders of the Shares of the applicable class or series of Shares and who shall be entitled to receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders. No Shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have notice given to him as herein provided, until he has given his address to a transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Trustees as shall keep the register for entry thereon.  It is not contemplated that certificates will be issued for the Shares; however, the Trustees, in their discretion, may authorize the issuance of share certificates and promulgate appropriate fees therefore and rules and regulations as to their use.

 

Section 6.7                                       Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Trustees shall have power to employ a transfer agent or transfer agents, and a registrar or registrars, with respect to the Shares.  The transfer agent or transfer agents may keep the applicable register and record therein, the original issues and transfers, if any, of the said Shares. Any such transfer agents and/or registrars shall perform the duties usually performed by transfer agents and registrars of certificates of stock in a corporation, as modified by the Trustees.

 

Section 6.8                                       Transfer of Shares . Except as otherwise provided by the Trustees, Shares shall be transferable on the records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by its agent thereto duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with such evidence of the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters (including compliance with any securities laws and contractual restrictions) as may reasonably be required.  Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the applicable register of the Trust. Until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of the proposed transfer.

 

Any person becoming entitled to any Shares in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, or incompetence of any Shareholder, or otherwise by operation of law, shall be recorded on the applicable register of Shares as the holder of such Shares upon production of the proper evidence thereof to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust, but until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such for all purposes hereof, and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of such death, bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation of law.

 

Section 6.9                                       Notices .  Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to any Shareholder of record at his last known address as recorded on the applicable register of the Trust.

 

Section 6.10            Derivative Actions .

 

(a)                                   No person, other than a Trustee, who is not a Shareholder shall be entitled to bring any derivative action, suit or other proceeding on behalf of the Trust.  No Shareholder may maintain a derivative action on behalf of the Trust unless holders of a least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Shares join in the bringing of such action.

 

14



 

(b)                                  In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, a Shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust only if the following conditions are met:  (i) the Shareholder or Shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed; and a demand on the Trustees shall only be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused if a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of any committee established to consider the merits of such action, has a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue, and a Trustee shall not be deemed interested in a transaction or otherwise disqualified from ruling on the merits of a Shareholder demand by virtue of the fact that such Trustee receives remuneration for his service as a Trustee of the Trust or as a trustee or director of one or more investment companies that are under common management with or otherwise affiliated with the Trust; and (ii) unless a demand is not required under clause (i) of this paragraph, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such Shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim; and the Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the Shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.  For purposes of this Section 6.10, the Trustees may designate a committee of one or more Trustees to consider a Shareholder demand if necessary to create a committee with a majority of Trustees who do not have a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Custodians

 

Section 7.1                                       Appointment and Duties .  The Trustees shall at all times employ a custodian or custodians meeting the qualifications for custodians for portfolio securities of investment companies contained in the 1940 Act, as custodian with respect to the assets of the Trust.  Any custodian shall have authority as agent of the Trust as determined by the custodian agreement or agreements, but subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as may be contained in the By-Laws of the Trust and the 1940 Act, including without limitation authority:

 

(1)                                   to hold the securities owned by the Trust and deliver the same upon written order;

 

(2)                                   to receive any receipt for any moneys due to the Trust and deposit the same in its own banking department (if a bank) or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;

 

(3)                                   to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;

 

(4)                                   if authorized by the Trustees, to keep the books and accounts of the Trust and furnish clerical and accounting services; and

 

(5)                                   if authorized to do so by the Trustees, to compute the net income or net asset value of the Trust;

 

15



 

all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees and the custodian.

 

The Trustees may also authorize each custodian to employ one or more sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the custodian and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees, provided that in every case such sub-custodian shall meet the qualifications for custodians contained in the 1940 Act.

 

Section 7.2                                       Central Certificate System . Subject to such rules, regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Trust in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or such other Person as may be permitted by the Commission, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Redemption

 

Section 8.1                                       Redemptions .  The Shares of the Trust are not redeemable by the holders.

 

Section 8.2                                       Disclosure of Holding .  The holders of Shares or other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

Net Income and Distributions

 

Section 9.1                                       Net Asset Value .  The net asset value of each outstanding Share of the Trust shall be determined at such time or times on such days as the Trustees may determine, in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The method of determination of net asset value shall be determined by the Trustees and shall be as set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees.  The power and duty to make the net asset value calculations may be delegated by the Trustees and shall be as generally set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees.

 

16


 

Section 9.2             Distributions to Shareholders .  (a) The Trustees shall from time to time distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of Shares, or any series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, such proportion of the net profits, surplus (including paid-in surplus), capital, or assets held by the Trustees as they may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration.  Any such distribution may be made in cash or property (including without limitation any type of obligations of the Trust or any assets thereof) or Shares of any class or series or any combination thereof, and the Trustees may distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of shares or series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, additional Shares of any class or series in such manner, at such times, and on such terms as the Trustees may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration.

 

(b)           Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.2 may be among the Shareholders of record of the applicable class or series of Shares at the time of declaring a distribution or among the Shareholders of record at such later date as the Trustees shall determine and specify.

 

(c)           The Trustees may always retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem necessary to pay the debts or expenses of the Trust or to meet obligations of the Trust, or as they otherwise may deem desirable to use in the conduct of its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the business.

 

(d)           Inasmuch as the computation of net income and gains for Federal income tax purposes may vary from the computation thereof on the books, the above provisions shall be interpreted to give the Trustees the power in their discretion to distribute for any fiscal year as ordinary dividends and as capital gains distributions, respectively, additional amounts sufficient to enable the Trust to avoid or reduce liability for taxes.

 

Section 9.3             Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, the Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion except as may be required by the 1940 Act, such other bases and times for determining the per share asset value of the Trust’s Shares or net income, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions as they may deem necessary or desirable for any reason, including to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, or any securities exchange or association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any order of exemption issued by the Commission, all as in effect now or hereafter amended or modified.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Shareholders

 

Section 10.1           Meetings of Shareholders .  The Trust shall hold annual meetings of the Shareholders. A special meeting of Shareholders may be called at any time by a majority of the Trustees or the President and shall be called by any Trustee for any proper purpose upon written request of Shareholders of the Trust holding in the aggregate not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or class or series of Shares having voting rights on

 

17



 

the matter, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any shareholder meeting, including a Special Meeting, shall be held within or without the State of Delaware on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate.

 

Section 10.2           Voting .  Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of Shareholders is required by the 1940 Act, this Declaration or resolution of the Trustees.  This Declaration expressly provides that no matter for which voting, consent or other approval is required by the Statutory Trust Act in the absence of the contrary provision in the Declaration shall require any vote.  Except as otherwise provided herein, any matter required to be submitted to Shareholders and affecting one or more classes or series of Shares shall require approval by the required vote of all the affected classes and series of Shares voting together as a single class; provided, however, that as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class or series of Shares is required by the 1940 Act, such requirement as to a separate vote by that class or series of Shares shall apply in addition to a vote of all the affected classes and series voting together as a single class.  Shareholders of a particular class or series of Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects only one or more other classes or series of Shares.  Each whole Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote.    There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees.  Trustees shall be elected by a plurality of votes.

 

Section 10.3           Notice of Meeting and Record Date .  Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given if presented personally to a Shareholder, left at his or her residence or usual place of business or sent via United States mail or by electronic transmission to a Shareholder at his or her address as it is registered with the Trust. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the Shareholder at his or her address as it is registered with the Trust with postage thereon prepaid.  Notice of all meetings of Shareholders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Trustees by mail to each Shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least 10 days and not more than 90 days before the meeting or otherwise in compliance with applicable law.  Only the business stated in the notice of the meeting shall be considered at such meeting. Any meeting of Shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned for any lawful purpose by the Chairman, the Trustees (or their designees) or a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question of adjourning a meeting.  Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more times without further notice not later than 120 days after the record date. For the purposes of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting the Trustees may, without closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than 90 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purposes.

 

Section 10.4           Quorum and Required Vote .  (a) The holders of one third of the Shares entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at such meeting of the Shareholders for purposes of conducting business on such matter.  The absence from any meeting, in person or by proxy, of a quorum of Shareholders for action upon any given matter shall not prevent action at such meeting upon any other matter or matters

 

18



 

which may properly come before the meeting, if there shall be present thereat, in person or by proxy, a quorum of Shareholders in respect of such other matters.

 

(b)           Subject to any provision of applicable law, this Declaration or a resolution of the Trustees specifying a greater or a lesser vote requirement for the transaction of any item of business at any meeting of Shareholders, (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the Shareholders with respect to such matter, and (ii) where a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of such class or series of Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of the Shareholders of such class or series with respect to such matter.

 

Section 10.5           Proxies, etc.   At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by properly executed or authorized proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers or employees of the Trust.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Only Shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote and fractional Shares shall be entitled to a vote of such fraction.  When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share.  A proxy purporting to be executed or authorized by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he may vote by his guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.

 

Section 10.6           Reports .  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared at least annually and more frequently to the extent and in the form required by law, regulation or any exchange on which Trust Shares are listed a report of operations containing a balance sheet and statement of income and undistributed income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant on such financial statements.  Copies of such reports shall be mailed to all Shareholders of record within the time required by the 1940 Act, and in any event within a reasonable period preceding the meeting of Shareholders.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to the Shareholders at least semi-annually to the extent required by law, interim reports containing an unaudited balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such period and an unaudited statement of income and surplus for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such period.

 

Section 10.7           Inspection of Records .  The records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Shareholders to the extent permitted by Section 3819 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute but subject to such reasonable regulation as the Trustees may determine.

 

19



 

Section 10.8           Shareholder Action by Written Consent .  Any action which may be taken by Shareholders by vote may be taken without a meeting if the holders entitled to vote thereon of the proportion of Shares required for approval of such action at a meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Section 10.4 consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

 

Section 10.9           Delivery by Electronic Transmission or Otherwise . Notwithstanding any provision in this Declaration to the contrary, any notice, proxy, vote, consent, instrument or writing of any kind or any signature referenced in, or contemplated by, this Declaration or the By-laws may, in the sole discretion of the Trustees, be given, granted or otherwise delivered by electronic transmission (within the meaning of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute), including via the internet, or in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Term of Existence; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.

 

Section 11.1           Term of Existence .  Unless dissolved and terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust shall have perpetual existence.  The Trust shall dissolve (i) upon the affirmative vote to dissolve the Trust by both a majority of the Trustees and the holders of at least two-thirds of the Shares or (ii) as required by operation of law.  After dissolution, the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust shall have been wound up as contemplated by Section 3808(e) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute. The Trustees may, to the extent they deem appropriate, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated dissolution date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the dissolution and liquidation of the Trust under this Article XI.  Shareholders of the Trust shall not be entitled to vote on the adoption of any such plan or the dissolution and liquidation of the Trust under this Article XI except to the extent required by the 1940 Act.

 

(b)           After the winding up and liquidation of the Trust, including the distribution to the Shareholders of any assets of the Trust, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and lodge among the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth the fact of such termination and shall execute and file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon termination of the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all Shareholders shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 11.2           [intentionally omitted].

 

Section 11.3           Amendment Procedure .  (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 11.3, this Declaration may be amended, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, by the affirmative vote required by Section 10.4 of this Declaration.  The Trustees also may amend this Declaration without any vote of Shareholders of any class or series to divide the Shares of the Trust into one or more series or additional series, or one or more classes of any such series or series, to determine the rights, powers, preferences, limitations and

 

20



 

restrictions of any class or series of Shares, to change the name of the Trust or any class or series of Shares, to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the relative rights or preferences of any Shareholder, as they may deem necessary, or to conform this Declaration to the requirements of the 1940 Act or any other applicable federal laws or regulations including pursuant to Section 6.2 or the requirements of the regulated investment company provisions of the Code, but the Trustees shall not be liable for failing to do so.

 

(b)           No amendment may be made to Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 5.1, Section 5.2, this Section 11.3, Section 11.6 or Section 11.7 of this Declaration and no amendment may be made to this Declaration which would change any rights with respect to any Shares of the Trust by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights pertaining thereto (except that this provision shall not limit the ability of the Trustees to authorize, and to cause the Trust to issue, other securities pursuant to Section 6.2), except after the approval of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of Shares outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter, unless a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees entitled to vote on the matter approve such amendment, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Nothing contained in this Declaration shall permit the amendment of this Declaration to impair the exemption from personal liability of the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust or to permit assessments upon Shareholders.

 

(c)           An amendment duly adopted by the requisite vote of the Board of Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, shall become effective at the time of such adoption or at such other time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees or Shareholders, as the case may be.  A certification in recordable form signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it was duly adopted by the Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, or a copy of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment when lodged among the records of the Trust or at such other time designated by the Board.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as a Registration Statement under the Securities Act, covering the first public offering of Shares of the Trust shall have become effective, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.

 

Section 11.4           [Intentionally omitted].

 

Section 11.5           Subsidiaries .  Without approval by Shareholders, the Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations or other organizations to take over all of the Trust Property or to carry on any business in which the Trust shall directly or indirectly have any interest and to sell, convey, and transfer all or a portion of the Trust Property to any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in exchange for the shares or securities thereof, or otherwise, and to lend money to, subscribe for the shares or securities of and enter into any contracts with any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, association or organization, or any

 

21



 

corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire shares or any other interests.

 

Section 11.6           Conversion .  Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Declaration or the Bylaws, the conversion of the Trust or any series of Shares from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company”, as those terms are defined in Sections 5(a)(2) and 5(a)(1), respectively, of the 1940 Act (as in effect on the date of this Declaration), together with any necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion, shall require the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Trustees with the approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote. Any affirmative vote or consent required under this Section 11.6 shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by federal law or by any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

 

Section 11.7           Certain Transactions .  (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this Section the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees of the Trust and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereon shall be necessary to authorize any of the following actions:

 

(i)            The merger, conversion, consolidation or share exchange of the Trust or any series or class of Shares with or into any other person or company (including, without limitation, a partnership, corporation, joint venture, statutory or business trust, common law trust or any other business organization) or of any such person or company with or into the Trust or any series or class of Shares.

 

(ii)           The issuance or transfer by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or more series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Trust or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding (x) sales of any securities of the Trust or a series or class in connection with a public offering thereof, (y) issuance of securities of the Trust or a series or class pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Trustees and (z) issuances of securities of the Trust or a series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Trust or a series or class.

 

(iii)          The sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Trust or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Trust or a series or class in the ordinary course of business.

 

(iv)          Any Shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the assets of the Trust or a series or class of Shares.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this Section 11.7, so long as each action is approved by both a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, and so long as all other conditions and

 

22



 

requirements, if any, provided for in the Bylaws and applicable law have been satisfied, then no Shareholder vote or consent shall be necessary or required to approve any of the actions listed in paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 11.7, except to the extent such Shareholder vote or consent is required by the 1940 Act or other federal law.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 12.1           Filing .  (a) This Declaration and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed in such places as may be required or as the Trustees deem appropriate. Each amendment or supplement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by a Trustee stating that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein.  A restated Declaration, containing the original Declaration and all amendments and supplements theretofore made, may be executed from time to time by a majority of the Trustees and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments and supplements contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments and supplements thereto.

 

(b) The Trustees hereby authorize and direct a Certificate of Trust, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to be executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

 

Section 12.2           Resident Agent .  The Trust shall maintain a resident agent in the State of Delaware, which agent shall initially be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The Trustees may designate a successor resident agent, provided, however, that such appointment shall not become effective until written notice thereof is delivered to the office of the Secretary of the State.

 

Section 12.3           Governing Law .  The trust set forth in this instrument is made in the State of Delaware, and the Trust and this Declaration, and the rights and obligations of the Trustees and Shareholders hereunder, are to be governed by and construed and administered according to the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute and the laws of said State; provided, however, that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees or this Declaration (a) the provisions of Sections 3540 and 3561 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code or (b) any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware (other than the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute) pertaining to trusts which relate to or regulate: (i) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (ii) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (iii) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (iv) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, (vi) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding of trust assets, or (vii) the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the acts or powers of trustees, which are inconsistent with the limitations or liabilities or authorities and

 

23



 

powers of the Trustees set forth or referenced in this Declaration.  The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a “statutory trust”, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by such a trust under Delaware law.  The Trust specifically reserves the right to exercise any of the powers or privileges afforded to trusts or actions that may be engaged in by trusts under the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, and the absence of a specific reference herein to any such power, privilege or action shall not imply that the Trust may not exercise such power or privilege or take such actions.

 

Section 12.4           Exclusive DE Jurisdiction .  Each Trustee, each officer and each Person legally or beneficially owning a Share or an interest in a Share of the Trust (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise), to the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 3804(e) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, (i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs (or similar) doctrine or arising out of or relating in any way to the Trust, the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, this Declaration or the Bylaws (including, without limitation, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings to interpret, apply or enforce (A) the provisions of this Declaration or the Bylaws, or (B) the duties (including fiduciary duties), obligations or liabilities of the Trust to the Shareholders or the Trustees, or of officers or the Trustees to the Trust, to the Shareholders or each other, or (C) the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Trust, the officers, the Trustees or the Shareholders, or (D) any provision of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute or other laws of the State of Delaware pertaining to trusts made applicable to the Trust pursuant to Section 3809 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, or (E) any other instrument, document, agreement or certificate contemplated by any provision of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute, the Declaration or the Bylaws relating in any way to the Trust (regardless, in each case, of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings (x) sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, (y) are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or (z) are derivative or direct claims)), shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction, (ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding, (iii) irrevocably agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts or any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper, (iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding, (v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law, and (vi) irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding.

 

Section 12.5           Counterparts .  This Declaration may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

 

24



 

Section 12.6           Reliance by Third Parties .  Any certificate executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust, or of any recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee hereunder, certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the name of the Trust, (c) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (d) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (e) the fact that the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration, (f) the form of any By-Laws adopted by or the identity of any officers elected by the Trustees, or (g) the existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of any person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.

 

Section 12.7           Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation .  (a) The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.

 

(b)           If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Declaration to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

/s/ Edward H. D’Alelio_

 

 

 

Edward H. D’Alelio, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Holland

 

 

 

Michael Holland, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Jasper

 

 

 

Thomas W. Jasper, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John O’Neill

 

 

 

John O’Neill, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

 

 

 

Daniel H. Smith, Jr., as Trustee

 




Exhibit (b)

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

 

Dated as of November 18, 2010

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I Shareholder Meetings

1

1.1

Chairman

1

1.2

Inspectors of Election

1

1.3

Records at Shareholder Meetings

1

1.4

Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations

2

ARTICLE II Trustees

5

2.1

Annual and Regular Meetings

5

2.2

Chairman

5

ARTICLE III Officers

6

3.1

Officers of the Trust

6

3.2

Election and Tenure

6

3.3

Removal of Officers

6

3.4

Bonds and Surety

6

3.5

President and Vice Presidents

6

3.6

Secretary

7

3.7

Treasurer

7

3.8

Other Officers and Duties

7

ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous

7

4.1

Depositories

7

4.2

Signatures

8

4.3

Seal

8

ARTICLE V Stock Transfers

8

5.1

Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like

8

5.2

Transfer of Shares

8

5.3

Registered Shareholders

8

ARTICLE VI Amendment of By-Laws

8

6.1

Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws

8

 

i



 

BLACKSTONE / GSO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

BY-LAWS

 

These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust governing Blackstone / GSO Dynamic Credit Income Fund dated as of November 18, 2010, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “Declaration”). All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the Declaration.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Shareholder Meetings

 

1.1           Chairman . The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairperson at all meetings of the Shareholders; in the Chairman’s absence, the Trustee or Trustees present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairperson for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.

 

1.2           Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of Shareholders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election are not so appointed, the Chairman, if any, of any meeting of Shareholders may, and on the request of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy shall, appoint Inspectors of Election of the meeting.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or more Shareholders or proxies, a majority of Shares present shall determine whether one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to allow such determination by the Shareholders shall not affect the validity of the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any person appointed as Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as Chairman.  The Inspectors of Election shall determine the number of Shares outstanding, the Shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine the results, and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Shareholders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.  On request of the Chairman, if any, of the meeting, or of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.

 

1.3           Records at Shareholder Meetings . At each meeting of the Shareholders, there shall be made available for inspection at a convenient time and place during normal business hours, if requested by Shareholders, the minutes of the last previous Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Trust and a list of the Shareholders of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting or the date of closing of transfer books, as the case may be.  Such list of Shareholders shall contain the name and the address of each Shareholder in alphabetical order and the number of Shares owned by such Shareholder.  Shareholders shall have such other rights

 



 

and procedures of inspection of the books and records of the Trust as are granted to shareholders of a Delaware business corporation.

 

1.4           Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)          Annual Meetings of Shareholders.

 

(1)           Nominations of persons for election as a Trustee of the Trust and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of Shareholders only (a) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof or (c) by any Shareholder of the Trust who was a Shareholder of record of the Trust at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.4 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, who is entitled to vote upon nominations or proposals at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.4.

 

(2)           For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A) (1) of this Section 1.4, the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Trust and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Trust) must constitute a proper matter for Shareholder action.  To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Shareholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Trust). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.  Such Shareholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Trustee (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and (ii) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a Trustee if elected; (b) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of Shares which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, (iii)

 

2



 

a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Shareholder and such beneficial owners, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying Shares, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Shareholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to Shares of the Trust, (v) a representation that the Shareholder is a holder of record of Shares of the Trust entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (vi) a representation whether the Shareholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Trust’s outstanding Shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from Shareholders in support of such proposal or nomination and (vii) any other information relating to the Shareholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of Trustees in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 1.4 shall be deemed satisfied by a Shareholder if the Shareholder has notified the Trust of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such Shareholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Trust to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Trust may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee of the Trust.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.4 to the contrary, in the event that the number of Trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees of the Trust is increased effective after the time period for nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.4 and there is no public announcement by the Trust naming the nominees for the additional trusteeships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder’s notice required by this Section 1.4 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional trusteeships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.

 

(B)           Special Meetings of Shareholders .  Special meetings of Shareholders shall be called only as contemplated by Section 10.1 of the Declaration.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or

 

3



 

any committee thereof or (2) provided that the Board of Trustees has determined that Trustees shall be elected at such meeting, by any Shareholder of the Trust who is a Shareholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.4 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, who is entitled to vote upon persons for election as Trustees at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.4.  In the event a special meeting of Shareholders is called pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Declaration for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees to the Board of Trustees, any such Shareholder entitled to nominate persons at such election of Trustees may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the Shareholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.4 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting. The foregoing notice requirements of this paragraph (b) of this Section 1.08 shall be deemed satisfied by a Shareholder with respect to a nomination if the Shareholder has notified the Trust of his, her or its intention to present a nomination at such special meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such Shareholder’s nomination has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Trust to solicit proxies for such special meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)   General.

 

(1)           Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.4 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to serve as Trustees and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.4.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.4 (including whether the Shareholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Shareholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Shareholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(2)(c)(vi) of this Section 1.4) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.4, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the Shareholder (or a qualified representative of the Shareholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Trust.   For purposes of this Section 1.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the Shareholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Shareholder or must be

 

4



 

authorized by a writing executed by such Shareholder delivered by such Shareholder to act for such Shareholder as proxy at the meeting of Shareholders and such person must produce such writing at the meeting of Shareholders.

 

(2)   For purposes of this Section 1.4, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.4, a Shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.4; provided however, that any references in these By-laws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.4 (including paragraphs A(1)(c) and B hereof), and compliance with paragraphs A(1)(c) and B of this Section 1.4 shall be the exclusive means for a Shareholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of A(2), matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 or Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).  Nothing in this Section 1.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of Shareholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Trust’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Trustees

 

2.1           Annual and Regular Meetings . Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary or any two Trustees.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice and shall generally be held quarterly.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by unanimous written consent.  After May 31, 2017, the board of trustees of the Trust will meet annually to consider terminating the Trust prior to May 31, 2020, the Trust’s termination date as set forth in the Declaration.

 

2.2           Chairman . The Trustees shall have the power to appoint from among the members of the Board of Trustees a Chairman.  Such appointment shall be by majority vote of the Trustees.  Such Chairman shall serve until his or her successor is appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.  When present he or she shall preside at the meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees.  The Chairman shall, subject to the control of the Trustees, perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to  him or her by the Trustees or prescribed by the Declaration or these By-Laws, consistent with his or her position.  The Chairman need not be a Shareholder.

 

5



 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

3.1           Officers of the Trust . The officers of the Trust shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected or authorized by the Trustees. Subject to any applicable provisions of the Declaration, the compensation of the officers and Trustees shall be fixed from time to time by the Trustees or, in the case of officers, by any Committee or officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Trustees. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation as such officer by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Trustee.  Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person.  No officer of the Trust need be a Trustee.

 

3.2           Election and Tenure . At the initial organization meeting, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Trust.  Such officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.

 

3.3           Removal of Officers . Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the Chairman, if any, President, or Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chairman, if any, President, or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.

 

3.4           Bonds and Surety . Any officer may be required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.

 

3.5           President and Vice Presidents . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the control of the Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a corporation.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Trustees, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Trust at any meetings of business organizations in which the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons. The President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice-Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Trustees or, if more than one and not ranked, the Vice-President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, and of the President, each Vice-President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Trust

 

6



 

to execute any and all instruments in writing, and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

 

3.6           Secretary . The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Shareholders, Trustees and the Executive Committee, if any. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Trust, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so authorized by the Trustees) shall affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a Delaware business corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.

 

3.7           Treasurer . Except as otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally incident to the office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or to its order.  The Treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Trust in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate.  The Treasurer shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account of the books of the Trust’s transactions which shall be the property of the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in the Treasurer’s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees may authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds of any series of the Trust on behalf of such series.

 

3.8           Other Officers and Duties . The Trustees may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person by the Trustees or delegated to such person by the President.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Miscellaneous

 

4.1           Depositories . In accordance with Section 7.1 of the Declaration, the funds of the Trust shall be deposited in such custodians as the Trustees shall designate and shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer, officers, agent or agents (including the adviser, administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

 

7



 

4.2           Signatures .  All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by its authorized officers, agent or agents, as provided in the Declaration or By-Laws or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.

 

4.3           Seal . The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absence of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock Transfers

 

5.1           Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like . As provided in Section 6.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the Trust as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable.  In addition, the Trustees shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable.  Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.

 

5.2           Transfer of Shares . The Shares of the Trust shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of proper documentation as provided in Section 6.8 of the Declaration.  The Trust, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.

 

5.3           Registered Shareholders . The Trust may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Amendment of By-Laws

 

6.1           Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws . In accordance with Section 3.9 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the exclusive power to amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration, and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Declaration.

 

8




Exhibit (e)

 

Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

1. The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”), will act as agent (“Agent”) for the participating shareholders (the “Participants”) of Blackstone / GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund (the “Fund”), and will open an account for each of the Participants under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) in the name of the record owner in which shares of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Shares”) are registered, and put into effect for the Participants the distribution reinvestment provisions of the Plan.  Shareholders must elect to participate in the Plan.  Dividends will be reinvested for all Participants pursuant to the Plan, unless a shareholder terminates its account pursuant to Section 9 below.

 

2. If the Fund declares a distribution payable either in Common Shares or in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive Common Shares (in the case of a stock distribution) or cash (in the case of a cash distribution), and Participants will receive Common Shares (in the case of a stock distribution) or, in the case of a cash distribution, the equivalent amount in Common Shares valued in the following manner: if the market price of the Common Shares plus any brokerage commission on the determination date is equal to or exceeds 98% of the net asset value per share of the Common Shares, BNY will acquire shares directly from the Fund at a price equal to the greater of (i) 98% of the net asset value per share at the valuation time on the determination date or (ii) 95% of the market price per share of the Common Shares on that date. If 98% of the net asset value per share of the Common Shares exceeds the market price of the Common Shares plus any brokerage commission on the determination date, BNY will buy Common Shares in the open market, on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere, for the Participants’ accounts as soon as practicable commencing on the trading day following the determination date and terminating no later than the earlier of (a) 30 days after the dividend or distribution payment date, or (b) the record date for the next succeeding dividend or distribution to be made to the holders of the Common Shares; except when necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the federal securities laws. If during this period (i) the market price plus any brokerage commission rises so that it equals or exceeds 98% of the net asset value per share of the Common Shares at the valuation time before BNY has completed the open market purchases or (ii) if BNY is unable to invest the full amount eligible to be reinvested hereunder in open market purchases during the time period referred to in the previous sentence, BNY shall cease purchasing shares in the open market and the Fund shall issue the remaining shares of Common Shares at a price per share equal to the greater of (i) 98% of the net asset value per share at the valuation time on such date or (ii) 95% of the then current market price per share of Common Shares.

 

3. For all purposes of the Plan: (a) the valuation time will be the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the determination date for the relevant dividend or distribution; (b) the determination date will be the payable date for determining shareholders eligible to receive the relevant dividend or distribution, except that if such day is not a New York Stock Exchange trading day, it will be the immediately preceding

 



 

trading day; (c) the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares on a particular date shall be the mean between the highest and lowest sales prices on the New York Stock Exchange on that date, or, if there is no sale on such Exchange on that date, then the mean between the closing bid and asked quotations for such stock on such Exchange on such date; (d) the net asset value per share of the Fund’s Common Shares as of the valuation time on a particular date shall be as determined by or on behalf of the Fund; and (e) all distributions and other payments shall be made net of any applicable withholding tax.

 

4. The open market purchases provided for above may be made on any securities exchange where the Fund’s Common Shares is traded, in the over-the-counter market or in negotiated transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and otherwise as BNY shall determine. Participant funds held by BNY pending investment will not bear interest, and it is understood that, in any event, BNY shall have no liability in connection with any inability to purchase shares within the time period for open market purchases, as herein provided, or with respect to the timing of any purchases effected. BNY shall have no responsibility as to the value of the Common Shares of the Fund acquired for a Participant’s account. In connection with open market purchases, BNY may commingle a Participant’s funds with those of other Participants and the average price (including brokerage commissions) of all shares purchased by BNY as Agent shall be the price per share allocable to each Participant in connection therewith.

 

5. BNY may hold shares acquired pursuant to the Plan, together with the shares of other Participants acquired pursuant to the Plan, in noncertificated form in BNY’s name or that of BNY’s nominee. BNY will forward to Participants any proxy solicitation material and will vote any shares so held for any Participant only in accordance with instructions given through a proxy executed by the Participant. Upon a Participant’s written request, BNY will deliver to him, without charge, a certificate or certificates for the full shares.

 

6. BNY will confirm to each Participant each acquisition made for his account as soon as practicable but not later than 30 days after the date thereof. Although Participants may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to six decimal places) in a share of Common Shares, no certificates for a fractional share will need to be issued. However, distributions on fractional shares will be credited to Participant accounts. In the event of the termination of a Participant’s account under the Plan, BNY will adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the market value of the Fund’s shares at the time of termination less the pro rata expense of any sale required to make such an adjustment.

 

7. Any stock dividends or split shares distributed by the Fund on shares held by BNY for a Participant will be credited to his account. In the event that the Fund makes available to its shareholders rights to purchase additional shares or other securities, the shares held for a Participant under the Plan will be added to other shares held by such Participant in calculating the number of rights to be issued to him.  Transaction processing may either be curtailed or suspended until completion of any stock dividend, stock split or corporate action.

 



 

8. No service fee for handling the reinvestment of capital gains distributions or income dividends will be charged to Participants or their accounts.  Participants will be charged a pro rata share of any brokerage commissions actually incurred on open market purchases.

 

9. A Participant may terminate his account under the Plan by notifying BNY in writing at, BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, Attn:  Sales Dept., PO Box 358035, Pittsburgh, PA 15252.   Such termination may be effective immediately if notice is received by BNY not less than ten business days prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise such termination may be effective as soon as practicable after BNY’s investment of the most recently declared dividend or distribution on the Common Shares. The Plan may be terminated by the Fund upon notice in writing mailed to all Participants at least 30 days prior to the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund for which the termination is to be effective. Upon any termination BNY will cause a certificate or certificates for the full shares held for each Participant under the Plan and cash adjustment for any fractional shares to be delivered to each Participant without charge. If a Participant elects to notify BNY in advance of such termination to have BNY sell part or all of his shares and remit the proceeds to him, BNY is authorized to deduct brokerage commissions actually incurred for this transaction from the proceeds and a $10.00 service fee.

 

10. These terms and conditions may be amended or supplemented by the Fund at any time or times but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to Participants appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such amendment or supplement and only upon BNY’s receipt of the written consent of the Fund’s Board of Trustees. The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by Participants unless, prior to the effective date thereof, BNY receives written notice of the termination of a Participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by BNY in BNY’s place and stead of a successor agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Agent under these terms and conditions. Upon any such appointment of an agent for the purpose of receiving distributions, the Fund will be authorized to pay such successor agent, for a Participant’s account, all distributions payable on Common Shares of the Fund held in his name under the Plan for retention or application by such successor agent as provided in these terms and conditions.

 

11. BNY shall at all times act in good faith and agree to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to insure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement and to comply with applicable law, but BNY assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of BNY or its employees.

 

12. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 




Exhibit (h)(1)

 

 

[FUND]

 

 

           Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
$20.00 per Share

 

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated: [•], 2010

 

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

Representations and Warranties

2

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing

13

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

Covenants of the Fund and the Adviser

15

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

Payment of Expenses

17

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations

18

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

Indemnification

22

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

Contribution

24

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery

25

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

Termination of Agreement

26

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

Default by One or More of the Underwriters

26

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

Notices

27

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

Parties

27

 

 

 

SECTION 13.

GOVERNING LAW

27

 

 

 

SECTION 14.

Effect of Headings

27

 

 

 

SECTION 15.

Definitions

28

 

 

 

SECTION 16.

Absence of Fiduciary Relationship

30

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Initial Securities to be Sold

Exhibit B

Form of Opinion of Fund Counsel

Exhibit C

Form of Opinion of Adviser Counsel

Exhibit D

Price-Related Information

 

i


 

[FUND]

 

[ · ] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[ · ], 2010

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[UNDERWRITERS]

 

As Representatives of the several Underwriters
listed on Exhibit A hereto

 

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

[FUND], a [TYPE OF ENTITY] (the “ Fund ”) and [ADVISER], a [TYPE OF ENTITY] (the “ Adviser ”), confirm their respective agreements with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Wells Fargo, [REPRESENTATIVES] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Fund of a total of [ · ] common shares of beneficial interest, par value $[0.01] per share (the “ Initial Securities ”), and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of Initial Securities set forth in said Exhibit A hereto, and with respect to the grant by the Fund to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ · ] additional common shares of beneficial interest, par value $[0.01] per share (the “ Option Securities ”), to cover over-allotments, if any.  The Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Option Securities are hereinafter called, collectively, the “ Securities .” Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 15 hereof.

 

The Fund understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 

The Fund has entered into (i) an Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser dated as of [ · ], 2010, (ii) a Custodian Services Agreement with [ · ] dated as of [ · ], 2010, (iii) a Transfer Agency Services Agreement with [ · ] dated as of [ · ], 2010 and (iv) an Administration and Accounting Services Agreement with [ · ] dated as of [ · ], 2010, and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Investment Management Agreement ,” the “ Custodian Agreement, ” the “ Transfer Agency Agreement, ” and the “ Administration Agreement ”, respectively.  Collectively, the Investment Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Transfer Agency Agreement and the Administration Agreement are herein referred to as the “ Fund Agreements .”

 

1



 

The Adviser has entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo dated as of [ · ], 2010[,] [and] [Additional Compensation Agreement to be inserted] and such agreements are herein referred to as and the “ Fee Agreements .”  In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which holders of common shares of beneficial interest shall have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash, and such plan is herein referred to as the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .”

 

The Fund has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (File Nos. 333-[ · ] and 811-[ · ]) on Form N-2, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), for registration under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Fund may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), each of which has previously been furnished to you.

 

The Fund will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a further amendment to the registration statement (including the form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein)) or (2) after the effective date of the registration statement, a final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) in accordance with Rules 430A and 497. In the case of clause (2), the Fund has included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be included in the registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), or such final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Applicable Time or, to the extent not completed at the Applicable Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus) as the Fund has advised you, prior to the Applicable Time, will be included or made therein.

 

SECTION 1.   Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties by the Fund and the Adviser.  The Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Option Closing Date (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(1)           Compliance with Registration Requirements .  The Securities have been duly registered under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, pursuant to the Registration Statement.  Each of the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and has been filed under the 1940

 

2



 

Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Adviser, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.  The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus complied when filed with the Commission in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities each was identical to the electronically transmitted copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became or become effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement will, and the 1940 Act Notification when originally filed with the Commission and any amendments and supplements thereto did or will, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), and at any time when a prospectus is required by applicable law to be delivered in connection with sales of Securities, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The Preliminary Prospectus and the information included on Exhibit D hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Fund makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Fund by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

The Fund’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act is effective.

 

(2)           Independent Accountants .  [ACCOUNTANT] who certified and audited the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus is an independent public accountant as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

3



 

(3)           Financial Statements .  The financial statements of the Fund included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Fund at the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Fund for the periods specified; and all such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and comply with all applicable accounting requirements under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.  The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein, and the other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are accurately derived from such financial statements and the books and records of the Fund.

 

(4)           No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Fund Material Adverse Effect, (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Fund which are material with respect to the Fund other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Fund on any class of its Common Stock.

 

(5)           Good Standing of the Fund .  The Fund has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a [business trust] under the laws of [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION] and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; and the Fund is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.

 

(6)           No Subsidiaries . The Fund has no subsidiaries.

 

(7)           Investment Company Status.   The Fund is duly registered as a closed-end, diversified management investment company under the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, and the 1940 Act Notification has been duly filed with the Commission.  The Fund has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.

 

(8)           Officers and Trustees .  No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no trustee of the Fund is (A) an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or (B) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter.  For purposes of this Section 1(a)(8), the Fund and the Adviser shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and trustees.

 

4



 

(9)           Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund are as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus.  All issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Fund in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the certificates for the Securities, if any, are in valid and sufficient form.

 

(10)         Power and Authority . The Fund has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Fund; and this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Fund and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Fund, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

(11)         Approval of Investment Management Agreement .  The Fund’s Board of Trustees and the Fund’s sole shareholder have approved the Investment Management Agreement in accordance with Section 15 of the 1940 Act.

 

(12)         Agreements’ Compliance with Law .  This Agreement and each of the Fund Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.

 

(13)         Absence of Defaults and Conflicts .  The Fund is not (i) in violation of its Organizational Documents, (ii) in breach or default in the performance of the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, declaration of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Fund or of any decree of the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission, any foreign securities commission, any national securities exchange, any arbitrator, any court or any other governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or any official having jurisdiction over the Fund.

 

(14)         Absence of Proceedings .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic

 

5



 

or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened, against or affecting the Fund which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Fund is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect.

 

(15)         Accuracy of Descriptions and Exhibits .  The statements set forth under the headings “[Description of Shares],” “[Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws]” and “[Federal Tax Matters]” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and “Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATRION] law, the Fund’s Organizational Documents, U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects; all descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus of any Fund documents are accurate in all material respects; and there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(16)         Absence of Further Requirements .  (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained and under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

 

(17)         Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Fund Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes

 

6



 

or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Fund, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Fund or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject.

 

(18)         Possession of Licenses and Permits .  The Fund has such licenses, permits and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Fund has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows or, after notice or lapse of time, would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Fund under any such Permit, subject in each case to such qualification as may be set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Fund.

 

(19)         Distribution of Offering Material .  The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Material (as defined below) or other materials permitted by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.

 

(20)         Absence of Registration Rights .  There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) (A) registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or (B) otherwise registered by the Fund under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. There are no persons with tag-along rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(21)         NYSE .  The Securities are duly listed and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE.

 

(22)         FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and trustees in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct.

 

(23)         Tax Returns . The Fund has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or

 

7



 

penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties the nonpayment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.

 

(24)         Subchapter M . The Fund is currently in compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

 

(25)         Insurance .  The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and trustees, including its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Fund’s trustees and officers/errors and omissions insurance policy, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such fidelity bond and policy in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such fidelity bond or policy as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(26)         Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls .  The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to calculate net asset value, to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain material compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  The Fund employs “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act) and such internal control over financial reporting is and shall be effective as required by the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.  The Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting.  The Fund employs “disclosure controls and procedures” (as

 

8



 

such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

(27)         Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.   There is and has been no failure on the part of the Fund or any of the Fund’s trustees or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

 

(28)         Fund Compliance with Policies and Procedures .  The Fund has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) by the Fund, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each investment adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Fund.

 

(29)         Absence of Manipulation .  The Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.

 

(30)         Statistical, Demographic or Market-Related Data .  Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.

 

(31)         Advertisements . All advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers”, “broker kits”, “road show slides” and “road show scripts”), whether in printed or electronic form, authorized in writing by or prepared by or at the direction of the Fund or the Adviser for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities (collectively, “Sales Material”) complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of FINRA and if required to be filed with FINRA under FINRA’s conduct rules were so filed. No Sales Material contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(32)         Foreign Corrupt Practices Act .  Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Fund is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”),

 

9



 

including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA,  and the Fund and, to the knowledge of the Fund, its other affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(33)         Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Fund are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.

 

(34)         OFAC .  Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Fund is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties by the Adviser .  The Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(1)           Adviser Status . The Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(2)           Capitalization . The Adviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements.

 

(3)           No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as

 

10



 

otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Adviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Adviser which are material with respect to the Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(4)           Good Standing . The Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION] and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fee Agreements; and the Adviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.

 

(5)           Power and Authority .  The Adviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Adviser; and this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser, enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Adviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

(6)           Description of the Adviser .  The description of the Adviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Adviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(7)           Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund or the Adviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Adviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Adviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or

 

11


 

instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which the Adviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject.

 

(8)           Agreements’ Compliance with Laws .  This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.

 

(9)           Absence of Proceedings .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened, against or affecting the Adviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

(10)         Absence of Further Requirements .  (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, or the Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

 

(11)         Possession of Permits .  The Adviser has such Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Adviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Adviser under any such Permit.

 

(12)         Adviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures .  The Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Adviser and its supervised persons.

 

(13)         Absence of Manipulation .  The Adviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might

 

12



 

reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Adviser is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Adviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Adviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.

 

(14)         Promotional Materials .  In the event that the Fund or the Adviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Adviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.

 

(15)         Internal Controls . The Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Management Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.

 

(16)         Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Adviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened.

 

(c)           Certificates.  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Adviser and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Adviser, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2.   Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a)           Initial Securities.   On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund, at a purchase price of $           per share, the amount of the Initial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Exhibit A hereto.  The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend to (i) make a public offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon after the Applicable Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Securities upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(b)           Option Securities.  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Fund hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to           Option Securities at the same

 

13



 

purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Initial Securities.  Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Initial Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 45th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Fund setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date.  The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Initial Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.   Any such time and date of delivery (an “ Option Closing Date ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined.

 

(c)           Payment.  Payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities, and delivery of the related closing certificates therefor, shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on [ · ], 2010 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Date ”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, on each Option Closing Date as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Fund.

 

Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Fund. Delivery of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. Wells Fargo, individually and not as Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

(d)           Denominations; Registration.  Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.  The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than noon (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

14



 

SECTION 3.   Covenants of the Fund and the Adviser .  The Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)           Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.  The Fund, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Fund becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The Fund will use its best efforts in connection with the offering of the Securities to prevent the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(b)           Filing of Amendments.   The Fund will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or otherwise, or will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.

 

(c)           Delivery of Registration Statements.  The Fund has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts.  The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(d)           Delivery of Prospectuses.  The Fund has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus prepared prior to the date of this Agreement as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Fund hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.  The Fund will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package prepared on or after the date of this Agreement and the Prospectus (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as such

 

15



 

Underwriter may reasonably request.  The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters is or will be, as the case may be, identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e)           Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.  The Fund will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 172), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Fund, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Fund will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Fund will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(f)            Blue Sky Qualifications.  The Fund will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify, if necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)           Rule 158.  The Fund will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(h)           Use of Proceeds .  The Fund will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(i)            Reporting Requirements.  The Fund, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and

 

16



 

Regulations, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required by the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.

 

(j)            Subchapter M.  The Fund will comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.

 

(k)           Absence of Manipulation .  The Fund and the Adviser have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund and the Adviser are not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund or the Adviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund or the Adviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.

 

(l)            Restriction on Sale of Securities.  The Fund will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund or any person in privity with the Fund, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Securities; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction for a period of 180 days following the Applicable Time, provided , however , that the Fund may issue and sell Securities pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan of the Fund in effect at the Applicable Time.

 

SECTION 4.   Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)           Expenses.  The Fund will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the word processing, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or evidence of book-entry notation for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors to the Fund, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the documents constituting the General Disclosure

 

17



 

Package, the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification, any Sales Material and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of the custodian and the transfer agent and registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder.  To the extent that the foregoing costs and expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement exceed $0.04 per share, the Adviser will pay all such costs and expenses.

 

(b)           Termination of Agreement.  If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) hereof, the Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5.   Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Fund and the Adviser contained herein as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 2 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Fund and the Adviser made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Fund and the Adviser of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)           Effectiveness of Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or any notice objecting to its use or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued and proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Adviser, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters.  A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

(b)           Opinion of Counsel for Fund.  At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of [FUND’S COUNSEL], counsel for the Fund (“ Fund Counsel ”), in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.  Insofar as the

 

18



 

opinion expressed above related to or is dependent upon matters governed by [ · ] law, [ · ] will be permitted to rely on the opinion of [SPECIAL COUNSEL].

 

(c)           Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters.  At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.  Insofar as the opinion expressed above relates to or is dependent upon matters governed by [ · ] law, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be permitted to rely on the opinion of [SPECIAL COUNSEL].

 

(d)           Certificate of the Fund.  At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Fund Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Fund and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Fund, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Fund Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Fund in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Fund has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.

 

(e)           Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser.  At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of [ADVISER COUNSEL], counsel for the Adviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(f)            Certificate of the Adviser .  At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Adviser and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Adviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Adviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made

 

19



 

at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Adviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission .

 

(g)           Accountant’s Comfort Letter.  At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [ACCOUNTANT] a letter, dated the date of this Agreement and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

(h)           Bring-down Comfort Letter.  At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from [ACCOUNTANT] a letter, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(i)            Fee Agreements.  At the Applicable Time, the Adviser shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Fee Agreements copies of the Fee Agreements, executed by the Adviser and dated the date of this Agreement, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Adviser for each of the other parties thereto.

 

(j)            No Objection.   Prior to the date of this Agreement, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has no objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(k)           Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities.  In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities on any Option Closing Date that is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the applicable Option Securities shall be subject to the conditions specified in the introductory paragraph of this Section 5 and to the further condition that, at the applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(1)           Officers’ Certificate of the Fund .  A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(d) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.

 

20



 

(2)           Opinion of Counsel for Fund .  The favorable opinion of Fund Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(3)           Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(4)           Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser .  The favorable opinion of [ADVISER COUNSEL], counsel for the Adviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.

 

(5)           Certificate of the Adviser .  A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(f) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.

 

(6)           Bring-down Comfort Letter .  A letter from [ACCOUNTANT], in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Option Closing Date, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Option Closing Date.

 

(l)            Additional Documents.  At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained in this Agreement; and all proceedings taken by the Fund and the Adviser in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(m)          Delivery of Documents .  The documents required to be delivered by this Section 5 shall be delivered at the office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date.

 

21



 

(n)           Termination of Agreement.  If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Fund.

 

SECTION 6.   Indemnification .

 

(a)           Indemnification by the Fund and the Adviser.   The Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, affiliates of each Underwriter, directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)   against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)   against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Fund and the Adviser; and

 

(iii)    against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Wells Fargo), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above,

 

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Adviser by any Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or in any preliminary prospectus, any

 

22


 

Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(b)           Indemnification by the Underwriters .  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Fund and the Adviser, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Adviser by such Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).  The Fund and the Adviser acknowledge that (i) the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the expected delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraphs related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

(c)           Actions against Parties; Notification.  Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  Counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected as follows: counsel to the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by Wells Fargo; counsel to the Fund, its directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Fund; and counsel to the Adviser and each person, if any, who controls such Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Adviser.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Fund, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act

 

23



 

or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Adviser and the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, in each case in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.   No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)           Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse.  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(e)           Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification and Contribution .  The provisions of this Section 6 and in Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Fund and the Adviser with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution between themselves.

 

SECTION 7.   Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses)

 

24



 

received by the Fund and the Adviser and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.

 

The relative fault of the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Fund, by the Adviser or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each trustee, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contributions as such Underwriters, and each person who controls the Fund or the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each officer of the Fund and the Adviser and each trustee, director or member of the Fund and the Adviser shall have the same rights to contribution as the Fund and the Adviser.  The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A hereto and not joint.

 

SECTION 8.   Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Fund or signed by or on behalf of the Adviser submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made

 

25



 

by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Fund, or by or on behalf of the Adviser, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 9.   Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)           Termination; General.  The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Fund or the Adviser, at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are to be purchased on an Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the Representatives may terminate the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Securities, by notice to the Fund, at any time on or prior to such Option Closing Date) (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Fund has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b)           Liabilities.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.   Default by One or More of the Underwriters .  If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

(a)           if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters; or

 

26



 

(b)           if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Fund to sell the Option Securities that were to have been purchased and sold on such Option Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Fund to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11.   Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention:  Equity Syndicate; notices to the Fund and the Adviser shall be directed to them at [          ], [ · ], Attention: [ · ].

 

SECTION 12.   Parties .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser and their respective successors and the controlling persons and directors, officers, members and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and trustees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 13.   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 14.   Effect of Headings .  The Section and Exhibit headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

27



 

SECTION 15.   Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Advisers Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Advisers Act.

 

Adviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

Applicable Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

EDGAR ” means the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Fund Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Initial Registration Statement ” means the Fund’s registration statement (File Nos. 333- [ · ] and 811-[ · ]) on Form N-2 (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), as amended (if applicable), at the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Organizational Documents ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its charter and by-laws; (b) in the case of a limited or general partnership, its partnership certificate, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, certificate of formation or similar organizational documents and its operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or other similar agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its declaration of trust, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its trust agreement or other similar agreement; and (e) in the case of any other entity, the organizational and governing documents of such entity.

 

preliminary prospectus ” means any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) used in connection with the offering of the Securities that was so used before the Initial Registration Statement became effective, or that was

 

28



 

used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or that omitted the Rule 430A Information or that was captioned “Subject to Completion”.

 

Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean the preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated [ · ], 2010 and any preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) included in the Registration Statement at the Applicable Time that omits Rule 430A Information.

 

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 497 after the Applicable Time.

 

Registration Statement ” means the Initial Registration Statement; provided that, if a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, then the term “Registration Statement” shall also include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

 

Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 497 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 433 ” and “ Rule 462(b) ” refer to such rules under the 1933 Act.

 

Rule 430A Information ” means the information included in the Prospectus that was omitted from the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be a part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A.

 

Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Fund pursuant to Rule 462(b) for the purpose of registering any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, including the Rule 430A Information.

 

Rules and Regulations ” means, collectively, the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.

 

1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1933 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act.

 

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

1934 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act.

 

1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

29



 

1940 Act Notification ” means a notification of registration of the Fund as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as the 1940 Act Notification may be amended from time to time.

 

1940 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act.

 

All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR.

 

SECTION 16.   Absence of Fiduciary Relationship .  Each of the Fund and the Adviser acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)           Each of the Underwriters is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Securities and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Fund or the Adviser, on the one hand, and any of the Underwriters, on the other hand, has been or will be created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not any of the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Fund or the Adviser on other matters and none of the Underwriters has any obligation to the Fund or the Adviser with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement;

 

(b)           the public offering price of the Securities and the price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Fund following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives;

 

(c)           it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(d)           in connection with each transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the process leading to such transactions, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as principal and not as fiduciary, advisor or agent of the Fund or the Adviser or any of their respective affiliates; provided however, that in its capacity as an independent contractor, an Underwriter may be providing advice to the Adviser as to the structure, design and organization of the Fund pursuant to the Fee Agreements;

 

(e)           none of the Underwriters has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice to the Fund or the Adviser with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and it has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisers to the extent it has deemed appropriate;

 

(f)            it is aware that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Fund and the Adviser, and that none of the Underwriters has any obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Fund or the Adviser by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

30



 

(g)           it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against any of the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that none of the Underwriters shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

31



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Fund and the Adviser a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser in accordance with its terms.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[FUND]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ADVISER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

[REPRESENTATIVES]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto.

 

32



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Name of Underwriter

 

Number of Initial
Securities

 

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[other Underwriters]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF OPINION OF FUND COUNSEL

 

(a)            The Fund has been duly created and is validly existing and in good standing as a business trust under the law of the [ · ], with business trust power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification.  The Fund has no subsidiaries.

 

(b)            The Fund is duly registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 8 of the 1940 Act as a closed-end, diversified management investment company and the 1940 Act Notification has been duly filed with the Commission;  all action has been taken by the Fund as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, and the Rules and Regulations to permit the Fund to issue and sell the Securities to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Securities as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement; the Underwriting Agreement and each of the Fund Agreements complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations; and the Fund has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.

 

(c)            The Fund’s Certificate of Trust and Agreement and Declaration of Trust comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.

 

(d)            The Fund has business trust power and authority to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and the Fund Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Fund of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Fund; the Underwriting Agreement and the Fund Agreements constitute valid and legally binding agreements of the Fund, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

(e)            Neither the issuance and sale of the Securities in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, the execution, delivery or performance of the Underwriting Agreement or any of the Fund Agreements by the Fund, nor the consummation by the Fund of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or the adoption of the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust or by-laws of the Fund, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment,

 

B-1



 

injunction, order or decree applicable to the Fund or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject.

 

(f)             (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement or the Fund Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or the Fund Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

 

(g)            The Fund has an authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and the authorized capitalization of the Fund conforms to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; all of the outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable; the Securities have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Fund under [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION] law and, when issued to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the Securities are duly listed, and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE; the form of certificate that may be used to evidence the shares complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the bylaws, [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION] law and the rules of New York Stock Exchange, in each case as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(h)            No holders of outstanding common shares of beneficial interest are entitled as such to any preemptive or other rights to subscribe for any common shares of beneficial interest under any applicable contract, under the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust or the bylaws or under [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION] law.

 

(i)             The statements set forth under the headings “Description of Shares” and “Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and “Tax Matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION] law, the common shares of beneficial interest or the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, United States federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects.

 

(j)             To the knowledge of such counsel, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Fund is a party that are required to be described

 

B-2



 

in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described therein, and no contract, indenture, lease, agreement or other document is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that is not described therein or filed as required.

 

(k)            The filing of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497 under the Act Rules and Regulations has been made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497(h) of the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations; to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened by the Commission and the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (other than the financial statements and other financial and statistical information contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no statement) comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

(l)             The Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification (in each case, other than the financial statements and the other financial information contained therein or incorporated therein by reference and other than any exhibits, schedules or appendices included or incorporated by reference therein, as to which such counsel expresses no opinion) appear on their face to be appropriately responsive in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the Act Rules and Regulations, the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.

 

(m)           Such counsel has no reason to believe that the Registration Statement at the time it became effective contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the documents included in the General Disclosure Package, all considered together, as of the Applicable Time, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus as of its date and on the Closing Date included or includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (in each case, other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion).

 

(n)            The Fund’s Board of Trustees and the Fund’s sole shareholder have approved the Investment Management Agreement in accordance with Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act;

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A)  as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION], the Federal laws of the United States to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Fund and public officials. References to the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

 

B-3



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF OPINION OF ADVISER’S COUNSEL

 

(a)            The Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of [ · ], with power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification.

 

(b)            The Adviser is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Investment Management Agreement; and, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, there does not exist any proceeding which should reasonably be expected to adversely affect the registration of the Adviser with the Commission.

 

(c)            The Adviser has the power and authority to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the Fund Agreements to which it is a party and the Fee Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement, the Fund Agreements to which it is a party and the Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Adviser; the Underwriting Agreement, the Fund Agreements to which it is a party and the Fee Agreements are valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser, enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with their terms except as rights to indemnity and contribution in the Underwriting Agreement, Fund Agreements and the Fee Agreements may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Adviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

(d)            Each of the Advisory Agreements complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.

 

(e)            Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Adviser of the Underwriting Agreement, the Fund Agreements to which it is a party and the Fee Agreements nor the consummation by the Adviser of the transactions therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the limited partnership agreement or by-laws of the Adviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Adviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Adviser is a party

 

C-1



 

or by which the Adviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject.

 

(f)             (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement, the Fund Agreements to which it is a party or the Fee Agreements for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Fund Agreements to which it is a party or the Fee Agreements in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

 

(g)            To the knowledge of such counsel, there is not pending or, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, after due inquiry, expressly threatened any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, to which the Adviser is a party, or to which the property of the Adviser is subject, before or brought by any court or governmental body, domestic or foreign, which might reasonably be expected to (A) result in any Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (B) materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Manager or (C) materially impair or adversely affect the ability of the Adviser to function as an investment adviser or perform its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement, or which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus but are not disclosed as required.

 

(h)            To the knowledge of such counsel, there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, or to be filed as exhibits thereto, other than those described or referred to therein or filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto, and the descriptions thereof or references thereto are correct in all respects.

 

(i)             The Adviser has all material permits, licenses, franchises and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities as are necessary to own its properties and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), and to perform its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements.

 

(j)             Such counsel has no reason to believe that the Registration Statement at the time it became effective contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact concerning the Adviser required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the documents included in the General Disclosure Package, all considered together, as of the Applicable Time, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact concerning the Manager required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus as of its date and on the Closing Date included or includes any untrue statement of a material fact or

 

C-2



 

omitted or omits to state a material fact concerning the Adviser necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (in each case, other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion).

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A)  as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of [ · ], the Federal laws of the United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Fund and public officials. References to the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

PRICE-RELATED INFORMATION

 

[FUND]

 

Shares offered:

 

Over-allotment option:

 

D-1




Exhibit (h)(2)

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

 

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

 

(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)

 

AND

 

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

 

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

 

July 6, 2009

 

This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU ”), dated as of July 6, 2009, is by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“Wells Fargo Securities,” “we” or “us”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “ Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ,” and collectively, an “ AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “ Invitation Wire .” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:

 

I.  GENERAL

 

1.1.         Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction . Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as

 



 

defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments, or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering ”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”), any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.

 

Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Original Underwriting Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number,

 

2



 

amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors.(1)

 

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.

 

1.2.         Acceptance of AAU . You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.

 

1.3.         Underwriters’ Questionnaire . Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.

 

II.  OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS

 

2.1.         Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “ Registered Offering ”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular,

 


(1)                                  Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision. See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation , U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished).

 

3



 

together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “ Registration Statement ,” “ Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus ” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement ” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

 

As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information ” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release ”).

 

2.2.         Non-Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “ Offering Circular ” and “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).

 

4



 

2.3.         Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements . You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “ Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.

 

III.  MANAGER’S AUTHORITY

 

3.1.         Terms of Offering . You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “ Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “ Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ,” formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and NASD, Inc., or “ NASD ”), state blue sky or securities commissions , stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and

 

5



 

Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

 

3.2.         Offering Date . The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering Date .”

 

3.3.         Communications . Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. If the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering, and will abide by any other restrictions in the AAU or the Underwriting Agreement in connection therewith relating to any announcement, advertising, or publicity. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10, 10.11, and 10.12 hereof, you will not, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities in the Offering, without the consent of the Manager, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:

 

(i)            any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,

 

(ii)           (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting Agreement may permit; provided, however , that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information ” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in

 

6



 

each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials ”),

 

(iii)          any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), so long as such issuance or use has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,

 

(iv)          information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable, and

 

(v)           a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data(2) that is not “ Issuer Information ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above used, or referred to by you, is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ” of yours). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Any advertisement or written information published, given, sent, or otherwise conveyed by you in violation of this Section 3.3 is referred to as “ Unauthorized Material .”

 

3.4.         Institutional and Retail Sales . You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement

 


(2)                                  Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.

 

7



 

as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

 

3.5.         Sales to Dealers . You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “ Dealer ” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

 

3.6.         Direct Sales . The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.

 

3.7.         Release of Unsold Securities . From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

 

3.8.         International Offerings . In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or

 

8



 

exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “ Other Securities ”).

 

IV.  DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS

 

4.1.         Arrangements for Sales . Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

 

4.2.         Excess Sales . If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.

 

V.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

 

5.1.         Facilitation of Distribution . In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net

 

9



 

commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account ( i.e. , “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.

 

5.2.         Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager . If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

 

5.3.         Compliance with Regulation M . You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may

 

10


 

conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.

 

5.4.         Standby Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided , however , that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.

 

VI.  PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT

 

You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by

 

11



 

you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

 

VII.  EXPENSES

 

7.1.         Management Fee . You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

 

7.2.         Offering Expenses . You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.

 

VIII.  MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS

 

8.1.         Advances; Loans; Pledges . You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their

 

12



 

behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.

 

8.2.         Return of Amount Paid for Securities . Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.

 

8.3.         Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes . The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.

 

IX.  TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT

 

9.1.         Termination . Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.

 

9.2.         Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts . Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on

 

13



 

such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.

 

9.3.         Certain Other Expenses . You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “ Action ”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment

 

14



 

or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters . None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.

 

9.4.         Indemnification . Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus or Supplemental Material of yours or Unauthorized Material used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing;

 

15



 

provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.

 

Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in NASD Conduct Rule 2720 or any FINRA successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.

 

9.5.         Contribution . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus of yours or Unauthorized Material used by you, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay

 

16



 

in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that no request will be made on behalf of any Underwriter guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Underwriter who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided , further , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon such Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that does not breach Section 3.3 hereof, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (the “ Contributing Underwriters ”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.

 

In addition, you will pay your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.

 

9.6.         Separate Counsel . If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available

 

17



 

to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.

 

9.7.         Settlement of Actions . Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided , however , that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”);(3) (ii) such settlement agreement expressly

 


(3)                                  Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement. For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault. Further assume that there were two Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault. If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment). If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the

 

18



 

provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.

 

9.8.         Survival . Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.

 

9.9.         Replacement of Manager . If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected.(4)

 

Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.

 

In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage

 


contribution provisions ($500). This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement. By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.

 

(4)                                  Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation—related provisions of this Agreement.

 

19



 

of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement.(5)

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.

 

9.10.       Notice . When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.

 

X.  REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS

 

10.1.       Knowledge of Offering . You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.

 

10.2.       Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information . You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).

 


(5)                                  Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this Master AAU.

 

20



 

10.3.       Name; Address . Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

 

10.4.       Compliance with Capital Requirements . You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.

 

10.5.       FINRA Requirements . You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank. If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation: (a) the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130, and (b) the requirements of NASD Conduct Rule 2740 or any FINRA successor rule thereto, and you will not grant any concessions, discounts, or other allowances which are not permitted by that Rule. If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you will not make any sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 or any successor rule thereto, and that in making any sales of the Securities you will comply, as though you are a member of FINRA, with the requirements of the following rules (including any FINRA successor rules thereto): (a) FINRA Rule 5130, (b) NASD Conduct Rules 2730, 2740, and 2750, and (c) NASD Conduct Rule 2420, as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country. If you are a Bank, you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under NASD’s Rules of Fair Practice (or any FINRA successor rules thereto), and you will comply with NASD Conduct Rule 2420 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto) as though you were a member.

 

10.6.       Further State Notice . The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.

 

10.7.       Compliance with Rule 15c2-8 . In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.

 

21


 

10.8.       Discretionary Accounts . In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

 

10.9.       Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.

 

It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

 

10.10.     Representations, Warranties, and Agreements . You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.

 

10.11.     Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters . Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.

 

10.12.     Electronic Distribution . By participating in the Offering or accepting the Invitation Wire, you will be deemed to be representing that either: (a) you are not making an online distribution; or (b) if you are making an online distribution, you are following procedures for online distributions previously reviewed by members of the Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission, such members raised no objections to the procedures reviewed, and there have been no material changes to your procedures since that review.

 

22



 

10.13.     Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence . By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between Wells Fargo Securities and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

 

XI.  DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS

 

11.1.       Effect of Termination . If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.

 

11.2.       Sharing of Liability . If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.

 

11.3.       Arrangements for Purchases . The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

XII.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1.       Obligations Several . Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

12.2.       Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.

 

23



 

12.3.       Termination of Master AAU . This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.

 

12.4.       Governing Law . This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

12.5.       Amendments . This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.

 

12.6.       Notices . Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

12.7.       Severability . In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12.8.       Counterparts . This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

 

 

Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.

 

24



 

 

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Confirmed and accepted

 

 

as of July 6, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Legal Name of Underwriter)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

( If person signing is not an officer or a partner, please attach instrument of authorization )

 

 

 

25



 

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

 

Section Reference

1933 Act

 

1.1

1934 Act

 

3.5

AAU

 

Foreword

ABS Underwriter Derived Information

 

2.1

Additional Securities

 

1.1

Bank

 

3.5

Co-Managers

 

1.1

Commission

 

2.1

Contract Securities

 

3.1

Contributing Underwriters

 

9.5

Dealer

 

3.5

DTC

 

5.2

Fees and Commissions

 

1.1

FINRA

 

3.1

Firm Securities

 

1.1

Free Writing Prospectus

 

2.1

Guarantor

 

1.1

In Writing

 

1.2

Indemnified Party

 

9.4

Indenture

 

1.1

International Offering

 

1.1

Intersyndicate Agreement

 

2.3

Invitation Wire

 

Foreword

Issuer

 

1.1

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus

 

3.3

Issuer Information

 

3.3

Judgment Credit

 

9.7

Litigation

 

9.4

Losses

 

9.4

Manager

 

9.9, 1.1

Master AAU

 

Foreword

NASD

 

3.1

Offering

 

Foreword

Offering Circular

 

2.2, 2.2

Offering Date

 

3.2

Offering Price

 

1.1

Original Underwriting Obligation

 

1.1

Preliminary Offering Circular

 

2.2

Preliminary Prospectus

 

2.1

Pricing Date

 

1.1

Proceeding

 

12.4

Prospectus

 

2.1

Purchase Price

 

1.1

 



 

Term

 

Section Reference

QIU

 

9.4

Reallowance

 

1.1

Registered Offering

 

2.1

Registration Statement

 

2.1

Regulation M

 

5.1

Representative

 

1.1

Securities

 

1.1

Securities Offering Reform Release

 

2.1

Seller

 

1.1

Selling Concession

 

1.1

Settlement Date

 

1.1

Supplemental Materials

 

3.3

Syndicate Counsel

 

9.6

Trustee

 

1.1

Unauthorized Material

 

3.3

Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus

 

3.3

Underwriters

 

1.1

Underwriters’ Securities

 

3.1

Underwriting Agreement

 

1.1

Underwriting Percentage

 

1.1

Wire

 

Foreword

 

27



 

EXHIBIT A

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE

 

In connection with each Offering governed by the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 6, 2009 except as indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”), each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer that, other than as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU):

 

(a)           neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;

 

(b)           if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;

 

(c)           other than as may be stated in the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 6, 2009, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

 

(d)           other than as may be stated in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, or the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, and such Underwriter does not know of any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;

 

(e)           such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;

 



 

(f)            if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;

 

(g)           such Underwriter is not an “affiliate” of the Issuer or the Guarantor for purposes of the NASD Conduct Rule 2720 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto). Such Underwriter understands that under Rule 2720 (except as provided in Rule 2720(b)(1)(C) thereof) two entities are “affiliates” of each other if one entity controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the second entity and that “control” is presumed to exist if one entity (or, in the case of a FINRA member, the entity and all “persons associated with” it (as defined by FINRA)) beneficially owns 10% or more of the second entity’s outstanding voting securities or, if the second entity is a partnership, if the first entity has a partnership interest in 10% or more of the second entity’s distributable profits or losses;

 

(h)           in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not investment grade debt securities or preferred stock, or equity securities for which there exists a “bona fide independent market” (as defined in NASD Conduct Rule 2720(b)(3) or any FINRA successor rule thereto) or otherwise exempted under NASD Conduct Rule 2720(b)(7)(D) (or any FINRA successor rule thereto), such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under NASD Conduct Rule 2720 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto). In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter, the “parent” of (as defined in Rule 2720), affiliates, and “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA), in the aggregate do not: (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s “common equity,” “preferred equity,” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in Rule 2720), or (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited, or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses;

 

(i)            other than as may be stated in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of

 

2



 

the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments and expense reimbursements) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;

 

(j)            in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;

 

(k)           in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and

 

(l)            in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.

 

If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the

 

3



 

price paid for such securities to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Attention: Syndicate Department, at the address noted in the Invitation Wire.

 

4




Exhibit (h)(3)

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

 

July 6, 2009

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue — 4
th  Floor
New York, New York 10152

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1.                                        General . We understand that you are entering into this Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) in counterparts with us and other firms, which may include any Underwriters (as defined below), who may participate as dealers (such other firms collectively with us being referred to herein as the “ Selected Dealers ”) in connection with offerings of Securities (as defined below) that are managed solely by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) or by Wells Fargo with one or more co-managers, and which may include offerings registered in whole or in part under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and offerings other than registered offerings. The term “ Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acting in such capacity as manager. Irrespective of whether we have executed this Agreement, this Agreement shall apply to any offering of Securities as to which Wells Fargo has invited us to participate, and we have elected to participate, as a Selected Dealer.

 

The following information, to the extent applicable to the offering of the Securities, will be supplied to us at or prior to the time of such offering: (i) the expected offering date; (ii) the expected closing date; (iii) the initial public offering price; (iv) the interest or dividend rate (or the method by which such rate is to be determined); (v) the conversion, exercise or exchange price or rate, (vi) the redemption or liquidation price, (vii) the selling concession; (viii) the reallowance; (ix) the time of release of Securities for sale to the public; (x) the time at which subscription books will be opened; (xi) the amount, if any, of Securities reserved for purchase by Selected Dealers; (xii) the period of such reservation and the amount of Securities to be allotted to us; and (xiii) a statement that our participation as a Selected Dealer in the offering shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. The foregoing information shall be deemed to form a part of this Agreement and this Agreement shall become binding with respect to our participation as a Selected Dealer in an offering of Securities following our receipt of such information. If we have not previously executed this Agreement, by our purchase of Securities in an offering covered by this Agreement we shall be deemed to be a signatory hereto with respect to such offering of Securities.

 

The securities to be purchased in any offering of securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer pursuant to this Agreement, including any guarantees relating to such securities or any other securities into which such securities are convertible or for which such securities are exercisable or exchangeable and any securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Securities .” The issuer or issuers of the Securities are hereinafter referred to as the “ Issuer .” The underwriters or initial purchasers, as the case may be, on whose behalf the Manager executes the underwriting or

 



 

purchase agreement and any associated terms agreement, pricing agreement or similar agreement with the Issuer or any selling securityholders or any amendment or supplement thereto (collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with respect to an offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriters .” The provisions of this Agreement set forth below shall apply separately to each offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer.

 

2.                                        Acceptance and Purchase . The offer of Securities to Selected Dealers will be made on the basis of a reservation of Securities and an allotment against subscriptions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part. Subscription books may be closed by the Manager at any time in its discretion without notice and the right is reserved to reject any subscription in whole or in part. We agree to purchase as principal the amount of Securities allotted to us by the Manager.

 

3.                                        Offering Materials .  (a)  We understand and acknowledge that if registration of the offer and sale of the Securities as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement is required under the 1933 Act, the Manager will, at our request, furnish to us, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available to the Manager by the Issuer, copies of the Prospectus (as defined below) (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities in such number of copies as we may reasonably request. As used herein, “ Prospectus ” means the form of prospectus (including any supplements and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with the offering of such Securities.

 

(b)                                  We understand and acknowledge that, if the offer and sale of the Securities are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, no registration statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”). In such case, the Manager will, at our request, furnish to us, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available to the Manager by the Issuer, copies, in such number as we may reasonably request of any Offering Circular (as defined below) (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) or other offering materials to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities. As used herein, “ Offering Circular ” means the form of offering circular, offering memorandum or other offering materials (including any supplements and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with the offering of such Securities. The Prospectus or Offering Circular, as the case may be, relating to an offering of Securities is herein referred to as the “ Offering Document .”

 

(c)                                   We acknowledge and agree that in purchasing Securities we will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the Offering Document delivered to us by the Manager, including any documents incorporated by reference therein. We understand and acknowledge that we are not authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in the Offering Document, including in any document incorporated by reference therein, in connection with the offering of the Securities. Our purchase of Securities shall constitute our agreement that, if requested by the Manager, we will furnish a copy of any amendment or supplement to any preliminary or final Offering Document to each person to whom we have furnished a previous preliminary or final Offering Document. Our purchase of Securities registered under the 1933 Act or in any other offering to which the provisions of Rule

 

2



 

15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), are made applicable by notice from the Manager to us or otherwise, shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Prospectuses required for compliance with Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Our purchase of Securities exempt from registration under the 1933 Act shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Offering Circulars required for compliance with the applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters or initial purchasers.

 

4.                                        Offering of the Securities . (a)  The offering of the Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the Offering Document and to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. After the public offering of the Securities has commenced, the Manager may change the public offering price, public offering size, the selling concession and the reallowance. Any of the Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement are to be reoffered by us, subject to their receipt and acceptance by the Manager, to investors at the initial public offering price, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Offering Document. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Securities shall not be offered or sold by us below the initial public offering price before the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of the Securities, except that a reallowance from the initial public offering price of not in excess of the amount set forth in the invitation wire, telex, facsimile or electronic data transmission or other written communication (the “ Invitation ”) from the Manager inviting us to participate as a Selected Dealer in an offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement may be allowed to any Selected Dealer that (i) agrees that such amount is to be retained and not reallowed in whole or in part, (ii) makes the representations contained in Section 13, and (iii) unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or are such other securities as may be sold from time to time by a “bank” as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”), is not a Bank.

 

(b)                                  The Manager as such and, with the Manager’s consent, any Underwriter may purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any of the Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters, and any Selected Dealer may buy Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Selected Dealer or any Underwriter, at the initial public offering price less all or any part of the concession to Selected Dealers.

 

(c)                                   If we have received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession as to any Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement which, prior to the later of (i) the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities and (ii) the covering by the Manager of any short position created by the Manager in connection with the offering of such Securities, the Manager may have purchased or contracted to purchase for the account of any Underwriter (whether such Securities have been sold or loaned by us), then we agree to pay the Manager on demand for the accounts of the several Underwriters an amount equal to the Selected Dealers’ concession and, in addition, the Manager may charge us with any broker’s commission and transfer tax paid in connection with such purchase or contract to purchase. Securities delivered on such repurchases need not be represented by the identical certificates originally purchased. With respect to any such repurchased Securities as to which we

 

3



 

have not yet received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession, we shall be responsible for any such broker’s commission and transfer tax and the Manager shall not be obligated to pay any Selected Dealers’ concession as to such Securities.

 

(d)                                  No expenses shall be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to us will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to us. However, we shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by us and shall pay our proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against us and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

 

5.                                        Stabilization and Over-Allotment . The Manager may, with respect to the offering of the Securities, over-allot, purchase and sell Securities or any other securities that may, in whole or in significant part, determine the value of the Securities for long or short account, on such terms as the Manager may deem advisable, and stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. We agree that upon the Manager’s request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to an offering of Securities, we will report the amount of Securities purchased by us pursuant to such offering which then remain unsold by us and will, upon the Manager’s request at any such time, sell to the Manager for the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as the Manager may designate at the initial public offering price less an amount to be determined by the Manager not in excess of the Selected Dealers’ concession.

 

6.                                        Compliance with Regulation M .

 

Unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, we represent that, at all times since we were invited to participate in the offering of the Securities, we have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to such offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If we have been notified by the Manager that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the offering of the Securities, we represent that, at all times since our receipt of such notice, we have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions.

 

If the Securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock and such common stock is subject to options traded on a securities exchange, we represent and warrant that we have not, since the day following the date of the Invitation, entered into a discount or parity opening uncovered writing transaction in options to acquire shares of such common stock for our account or for the account of any customer and we agree that we will not enter into any such transaction prior to the termination of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such offering of Securities. The term “discount or parity opening uncovered writing transaction” means an opening sale transaction where the seller is the writer of an option to purchase shares of such common stock which he does not then own or have the right to acquire upon exercise of conversion option rights, which option is sold at a price (exclusive of commissions) per optioned share which, when added to the amount per share payable upon

 

4



 

exercise of the option, shall be equal to or less than the last reported sales price (exclusive of commissions) per share immediately prior to the time such option is sold.

 

7.                                        Net Capital . We represent and warrant that the incurrence by us of our obligations hereunder in connection with the offering of the Securities will not place us in violation of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act, if such requirements are applicable to us, or, if we are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place us in violation of the capital requirements of such regulator or any other regulator to which we are subject.

 

8.                                        Payment and Delivery . We agree that Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid for in an amount equal to the initial public offering price therefor or, if the Manager shall so advise us, at such initial public offering price less the Selected Dealers’ concession with respect thereto, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which the Underwriters are required to purchase the Securities, by delivery to the Manager, at its office, of payment in the manner and type of funds and currency specified in the payment instructions of the Manager given to us, payable to the order of “Wells Fargo Securities, LLC” If payment is made for Securities purchased by us at the initial public offering price, the Selected Dealers’ concession to which we may be entitled will be paid to us upon termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, if transactions in the Securities can be settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), if we are a member of DTC, we authorize you, in your discretion, to make appropriate arrangements for payment and/or delivery through the facilities of DTC of the Securities to be purchased by us, or, if we are not a member of DTC, settlement may be made through a correspondent that is a member of DTC pursuant to our timely instructions.

 

9.                                        Blue Sky and Other Qualifications . It is understood and agreed that the Manager assumes no responsibility or obligation with respect to the right of any Selected Dealer or other person to sell the Securities in any jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information the Manager may furnish in that connection.

 

10.                                  Termination; Amendment . (a)  The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 5 and (iii) Section 6 of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Offering Provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement at the close of business on the 45th day after the date of the initial public offering of the Securities or at the close of business on the day of the closing of the purchase of the Securities by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, whichever is later, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such Offering Provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Manager may extend the effectiveness of such Offering Provisions up to an additional 15 days by notice to us to the effect that the Offering Provisions of this Agreement are extended to the date or by the number of days indicated in the notice. The Manager may terminate such Offering Provisions, other than Section 4(c), at any time by notice to us to the effect that the Offering Provisions of this Agreement are terminated and the Manager may terminate the provisions of Section 4(c) at any time at or subsequent to the termination of

 

5



 

the other Offering Provisions by notice to us to the effect that the penalty bid provisions of this Agreement are terminated. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to the offering of such Securities.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular offering of Securities, if you receive any such notice from us after you have notified us of the amount of Securities allotted to us in such offering, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as to such offering and shall terminate with respect to such offering and all previous offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement may be supplemented or amended by you by notice to us from you and, except for supplements or amendments set forth in the information relating to a particular offering of Securities, any such supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any offering to which this Agreement applies after the date of such supplement or amendment. Each reference to “this Agreement” herein shall, as appropriate, be to this Agreement as so supplemented and amended.

 

11.                                  Role of the Manager; Role of the Selected Dealers; Legal Responsibility . (a) Wells Fargo is acting as representative of each of the Underwriters in all matters in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Underwriters’ purchases of the Securities. Any action to be taken, authority that may be exercised or determination to be made by the Manager or any co-managers hereunder may be taken, exercised or made by Wells Fargo on behalf of the Manager and all of the co-managers. The rights and liabilities of each Underwriter of Securities and each Selected Dealer shall be several and not joint.

 

(a)                                   The Manager, as such, shall have full authority to take such action as it may deem necessary or advisable in all matters in pertaining to the offering of Securities or arising under this Agreement. The Manager will have no liability to any Selected Dealer for any act or omission except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager herein, and no obligations on the part of the Manager shall be implied hereby or inferred herefrom.

 

(b)                                  We understand and agree that we are to act as principal in purchasing Securities and we are not authorized to act as agent for the Issuer, any selling securityholder or any of the Underwriters in offering the Securities to the public or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   Nothing herein contained shall cause us to constitute an association, or partners, with the other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters, the Manager or any co-managers, or, except as otherwise provided herein, render us liable for the obligations of any other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters, the Manager or any co-managers. If the Selected Dealers among themselves or with the Underwriters or the Manager or any co-managers are deemed to constitute a partnership for Federal income tax purposes, then each Selected Dealer hereby elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and agrees not to take any position inconsistent with such election. The Manager is authorized, in its discretion, to execute on behalf of the Selected Dealers such evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

6



 

12.                                  Notices . Except as otherwise set forth herein, any notices from the Manager to us shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, delivered by overnight courier, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), telegraphed, telexed or telecopied to us at the address set forth at the foot of this Agreement or at such other address we shall have advised you by notice in writing. Any notice from us to the Manager shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, delivered by overnight courier, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), telegraphed or telecopied to:

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue 4
th  Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention:  David Herman
Telephone:  (212) 214-6161
Telecopy:  (212) 214-5918

 

(or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as we shall be notified by Wells Fargo). Communications by telegram, telex, telecopy, wire or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be “written” communications.

 

13.                                  NASD Matters; Other Laws . We represent and warrant that we are (a) a member of good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”), (b) a Bank that is not a member of the NASD, or (c) a foreign bank or dealer not eligible for membership in the NASD. In making sales of Securities, if we are such a member in good standing of the NASD, we agree that we will comply with all applicable interpretive materials (“ IM ”) and rules of the NASD, including without limitation, IM-2110-1 (the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding) and Rule 2740 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules, or, if we are such a foreign bank or dealer, we agree to comply with IM-2110-1 and Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though we were such a member and Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as it applies to a nonmember broker or dealer in a foreign country. If we are a Bank, we agree, to the extent required by applicable law or the Conduct Rules of the NASD, that we will not, in connection with the public offering of any Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or such other securities as from time to time may be sold by a Bank, purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Selected Dealer or otherwise accept any selling concession, discount or other allowance, or any portion of any management fee, global coordinator’s fee, or other similar fee, from any Underwriter or Selected Dealer, and we will comply with Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though we were a member. Without limitation to the other provisions of this Agreement, we agree that, in selling Securities and otherwise acting as Selected Dealer in any offering of Securities, we will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act and all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any applicable securities exchange or other applicable regulatory authority.

 

7



 

14.                                  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

15.                                  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

(Name of Firm)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Telecopy:

 

 

Telex:

 

 

 

 

 

Confirmed as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

David H. Herman

 

Title:

Director

 

 

8




Exhibit (h)(4)

 

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

 

[ · ], 2011

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ · ], 2011 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income  Fund (the “ Fund ”), GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “ Adviser ”) and each of the Underwriters named therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s Common Shares (the “ Offering ”), as described therein.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

1.              Fee .

 

In consideration of your services in assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund, including without limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity, analysis of the trading performance of comparable funds, guidance around investment policies and portfolio characteristics, and advice related to positioning, marketing and distribution strategy, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ · ] (the “ Fee ”).  The Fee shall be paid before the closing of the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on [ · ], 2011.  The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

 

In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees other than accountable expenses actually incurred; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

2.              Term .

 

This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.

 

3.              Indemnification .

 

The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 



 

4.              Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .

 

The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio.  No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services.  The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary.  Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).

 

5.              Not Exclusive .

 

Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

 

6.              Assignment .

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

 

7.              Amendment; Waiver .

 

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

8.              Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

9.              Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

2



 

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Indemnification Agreement

 

[ · ], 2011

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ · ], 2011 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement.  Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or

 



 

potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

 

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

 

The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE

 

2



 

SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

3



 

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement.  This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 




Exhibit (h)(5)

 

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

 

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of [ · ], 2011, between Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (including any successor by merger or otherwise, the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Shares”), are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is the investment adviser of the Fund;

 

WHEREAS, Merrill Lynch is acting as a lead underwriter in an offering of the Fund’s Common Shares; and

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to provide additional compensation to Merrill Lynch for providing the advice and services described below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              In consideration of Merrill Lynch’s providing advice relating to the structure and design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, including without limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity, analysis of the trading performance of comparable funds, guidance around investment policies and portfolio characteristics, and advice related to positioning, marketing and distribution strategy, the Adviser shall pay Merrill Lynch a fee in the aggregate amount of $[ · ] (the “Fee”).  The Fee shall be paid before the closing of the purchase and sale of the Common Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ · ], 2011, by and among the Fund, the Adviser and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”), on [ · ], 2011.  In the event the offering does not proceed, Merrill Lynch will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Merrill Lynch pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

2.              The Adviser acknowledges that Merrill Lynch did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio.  No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Merrill Lynch, and Merrill Lynch is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 



 

3.              Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Merrill Lynch or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers), so long as Merrill Lynch’s services to the Adviser are not impaired thereby.

 

4.              This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.

 

5.              The Adviser has furnished Merrill Lynch with such information as Merrill Lynch believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”).  The Adviser recognizes and confirms that Merrill Lynch (a) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information.  The Information furnished by the Adviser, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.  The Adviser will promptly notify Merrill Lynch if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to Merrill Lynch pursuant to this Section 5.

 

6.              It is understood that Merrill Lynch is being engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Adviser and that Merrill Lynch is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Fund or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

 

7.              The Adviser agrees that Merrill Lynch shall have no liability to the Adviser or the Fund for any act or omission to act by Merrill Lynch in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Merrill Lynch.  The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 

8.              This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

9.              No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Adviser and Merrill Lynch consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  Each of Merrill Lynch and the Adviser waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Adviser agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or

 

2



 

counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Adviser and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Adviser is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

10.            This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

11.            This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.  This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Merrill Lynch and the Adviser.

 

12.            All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Adviser:

 

GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC

280 Park Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10017

Attention:

 

or if to Merrill Lynch:

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Attention:

 

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties.  Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.

 

13.            This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Indemnification Agreement

 

[ · ], 2011

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with the engagement of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ · ], 2011 between the Company and Merrill Lynch (the “Agreement”), in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Merrill Lynch harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch.  In addition, in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company will reimburse Merrill Lynch for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by Merrill Lynch in connection therewith.  Promptly after receipt by Merrill Lynch of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Merrill Lynch will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against Merrill Lynch under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement.  The Company shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Company’s choice at the Company’s expense to represent Merrill Lynch in any Proceeding for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Company shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by Merrill Lynch or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Merrill Lynch. Notwithstanding the Company’s election to appoint counsel to represent Merrill Lynch in a Proceeding, Merrill Lynch shall have the right to employ one separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Company shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i)

 



 

the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Merrill Lynch would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such Proceeding include both Merrill Lynch and the Company and Merrill Lynch shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to Merrill Lynch to represent Merrill Lynch within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such Proceeding or (iv) the Company shall authorize Merrill Lynch to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company.  If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its shareholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its shareholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, Merrill Lynch shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that Merrill Lynch was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its shareholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its shareholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the Agreement bears to the fees paid to Merrill Lynch under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Merrill Lynch is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Agreement.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to Information (as defined in this agreement) provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Merrill Lynch, on the other hand.  The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Merrill Lynch’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Merrill Lynch shall include Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Merrill Lynch or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons.  The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

 

The Company agrees that neither Merrill Lynch nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Merrill Lynch’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred

 

2



 

to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.  Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement shall be read or construed to limit any liability or obligations of any party arising under or in connection with the Underwriting Agreement.

 

3



 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND MERRILL LYNCH CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO.  THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST MERRILL LYNCH OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

4



 

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement.  This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

 

 

the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

 

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 




Exhibit (h)(6)

 

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

 

[ · ], 2011

 

UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This agreement is between GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to the Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”).

 

1.             Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring and organizing the Fund, including without limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity, analysis of the trading performance of comparable funds and guidance around investment policies and portfolio characteristics, it being understood that the ultimate decision with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund shall rest with the Company, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS of $[ · ] (the “Fee”). In the event the offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. The Fee shall be paid on or before [ · ], 2011, or as otherwise agreed to by the parties.

 

2.             Term.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3.             Indemnification.  The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 

4.             Confidential Advice.  Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without UBS’ prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause (i) and (iii) (but not (ii)).

 

5.             Information.  The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement

 

1



 

without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. The information provided by the Company, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.  The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.

 

6.             Not an Investment Advisor.  The Company acknowledges that you have not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an advisor to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.

 

7.             Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

 

8.             Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

9.             Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

10.           Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.

 

11.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

2



 

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 



 

Indemnification Agreement

 

[ · ], 2011

 

UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ · ], 2011 between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in relating to or arising out of the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any such Proceeding, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any such Proceeding, the Company will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any

 

1



 

Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS Securities LLC or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

 

The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

2



 

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

3



 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Indemnification Agreement]

 




Exhibit (j)(1)

 

 

 

 



 

Table of contents

 

1.

INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS

 

2

 

1.1

Intention of the Parties

 

2

 

1.2

Definitions

 

2

2.

WHAT J.P. MORGAN IS REQUIRED TO DO

 

4

 

2.1

Set Up Accounts

 

4

 

2.2

Cash Account

 

5

 

2.3

Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name

 

6

 

2.4

Settlement of Transactions

 

6

 

2.5

Contractual Settlement Date Accounting

 

7

 

2.6

Actual Settlement Date Accounting

 

7

 

2.7

Income Collection

 

7

 

2.8

Miscellaneous Administrative Duties

 

8

 

2.9

Corporate Actions

 

8

 

2.10

Class Action Litigation

 

8

 

2.11

Proxies

 

9

 

2.12

Statements of Account

 

9

 

2.13

Access to J.P. Morgan’s Records

 

10

 

2.14

Maintenance of Financial Assets at Subcustodian Locations

 

10

 

2.16

Foreign Exchange Transactions

 

10

 

2.17

Notifications

 

10

3.

INSTRUCTIONS

 

11

 

3.1

Acting on Instructions; Method of Instruction and Unclear Instructions

 

11

 

3.2

Verification and Security Procedures

 

12

 

3.3

Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice

 

12

 

3.4

Cut-Off Times

 

12

 

3.5

Electronic Access

 

12

4.

FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO J.P. MORGAN

 

12

 

4.1

Fees and Expenses

 

12

 

4.2

Overdrafts

 

13

 

4.3

J.P. Morgan’s Right Over Securities; Set-off

 

13

5.

SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS

 

14

 

5.1

Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories

 

14

 

5.2

Liability for Subcustodians

 

15

6.

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER

 

15

 

6.1

Representations of Customer and J.P. Morgan

 

15

 

6.2

Customer is Liable to J.P. Morgan Even if it is Acting for Another Person

 

16

 

6.3

J.P. Morgan Not Required to Make Payments on Behalf of Customer

 

16

7.

WHEN J.P. MORGAN IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER

 

16

 

7.1

Standard of Care; Liability

 

16

 

7.2

Force Majeure

 

17

 

7.3

J.P. Morgan May Consult With Counsel

 

17

 

7.4

J.P. Morgan Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result

 

18

 

7.5

Assets Held Outside J.P. Morgan’s Control

 

18

 

7.6

Ancillary services

 

18

8.

TAXATION

 

18

 

8.1

Tax Obligations

 

18

9.

TERMINATION

 

19

 

9.1

Termination

 

19

 

9.2

Exit Procedure

 

20

 



 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

20

 

10.1

Notifications

 

20

 

10.2

Successors and Assigns

 

20

 

10.3

Interpretation

 

21

 

10.4

Entire Agreement

 

21

 

10.5

Information Concerning Deposits at J.P. Morgan’s London Branch

 

21

 

10.6

Insurance

 

21

 

10.7

Security Holding Disclosure

 

21

 

10.8

USA PATRIOT Act Disclosure

 

21

 

10.9

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

22

 

10.10

Severability; Waiver; and Survival

 

22

 

10.11

Confidentiality

 

22

 

10.12

Pricing

 

23

 

10.12

Counterparts

 

23

 

10.13

No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 List of Subcustodians and Markets Used by the J.P. Morgan

 

25

SCHEDULE 2 Persons Authorized To Give Instructions

 

26

SCHEDULE 3 Authorized Fund Managers/Advisers

 

27

SCHEDULE 4 Form of Board Resolution

 

28

SCHEDULE 5 Electronic Access

 

31

 



 

GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

This agreement, dated                                         , 20    , is between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ( J.P. Morgan ), with a place of business at 14201 Dallas Parkway,2nd Floor, Mail code: TX1-J165,Dallas, TX 75254, Attention: Marion Scida; and                                            ( Customer ) with a place of business at                                     .

 

1.             INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS

 

1.1      Intention of the Parties

 

(a)                                   This Agreement sets out the terms on which J.P. Morgan will be providing custodial, settlement and other associated services to Customer.  J.P. Morgan will be responsible for the performance of only those duties set forth in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Investing in Financial Assets and cash in foreign jurisdictions may involve risks of loss or other special features.  Customer acknowledges that J.P. Morgan is not providing any legal, tax or investment advice in providing the services under this Agreement and will not be liable for any losses resulting from Country Risk.

 

1.2      Definitions

 

As used herein, the following terms have the meaning hereinafter stated.

 

“Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

“Account Assets” means each Account and all cash, Financial Assets, and any other property of every kind that are credited to the Account or otherwise held for Customer pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Affiliate” means, as context requires, an entity controlling, is controlled by, or is under common control with, J.P. Morgan or Customer.

 

“Affiliated Subcustodian” means a Subcustodian that is an Affiliate of J.P. Morgan.

 

“Applicable Law” means any applicable statute, treaty, rule, regulation or common law and any applicable decree, injunction, judgement, order, formal interpretation or ruling issued by a court or governmental entity.

 

“Authorized Person” means any person who has been designated by written notice from Customer in the form of Schedules 2 or 3 as the case may be (or by written notice in the form of Appendix A from any agent designated by Customer, including, without limitation, an investment manager) to act on behalf of Customer under this Agreement.  Such persons will continue to be Authorized Persons until such time as J.P. Morgan receives and has had reasonable time to act upon Instructions from Customer (or its agent) that any such person is no longer an Authorized Person.

 

“Cash Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

 

“Code” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(iv) of this Agreement.

 

2



 

“Confidential Information” means and includes all non public information concerning Customer or the Accounts which J.P. Morgan receives in the course of providing services under this Agreement.  Nevertheless, the term Confidential Information shall not include information which is or becomes available to the general public by means other than J.P. Morgan’s breach of the terms of this Agreement or information which J.P. Morgan obtains on a non confidential basis from a person who is not known to be subject to any obligation of confidence to any person with respect to that information.

 

“Corporate Action” means any subscription right, bonus issue, stock repurchase plan, redemption, exchange, tender offer, or similar matter with respect to a Financial Asset in the Securities Account that requires discretionary action by the beneficial owner of the Security, but does not include rights with respect to class action litigation or proxy voting.

 

“Country Risk” means the risk of investing or holding assets in a particular country or market, including, but not limited to, risks arising from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; the country’s financial infrastructure, including prevailing custody, tax and settlement practices; laws applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Financial Assets and cash held in custody; the regulation of the banking and securities industries, including changes in market rules; currency restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and market conditions affecting the orderly execution of securities transactions or the value of assets.

 

“Entitlement Holder” means the person named on the records of a Securities Intermediary as the person having a Securities Entitlement against the Securities Intermediary.

 

“ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(iv) of this Agreement.

 

“Financial Asset” means a Security and refers, as the context requires, either to the asset itself or to the means by which a person’s claim to it is evidenced, including a Security, a security certificate, or a Securities Entitlement. Financial Asset does not include cash.

 

“Instructions” means an instruction that has been verified in accordance with a Security Procedure or, if no Security Procedure is applicable, which J.P. Morgan believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Person in the manner specified next to their name in the relevant Schedule.

 

“J.P. Morgan Indemnitees” means J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

“J.P. Morgan’s London Branch” means the London branch office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

“JPM Secured Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(c) of this Agreement.

 

“Liabilities” means any liabilities, losses, claims, costs, damages, penalties, fines, obligations, or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’ or experts’ fees and disbursements).

 

“Sealed Assets” means any asset which the Customer requests J.P. Morgan to hold in bearer or physical form where (a) such assets are contained in a sealed envelope, (b) J.P. Morgan is not aware of the contents or nature of such assets, or (c) J.P. Morgan would not otherwise accept such assets for the Account.  Nothing in this definition shall obligate J.P. Morgan to accept any asset.

 

3



 

“Securities” means shares, stocks, debentures, bonds, notes or other like obligations, whether issued in certificated or uncertificated form, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same that are commonly traded or dealt in on securities exchanges or financial markets or other obligations of an issuer, or shares, participations and interests in an issuer recognised in the country in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment and any other property as may be acceptable to J.P. Morgan for the Securities Account. Securities does not include cash.

 

“Securities Account” means each Securities custody account on J.P. Morgan’s records to which Financial Assets are or may be credited under this Agreement.

 

“Securities Depository” means any clearing system, securities depository, dematerialized book entry system or similar system for the central handling of Securities.

 

“Securities Entitlement” means the rights and property interests of an Entitlement Holder with respect to a Financial Asset as set forth in Part 5 of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

“Securities Intermediary” means J.P. Morgan, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, and any other financial institution which in the ordinary course of business maintains securities accounts for others and acts in that capacity.

 

“Security Procedure” means security procedures to be followed by Customer upon the issuance of an Instruction and/or by J.P. Morgan upon the receipt of an Instruction, so as to enable J.P. Morgan to verify that such Instruction is authorized, as set forth in service level documentation in effect from time to time with respect to the services set forth in this Agreement or as instituted by J.P. Morgan.  A Security Procedure may, without limitation, involve the use of algorithms, codes, passwords, encryption and telephone call backs. Customer acknowledges that Security Procedures are designed to verify the authenticity of, and not detect errors in, Instructions. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that a SWIFT message issued in the name of Customer through any third party utility agreed upon by the parties as being a method for providing Instructions and authenticated in accordance with that utility’s customary procedures, shall be deemed to be an authorized Instruction.

 

“Subcustodian” means any of the subcustodians appointed by J.P. Morgan from time to time to hold Securities and act on its behalf in different jurisdictions (and being at the date of this Agreement the entities listed in Schedule 1 as well as J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.) and includes any Affiliated Subcustodian.

 

All terms in the singular will have the same meaning in the plural unless the context otherwise provides and vice versa.

 

2.             WHAT J.P. MORGAN IS REQUIRED TO DO

 

2.1          Set Up Accounts

 

(a)           J.P. Morgan will establish and maintain the following accounts ( Accounts ):

 

(i)                                      one or more Securities Accounts in the name of Customer (or in another name requested by Customer that is acceptable to J.P. Morgan) for Financial Assets, which may be held by J.P. Morgan or its Subcustodian

 

4



 

or a Securities Depository for J.P. Morgan on behalf of Customer, including as an Entitlement Holder; and

 

(ii)                                   one or more accounts in the name of Customer (or in another name requested by Customer that is acceptable to J.P. Morgan) ( Cash Account ) for any and all cash in any currency received by or on behalf of J.P. Morgan for the account of Customer.

 

Notwithstanding paragraph (ii), cash held in respect of those markets where Customer is required to have a cash account in its own name held directly with the relevant Subcustodian or Securities Depository will be held in that manner and will not be part of the Cash Account.

 

(b)                                  At the request of Customer, additional Accounts may be opened in the future, and such additional Accounts shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   In the event that Customer requests the opening of any additional Account for the purpose of holding collateral pledged by Customer to a securities exchange, clearing corporation, or other central counterparty (a Counterparty ) to secure trading activity by Customer, or the pledge to a Counterparty of cash or individual Securities held in an Account, that Account (or the pledged cash or Securities) shall be subject to the collateral arrangements in effect between J.P. Morgan and the Counterparty in addition to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  J.P. Morgan’s obligation to open Accounts pursuant to Section 2.1(a) is conditional upon J.P. Morgan receiving such of the following documents as J.P. Morgan may require:

 

(i)                                      a certified copy of Customer’s constitutional documents as currently in force;

 

(ii)                                   evidence reasonably satisfactory to J.P. Morgan of the due authorization and execution of this Agreement by Customer (for example by a certified copy of a resolution of Customer’s board of directors or equivalent governing body, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4);

 

(iii)                                J.P. Morgan’s standard form fund manager mandate (in the form set out in Appendix A), completed by any persons designated in Schedule 3; and

 

(iv)                               in the case of any Account opened in a name not that of Customer, documentation with respect to that name similar to that set forth in sub-sections (i) - (iii).

 

2.2          Cash Account

 

(a)                                   Any amount standing to the credit of the Cash Account is a debt due from J.P. Morgan to Customer as banker. Except as otherwise provided in Instructions acceptable to J.P. Morgan, all cash held in the Cash Account will be deposited during the period it is credited to the Accounts in one or more deposit accounts at J.P. Morgan or at J.P. Morgan’s London Branch. Any cash so deposited with J.P. Morgan’s London Branch will be payable exclusively by J.P. Morgan’s London Branch in the applicable currency, subject to compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, any restrictions on transactions in the applicable currency imposed by the country of the applicable currency.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Any amounts credited by J.P. Morgan to the Cash Account on the basis of a notice or an interim credit from a third party, may be reversed if J.P. Morgan does not receive final payment in a timely manner. J.P. Morgan will notify Customer promptly of any such reversal.

 

2.3          Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will identify in its books that Financial Assets credited to Customer’s Securities Account belong to Customer (except as otherwise may be agreed by J.P. Morgan and Customer).

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law or market practice, J.P. Morgan will require each Subcustodian to identify in its own books that Financial Assets held at such Subcustodian by J.P. Morgan on behalf of its customers belong to customers of J.P. Morgan, such that it is readily apparent that the Financial Assets do not belong to J.P. Morgan or the Subcustodian.

 

(c)                                   J.P. Morgan is authorized, in its discretion,

 

(i)             to hold in bearer form, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in bearer form or are delivered to J.P. Morgan or its Subcustodian in bearer form;

 

(ii)            to hold Securities in or deposit Securities with any Securities Depository;

 

(iii)           to hold Securities in omnibus accounts on a fungible basis and to accept delivery of Securities of the same class and denomination as those deposited with J.P. Morgan or its Subcustodian; and

 

(iv)           to register in the name of Customer, J.P. Morgan, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, or their respective nominees, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in registered form.

 

2.4          Settlement of Transactions

 

Subject to Article 3 and Section 4.2 of this Agreement, J.P. Morgan will act in accordance with Instructions with respect to settlement of transactions.  Settlement will be conducted in accordance with prevailing standards of the market in which the transaction occurs.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer authorizes J.P. Morgan to deliver Financial Assets or payment in accordance with applicable market practice in advance of receipt or settlement of consideration expected in connection with such delivery or payment, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that such action alone will not of itself constitute negligence, fraud, or willful misconduct of J.P. Morgan, and the risk of loss arising from any such action will be borne by Customer.  In the case of the failure of Customer’s counterparty (or other appropriate party) to deliver the expected consideration as agreed, J.P. Morgan will contact the counterparty to seek settlement and will notify Customer of such failure.  If Customer’s counterparty continues to fail to deliver the expected consideration, J.P. Morgan will provide information reasonably requested by Customer that J.P. Morgan has in its possession to allow Customer to enforce rights that Customer has against Customer’s counterparty, but neither J.P. Morgan nor its Subcustodians will be obliged to institute legal proceedings, file a proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding or take any similar action.

 

6



 

2.5          Contractual Settlement Date Accounting

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will effect book entries on a contractual settlement date accounting basis as described below with respect to the settlement of transactions in those markets where J.P. Morgan generally offers contractual settlement date accounting.

 

(i)                                      Sales: On the settlement date for a sale, J.P. Morgan will credit the Cash Account with the proceeds of the sale and transfer the relevant Financial Assets to an account at J.P. Morgan pending settlement of the transaction where not already delivered.

 

(ii)                                   Purchases: On the settlement date for the purchase (or earlier, if market practice requires delivery of the purchase price before the settlement date), J.P. Morgan will debit the Cash Account for the settlement amount and credit a separate account at J.P. Morgan. J.P. Morgan, in its sole discretion, may post the Securities Account as while awaiting receipt of the expected Financial Assets. Customer will not be entitled to the delivery of Financial Assets that are awaiting receipt until J.P. Morgan or a Subcustodian actually receives them.

 

Upon request, J.P. Morgan shall provide Customer with a list of those markets for which it provides contractual settlement date accounting.  J.P. Morgan may add markets to or remove markets from this list upon reasonable notice to Customer.  J.P. Morgan reserves the right to restrict in good faith the availability of contractual settlement date accounting for credit or operational reasons.

 

(b)                                  J.P. Morgan may reverse any debit or credit made pursuant to Section 2.5(a) prior to a transaction’s actual settlement upon notice to Customer in cases where J.P. Morgan reasonably believes that the transaction will not settle in the ordinary course within a reasonable time. Customer will be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal.  Customer acknowledges that the procedures described in Section 2.5 are of an administrative nature, and J.P. Morgan does not undertake to make loans of cash and/or Financial Assets available to Customer.

 

2.6          Actual Settlement Date Accounting

 

With respect to settlement of a transaction that is not posted to the Account on the contractual settlement date as referred to in Section 2.5, J.P. Morgan will post the transaction on the date on which the cash or Financial Assets received as consideration for the transaction is actually received and cleared by J.P. Morgan.

 

2.7          Income Collection

 

(a)                                   Income on Financial Assets (net of any taxes withheld by J.P. Morgan or any third party) will be credited only after actual receipt and reconciliation.

 

(d)                                  J.P. Morgan will use reasonable efforts to contact appropriate parties to collect unpaid interest, dividends or redemption proceeds and notify Customer of the late payment, but neither J.P. Morgan nor its Subcustodians will be obliged to file any formal notice of default, institute legal proceedings, file a proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding or take any similar action.

 

7



 

2.8          Miscellaneous Administrative Duties

 

(a)                                   Until J.P. Morgan receives Instructions to the contrary, J.P. Morgan will:

 

(i)             present all Financial Assets for which J.P. Morgan has received notice of a call for redemption or that have otherwise matured, and all income and interest coupons and other income items that call for payment upon presentation;

 

(ii)            execute in the name of Customer such certificates as may be required to obtain payment in respect of Financial Assets; and

 

(iii)           exchange interim or temporary documents of title held in the Securities Account for definitive documents of title.

 

(b)                                  In the event that, as a result of holding Financial Assets in an omnibus account, Customer receives fractional interests in Financial Assets arising out of a Corporate Action or class action litigation, J.P. Morgan will credit Customer with the amount of cash it would have received had the Financial Assets not been held in an omnibus account, and Customer shall relinquish to J.P. Morgan its interest in such fractional interests.

 

(c)                                   If some, but not all, of an outstanding class of Financial Asset is called for redemption, J.P. Morgan may allot the amount redeemed among the respective beneficial holders of such class of Financial Assets on a pro rata basis or in any manner J.P. Morgan deems fair and equitable.

 

2.9          Corporate Actions

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will act in accordance with local market practice to obtain information concerning Corporate Actions that is publicly available in the local market.  J.P. Morgan also will review information obtained from sources to which it subscribes for information concerning such Corporate Actions.  J.P. Morgan will promptly provide that information (or summaries that accurately reflect the material points concerning the applicable Corporate Action) to Customer or its Authorized Person.

 

(b)                                  J.P. Morgan will act in accordance with Customer’s Instructions in relation to such Corporate Actions.  If Customer fails to provide J.P. Morgan with timely Instructions with respect to any Corporate Action, neither J.P. Morgan nor its Subcustodians or their respective nominees will take any action in relation to that Corporate Action.

 

2.10        Class Action Litigation

 

Any notices received by J.P. Morgan’s corporate actions department about U.S. settled securities class action litigation that requires action by affected owners of the underlying Financial Assets will be promptly notified to Customer if J.P. Morgan, using reasonable care and diligence in the circumstances, identifies that Customer was a shareholder and held the relevant Financial Assets in custody with J.P. Morgan at the relevant time.  J.P. Morgan will not make filings in the name of Customer in respect to such notifications.

 

8


 

2.11                         Proxies

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will monitor information distributed to holders of Financial Assets about upcoming shareholder meetings, promptly notify Customer of such information and, subject to Section 2.11(c), act in accordance with Customer’s Instructions in relation to such meetings ( the Proxy Voting Service ).

 

(b)                                  The Proxy Voting Service is available only in certain markets, details of which are available from J.P. Morgan on request.  Provision of the Proxy Voting Service is conditional upon receipt by J.P. Morgan of a duly completed enrolment form as well as additional documentation that may be required for certain markets.

 

(c)                                   The Proxy Voting Service does not include physical attendance at shareholder meetings. Requests for physical attendance at shareholder meetings can be made but they will be evaluated and agreed to by J.P. Morgan on a case by case basis.

 

(d)                                  Customer acknowledges that the provision of the Proxy Voting Service may be precluded or restricted under a variety of circumstances.  These circumstances include, but are not limited to:

 

(i)                                      the Financial Assets being on loan or out for registration;

 

(ii)                                   the pendency of conversion or another corporate action;

 

(iii)                                the Financial Assets being held in a margin or collateral account at J.P. Morgan or another bank or broker, or otherwise in a manner which affects voting;

 

(iv)                               local market regulations or practices, or restrictions by the issuer; and

 

(v)                                  J.P. Morgan being required to vote all shares held for a particular issue for all of J.P. Morgan’s customers on a net basis (i.e., a net yes or no vote based on voting instructions received from all its customers). Where this is the case, J.P. Morgan will inform Customer.

 

2.12                         Statements of Account

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will provide Customer with a statement of account for each Account, identifying cash and Financial Assets held in the Account and any transfers to and from the Account. Statements of account may be delivered electronically or on-line over the Internet and are deemed delivered when sent electronically or posted on the Internet. Customer will review its statement of account and give J.P. Morgan written notice of (i) any suspected error or omission or (ii) non-receipt of a statement of account within a reasonable time after the statement of accounts is sent or made available to Customer or would have been sent, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                  Customer acknowledges that information available to it on-line with respect to transactions posted after the close of the prior business day may not be accurate due to mis-postings, delays in updating Account records, and other causes.  J.P. Morgan will not be liable for any loss or damage arising out of any such information accessed on-line that is updated or corrected no later than the close of business on the business day after the transaction was posted.

 

9



 

2.13                         Access to J.P. Morgan’s Records

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will allow Customer’s auditors and independent public accountants such reasonable access to the records of J.P. Morgan relating to Financial Assets as is required in connection with their examination of books and records pertaining to Customer’s affairs. Subject to restrictions under the relevant local law, J.P. Morgan also directs any Subcustodian that is a bank to permit Customer’s auditors and independent public accountants, reasonable access to the records of any Subcustodian of Financial Assets held in the Securities Account as may be required in connection with such examination.

 

(b)                                  J.P. Morgan will, upon reasonable written notice, allow Customer reasonable access during normal working hours to the records of J.P. Morgan relating to the Accounts.  J.P. Morgan may impose reasonable restrictions on the number of individuals allowed access, the frequency and length of such access, and the scope of the records made available.  Customer shall reimburse J.P. Morgan for the cost of copying, collating and researching archived information at J.P. Morgan’s regular hourly rate.

 

2.14                         Maintenance of Financial Assets at Subcustodian Locations

 

Unless Instructions require another location acceptable to J.P. Morgan, Financial Assets will be held in the country or jurisdiction in which their principal trading market is located, where such Financial Assets may be presented for payment, where such Financial Assets were acquired, or where such Financial Assets are held.  J.P. Morgan reserves the right to refuse to accept delivery of Financial Assets or cash in countries and jurisdictions other than those referred to in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, as in effect from time to time. J.P. Morgan may modify Schedule 1 to this Agreement upon notice to Customer.

 

2.15                         Foreign Exchange Transactions

 

To facilitate the administration of Customer’s trading and investment activity, J.P. Morgan may, but will not be obliged to, enter into spot or forward foreign exchange contracts with Customer, or an Authorized Person, and may also provide foreign exchange contracts and facilities through its Affiliates or Subcustodians.  Instructions, including standing Instructions, may be issued with respect to such contracts, but J.P. Morgan may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available.  In all cases where J.P. Morgan, its Affiliates or Subcustodians enter into a master foreign exchange contract that covers foreign exchange transactions for the Accounts, the terms and conditions of that foreign exchange contract and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement, will apply to such transactions.

 

2.16                         Notifications

 

If Customer has agreed to access information concerning the Accounts through J.P. Morgan’s website, J.P. Morgan may make any notifications required under this Agreement by posting it on the website.

 

2.17                         Sealed Assets

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, J.P. Morgan’s sole responsibility with regards to Sealed Assets will be to maintain them in J.P. Morgan’s or in a Subcustodian’s possession, subject to the terms of this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt,

 

10



 

neither J.P. Morgan nor any of its Subcustodians will be obligated to perform any service or action with respect to Sealed Assets described in this Agreement including, but not limited to, asset servicing, tax services, corporate actions, income or dividend collection, settlement services, class action litigation services.

 

2.18                         Securities Lending Transactions

 

(a)                                   If and to the extend that the necessary funds and securities have been entrusted to it under this Agreement, and subject to J.P. Morgan’s right to foreclose upon and liquidate collateral pledged to it pursuant to Section 4.3 below, J.P. Morgan, as agent of Customer, shall from time to time (and unless Customer instructs otherwise) make from the Account the transfers of funds and deliveries of securities that customer has agreed to make pursuant to the Securities Loan Agreement and shall receive for the Account the transfers of funds and deliveries of securities that the borrower under the Securities Loan Agreement is required to make pursuant thereto. J.P. Morgan shall make and receive such transfers and deliveries pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Securities Loan Agreement.

 

(b)                                  J.P. Morgan shall daily mark to market, in the manner provided for in the Securities Loan Agreement, all loans of securities that may from time to time be outstanding thereunder.  In performing such marks to market, J.P. Morgan shall use securities prices determined in such manner as J.P. Morgan may from time to time approve.  J.P. Morgan shall, without further instruction from Customer, exercise the right of Customer under the Securities Loan agreement to call upon J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. to deliver to customer such additional funds and/or securities as may be required pursuant to the Securities Loan Agreement to be delivered by J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp as a result of such mark-to-market.

 

(c)                                   J.P. Morgan shall promptly notify Customer of any failure or inability to deliver or receive securities or funds under the Securities Loan Agreement of which it has actual knowledge.

 

(d)                                  J.P. Morgan hereby acknowledges its receipt from Customer of a copy of the Securities Loan Agreement in effect on the date hereof.  Customer shall provide J.P. Morgan, prior to the effectiveness thereof, with a copy of any amendment to the Securities Loan Agreement.

 

(e)                                   J.P. Morgan may rely upon a recognized pricing service or a recognized credit rating service in determining the value or credit rating of any securities, as applicable, and shall in no circumstances be liable for any errors made by such service or its equivalent.

 

3.                                       INSTRUCTIONS

 

3.1                                Acting on Instructions; Method of Instruction and Unclear Instructions

 

(a)                                   Customer authorizes J.P. Morgan to accept, rely upon and/or act upon any Instructions received by it without inquiry. Customer will indemnify J.P. Morgan Indemnitees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against J.P. Morgan Indemnitees as a result of any action or omission taken in accordance with any Instruction.

 

11



 

(b)                                  Customer will where reasonably practicable use automated and electronic methods of sending Instructions.

 

(c)                                   J.P. Morgan shall promptly notify an Authorized Person if J.P. Morgan determines that an Instruction does not contain all information reasonably necessary for J.P. Morgan to carry out the Instruction. J.P. Morgan may decline to act upon an Instruction if it does not receive clarification or confirmation satisfactory to it.  J.P. Morgan will not be liable for any loss arising from any reasonable delay in carrying out any such Instruction while it seeks information, clarification or confirmation or in declining to act upon any Instruction for which it does not receive clarification satisfactory to it.

 

3.2                                Verification and Security Procedures

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan and Customer shall comply with any applicable Security Procedures with respect to the delivery or authentication of Instructions and shall ensure that any codes, passwords or similar devices are reasonably safeguarded.

 

(b)                                  Either party may record any of their telephone communications.

 

3.3                                Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice

 

J.P. Morgan need not act upon Instructions which it reasonably believes to be contrary to law, regulation or market practice, but J.P. Morgan shall be under no duty to investigate whether any Instructions comply with Applicable Law or market practice.  In the event J.P. Morgan does not act upon such Instructions, J.P. Morgan will notify Customer where reasonably practicable.

 

3.4                                Cut-Off Times

 

J.P. Morgan has established cut-off times for receipt of Instructions, which will be made available to Customer. If J.P. Morgan receives an Instruction after its established cut-off time, J.P. Morgan will attempt to act upon the Instruction on the day requested if J.P. Morgan deems it practicable to do so or otherwise as soon as practicable after that day.

 

3.5                                Electronic Access

 

Access by Customer to certain applications or products of J.P. Morgan via J.P. Morgan’s web site or otherwise shall be governed by this Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 5.

 

4.                                      FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO J.P. MORGAN

 

4.1                                Fees and Expenses

 

Customer will pay J.P. Morgan for its services under this Agreement such fees as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time, together with J.P. Morgan’s reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees and tax or related fees incidental to processing charged directly or indirectly by governmental authorities, issuers, or their agents. Any annual fee payable by Customer, and any transaction charges incurred by it, shall be paid monthly by automatic deduction from funds available therefor in the Account or, if there are no such funds, upon

 

12



 

presentation of an invoice therefor. The annual fee shall be calculated on the basis of the total market value of the assets in the Account on the last business day of the month for which such fee is charged or as set forth in the fee schedule.  Out-of-pocket expenses incurred by J.P. Morgan in the performance of its services hereunder, any and all taxes (including any interest and penalties with respect thereto) which may be levied or assessed under present or future laws upon or in respect of the Account or income thereof, and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Account, shall be charged to the Account by J.P. Morgan and paid in the same manner as the annual fee referred to in this Section 4.1  Without prejudice to J.P. Morgan’s other rights, J.P. Morgan reserves the right to charge interest on overdue amounts from the due date until actual payment at such rate as J.P. Morgan customarily charges for similar overdue amounts.

 

4.2                                Overdrafts

 

If a debit to any currency in the Cash Account results in a debit balance in such currency, then J.P. Morgan may, in its discretion, (i) advance an amount equal to the overdraft, (ii) refuse to settle in whole or in part the transaction which, if effected, would cause such debit balance, or (iii) if any such transaction is posted to the Securities Account, reverse any such posting.  If J.P. Morgan elects to make such an advance, the advance will be deemed a loan to Customer, payable on demand, bearing interest at the applicable rate charged by J.P. Morgan from time to time for such overdrafts, from the date of such advance to the date of payment (both after as well as before judgement) and otherwise on the terms on which J.P. Morgan makes similar overdrafts available from time to time.  No prior action or course of dealing on J.P. Morgan’s part with respect to the settlement of transactions on Customer’s behalf will be asserted by Customer against J.P. Morgan for J.P. Morgan’s refusal to make advances to the Cash Account or to settle any transaction for which Customer does not have sufficient available funds in the applicable currency in the Account.

 

4.3                                J.P. Morgan’s Right Over Securities; Set-off

 

(a)                                   Without prejudice to J.P. Morgan’s rights under Applicable Law, Customer grants to J.P. Morgan a first-priority, perfected security interest in and a lien on the Account and all Account Assets as security for any and all Liabilities outstanding from time to time (whether actual or contingent) of Customer to J.P. Morgan or any of its Affiliates, and J.P. Morgan shall be entitled without notice to Customer, to withhold delivery of such Account Assets, sell or otherwise realize any of such Account Assets and to apply the proceeds and any other monies credited to the Cash Account in satisfaction of such Liabilities.  For this purpose, J.P. Morgan may make such currency conversions as may be necessary at its then current rates for the sale and purchase of relevant currencies.

 

(b)                                  Without prejudice to J.P. Morgan’s rights under Applicable Law, J.P. Morgan may set off against any obligation owed by Customer to J.P. Morgan, any J.P. Morgan branch or office, or any of its Affiliates any obligation owed to Customer by J.P. Morgan, any J.P. Morgan branch or office, or any Affiliate of J.P. Morgan.  For this purpose, J.P. Morgan shall be entitled to accelerate the maturity of any fixed term deposits and to effect such currency conversions as may be necessary at its current rates for the sale and purchase of the relevant currencies.

 

13



 

(c)                                   J.P. Morgan shall, without any further consent from Customer, promptly and fully comply with any order or instruction of J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. or any Affiliate of the J.P. Morgan to which Customer has granted a security interest in any part of the Account Assets (each a JPM Secured Party ).  Customer acknowledges that the security interest of each other JPM Secured Party in the Account Assets is subordinate to the security interests of J.P. Morgan in the Account Assets and that J.P. Morgan shall not be obligated to comply with any such order or instruction if and to the extent that any such security or other property credited to the Account is required as collateral for any outstanding advance or other obligation under this Agreement or any loan or other agreement between a JPM Secured Party and Customer.

 

5.                                       SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS

 

5.1                                Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan is authorized under this Agreement to act through and hold Customer’s Financial Assets with Subcustodians. J.P. Morgan will use reasonable care in the selection, monitoring and continued appointment of such Subcustodians. In addition, J.P. Morgan and each Subcustodian may deposit Securities with, and hold Securities in, any Securities Depository on such terms as such Securities Depository customarily operates and Customer will provide J.P. Morgan with such documentation or acknowledgements that J.P. Morgan may require to hold the Financial Assets in such Securities Depository.

 

(b)                                  Any agreement J.P. Morgan enters into with a Subcustodian for holding J.P. Morgan’s customers’ assets will provide that such assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors except a claim for payment for their safe custody or administration, or, in the case of cash deposits, except for liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Subcustodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, and that the beneficial ownership thereof will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration. J.P. Morgan shall be responsible for all claims for payment of fees for safe custody or administration so that no Subcustodian exercises any claim for such payment against Customer’s assets. Where a Subcustodian deposits Securities with a Securities Depository, J.P. Morgan will cause the Subcustodian to identify on its records as belonging to J.P. Morgan, as agent, the Securities shown on the Subcustodian’s account at such Securities Depository.  This Section 5.1(b) will not apply to the extent of any agreement or arrangement made by Customer with J.P. Morgan, any particular Subcustodian or any other third party.

 

(c)                                   J.P. Morgan is not responsible for the selection or monitoring of any Securities Depository and will not be liable for any act or omission by (or the insolvency of) any Securities Depository. In the event Customer incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful default, or insolvency of a Securities Depository, J.P. Morgan will make reasonable efforts, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Securities Depository, but J.P. Morgan will not be obligated to institute

 

14



 

legal proceedings, file a proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.

 

5.2                                Liability for Subcustodians

 

(a)                                   Subject to Section 7.1(b), J.P. Morgan will be liable for direct losses incurred by Customer that result from:

 

(i)                                      the failure by a Subcustodian to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services by it in accordance with the standards prevailing in the relevant market or from the fraud or willful misconduct of such Subcustodian in the provision of custodial services by it; or

 

(ii)                                   the insolvency of any Affiliated Subcustodian.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 5.1(a) and J.P. Morgan’s duty to use reasonable care in the monitoring of a Subcustodian’s financial condition as reflected in its published financial statements and other publicly available financial information concerning it customarily reviewed by J.P. Morgan in its oversight process, J.P. Morgan will not be responsible for any losses (whether direct or indirect) incurred by Customer that result from the insolvency of any Subcustodian which is not a branch or an Affiliated Subcustodian.

 

(c)                                   J.P. Morgan reserves the right to add, replace or remove Subcustodians.  J.P. Morgan will give prompt notice of any such action, which will be advance notice if practicable.  Upon request by Customer, J.P. Morgan will identify the name, address and principal place of business of any Subcustodian and the name and address of the governmental agency or other regulatory authority that supervises or regulates such Subcustodian.

 

6.                                       ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER

 

6.1                                Representations of Customer and J.P. Morgan

 

(a)                                   Customer represents and warrants that (i) it has full authority and power, and has obtained all necessary authorizations and consents, to deposit and control the Financial Assets and cash in the Accounts, to use J.P. Morgan as its custodian in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and to borrow money (either short term or intraday borrowings in order to settle transactions prior to receipt of covering funds), grant a lien over Financial Assets as contemplated by Section 4.3, and enter into foreign exchange transactions; (ii) assuming execution and delivery of this Agreement by J.P. Morgan, this Agreement is Customer’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Customer in accordance with its terms and it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement (iii) it has not relied on any oral or written representation made by J.P. Morgan or any person on its behalf, and acknowledges that this Agreement sets out to the fullest extent the duties of J.P. Morgan; (iv) it is a resident of the United States and shall notify J.P. Morgan of any changes in residency, (v) the Financial Assets and cash deposited in the Accounts are not subject to any encumbrance or security interest whatsoever and Customer undertakes that, so long as Liabilities are outstanding, it will not create or permit to subsist any encumbrance or security

 

15



 

interest over such Financial Assets or cash and (vi) as of the date hereof, none of Customer’s assets and at all times, none of Customer’s assets will constitute, directly or indirectly, plan assets subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction sections of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ( ERISA ), the prohibited transaction provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code ) or any federal, state, local or non-U.S. law that is similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

J.P. Morgan may rely upon the certification of such other facts as may be required to administer J.P. Morgan’s obligations under this Agreement and Customer shall indemnify J.P. Morgan against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or indirectly from any such certifications.

 

(b)                                  J.P. Morgan represents and warrants that (i) assuming execution and delivery of this Agreement by Customer, this Agreement is J.P. Morgan’s legal, valid and binding obligation and (ii) it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement.

 

6.2                                Customer is Liable to J.P. Morgan Even if it is Acting for Another Person

 

If Customer is acting as an agent or for another person as envisaged in Section 2.1(a) in respect of any transaction, cash, or Financial Asset, J.P. Morgan nevertheless will treat Customer as its principal for all purposes under this Agreement.  In this regard, Customer will be liable to J.P. Morgan as a principal in respect of any transactions relating to the Account.  The foregoing will not affect any rights J.P. Morgan might have against Customer’s principal or the other person envisaged by Section 2.1(a).

 

6.3                                J.P. Morgan Not Required to Make Payments on Behalf of Customer

 

J.P. Morgan shall not be required to make any payments on behalf of Customer to Customer’s equity holders, members, managers, partners, shareholders, or beneficiaries, as applicable, and J.P. Morgan’s sole obligation with respect to the payment of distributions and other amounts to Customer’s equity holders, members, managers, partners, shareholders, or beneficiaries, as applicable, shall be, upon instructions from Customer, to transfer, from funds available in a Cash Account for such purpose, to such bank (other than J.P. Morgan) as Customer may designate in such instructions the aggregate amount of such distributions or other amounts specified in such instructions.

 

7.                                       WHEN J.P. MORGAN IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER

 

7.1                                Standard of Care; Liability

 

(a)                                   J.P. Morgan will use reasonable care in performing its obligations under this Agreement.  J.P. Morgan will not be in violation of this Agreement with respect to any matter as to which it has satisfied its obligation of reasonable care.

 

(b)                                  J.P. Morgan will be liable for Customer’s direct damages to the extent they result from J.P. Morgan’s fraud, negligence or willful misconduct in performing its duties as set out in this Agreement and to the extent provided in Section 5.2(a).  Nevertheless, under no circumstances will J.P. Morgan be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including, without

 

16



 

limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Accounts, J.P. Morgan’s performance under this Agreement, or J.P. Morgan’s role as custodian.

 

(c)                                   Customer will indemnify J.P. Morgan Indemnitees against, and hold them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of J.P. Morgan Indemnitees in connection with or arising out of (i) J.P. Morgan’s performance under this Agreement, provided J.P. Morgan Indemnitees have not acted with negligence or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the Liabilities in question or (ii) any J.P. Morgan Indemnitee’s status as a holder of record of Customer’s Financial Assets.  Nevertheless, Customer will not be obligated to indemnify any J.P. Morgan Indemnitee under the preceding sentence with respect to any Liability for which J.P. Morgan is liable under Section 5.2 of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Customer agrees that J.P. Morgan provides no service in relation to, and therefore has no duty or responsibility to: (i) question Instructions or make any suggestions to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding such Instructions; (ii) supervise or make recommendations with respect to investments or the retention of Financial Assets; (iii) advise Customer or an Authorized Person regarding any default in the payment of principal or income of any security other than as provided in Section 2.7(b) of this Agreement; (iv) evaluate or report to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding the financial condition of any broker, agent or other party to which J.P. Morgan is instructed to deliver Financial Assets or cash.

 

7.2                                Force Majeure

 

J.P. Morgan will maintain and update from time to time business continuation and disaster recovery procedures with respect to its global custody business that it determines from time to time meet reasonable commercial standards.  J.P. Morgan will have no liability, however, for any damage, loss, expense or liability of any nature that Customer may suffer or incur, caused by an act of God, fire, flood, civil or labor disturbance, war, terrorism, act of any governmental authority or other act or threat of any authority (de jure or de facto), legal constraint, fraud or forgery (other than on the part of J.P. Morgan or its employees), malfunction of equipment or software (except where such malfunction is primarily attributable to J.P. Morgan’s negligence in maintaining the equipment or software), failure of or the effect of rules or operations of any external funds transfer system, inability to obtain or interruption of external communications facilities, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of J.P. Morgan (including without limitation, the non-availability of appropriate foreign exchange).

 

7.3                                J.P. Morgan May Consult With Counsel

 

J.P. Morgan will be entitled to rely on, and may act upon the advice of professional advisers in relation to matters of law, regulation or market practice (which may be the professional advisers of Customer), and will not be liable to Customer under this Agreement for any action taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

 

17



 

7.4                                J.P. Morgan Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result

 

Customer hereby authorizes J.P. Morgan to act under this Agreement notwithstanding that: (a) J.P. Morgan or any of its divisions, branches or Affiliates may have a material interest in transactions entered into by Customer with respect to the Account or that circumstances are such that J.P. Morgan may have a potential conflict of duty or interest, including the fact that J.P. Morgan or its Affiliates may act as a market maker in the Financial Assets to which Instructions relate, provide brokerage services to other customers, act as financial adviser to the issuer of such Financial Assets, act in the same transaction as agent for more than one customer, have a material interest in the issue of the Financial Assets; or earn profits from any of the activities listed herein and (b) J.P. Morgan or any of its divisions, branches or Affiliates may be in possession of information tending to show that the Instructions received may not be in the best interests of Customer. J.P. Morgan is not under any duty to disclose any such information.

 

7.5                                Assets Held Outside J.P. Morgan’s Control

 

J.P. Morgan will not be obliged to hold Securities or cash with any person not agreed to by J.P. Morgan.  Furthermore, J.P. Morgan will not be obliged to register or record Securities in the name of any person not agreed to by J.P. Morgan. If, however, Customer makes such a request and J.P. Morgan agrees to the request, the consequences of doing so will be at Customer’s own risk.  J.P. Morgan shall not be liable for any losses incurred as a result and may be precluded from providing some of the services referred to in this Agreement (for example, and without limitation, income collection, proxy voting, class action litigation and Corporate Action notification and processing).

 

7.6                                Ancillary Services

 

J.P. Morgan and its Subcustodians may use third party delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions and class action litigation and use local agents to provide extraordinary services such as attendance at annual meetings of issuers of Securities).  Although J.P. Morgan will use reasonable care (and procure that its Subcustodians use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third party providers and local agents, it will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by them in providing the relevant information or services.

 

8.                                       TAXATION

 

8.1                                Tax Obligations

 

(a)                                   Customer will pay or reimburse J.P. Morgan, and confirms that J.P. Morgan is authorized to deduct from any cash received or credited to the Cash Account, any taxes or levies required by any revenue or governmental authority for whatever reason in respect of Customer’s Accounts.

 

(b)                                  Customer will provide to J.P. Morgan such certifications, declarations, documentation, and information as it may require in connection with taxation, and warrants that, when given, this information is true and correct in every

 

18


 

respect, not misleading in any way, and contains all material information.  Customer undertakes to notify J.P. Morgan immediately if any information requires updating or correcting.  J.P. Morgan provides no service of controlling or monitoring, and therefore has no duty in respect of, or liability for any taxes, penalties, interest or additions to tax, payable or paid that result from (i) the inaccurate completion of documents by Customer or any third party; (ii) provision to J.P. Morgan or a third party of inaccurate or misleading information by Customer or any third party; (iii) the withholding of material information by Customer or any third party; or (iv) as a result of any delay by any revenue authority or any other cause beyond J.P. Morgan’s control.

 

(c)                                   If J.P. Morgan does not receive appropriate certifications, documentation and information then, as and when appropriate and required, additional tax shall be deducted from all income received in respect of the Financial Assets (including, but not limited to, United States non-resident alien tax and/or backup withholding tax).

 

(d)                                  Customer will be responsible in all events for the timely payment of all taxes relating to the Financial Assets in the Securities Account provided, however, that J.P. Morgan will be responsible for any penalty or additions to tax due solely as a result of J.P. Morgan’s negligent acts or omissions with respect to paying or withholding tax or reporting interest, dividend or other income paid or credited to the Cash Account.

 

9.                                       TERMINATION

 

9.1                                Termination

 

(a)                                  The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three years following the date on which J.P. Morgan commenced providing services under the Agreement.  Following the initial term, Customer may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days’ written notice to J.P. Morgan.  J.P. Morgan may terminate this Agreement on one hundred and eighty (180) days’ written notice to Customer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Institutional Account Agreement, dated [                  ],among J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, certain affiliates thereof, and the Customer is terminated, J.P. Morgan shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on the date such Institutional Account Agreement terminates.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 9.1(a):

 

(i)                                      Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other party in the event that a material breach of this Agreement by the other party has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ of that party being given written notice of the material breach;

 

(ii)                                   Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other party upon the other party being declared bankrupt, entering into a composition with creditors, obtaining a suspension of payment, being put under court controlled management or being the subject of a similar measure;

 

(iii)                                J.P. Morgan may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Customer in the event that J.P. Morgan reasonably

 

19



 

determines that Customer has ceased to satisfy J.P. Morgan’s customary credit requirements; and

 

(iv)                               Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time on sixty (60) days’ written notice to J.P. Morgan upon payment of a termination fee.  The termination fee will be an amount equal to six (6) times the average monthly fees paid during the six month period prior to Customer’s notice of termination, or since the date J.P. Morgan commenced providing services under this Agreement if that period is less than six months.

 

9.2                                Exit Procedure

 

Customer will provide J.P. Morgan full details of the persons to whom J.P. Morgan must deliver Financial Assets and cash within a reasonable period before the effective time of termination of this Agreement.  If Customer fails to provide such details in a timely manner, J.P. Morgan shall be entitled to continue to be paid fees under this Agreement until such time as it is able to deliver the Financial Assets and cash to its successor custodian, but J.P. Morgan may take such steps as it reasonably determines to be necessary to protect itself following the effective time of termination, including ceasing to provide transaction settlement services in the event that J.P. Morgan is unwilling to assume any related credit risk.   J.P. Morgan will in any event be entitled to deduct any amounts owing to it prior to delivery of the Financial Assets and cash (and, accordingly, J.P. Morgan will be entitled to sell Financial Assets and apply the sale proceeds in satisfaction of amounts owing to it).  Customer will reimburse J.P. Morgan promptly for all out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in delivering Financial Assets upon termination. Termination will not affect any of the liabilities either party owes to the other arising under this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

10.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1                         Notifications

 

Notices pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement shall be sent or served by registered mail, overnight delivery services, such as Federal Express (FedEx) or United Parcel Service (UPS), etc., courier services or hand delivery to the address of the respective parties as set out on the first page of this Agreement, unless notice of a new address is given to the other party in writing.  Notice will not be deemed to be given unless it has been received.

 

10.2                         Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement will be binding on each of the parties’ successors and assigns, but the parties agree that neither party can assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; except J.P. Morgan may assign this Agreement without Customer’s consent to (a) any Affiliate or subsidiary of J.P. Morgan or (b) in connection with a merger, reorganization, stock sale or sale of all or substantially all of J.P. Morgan’s custody business.

 

20



 

10.3                         Interpretation

 

Headings are for reference and convenience only and are not intended to affect interpretation.  References to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement and references to sub-Sections and paragraphs are to sub-Sections of the Sections and paragraphs of the sub-Sections in which they appear.

 

10.4                         Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement, including the Schedules and the Exhibits (and any separate agreement which J.P. Morgan and Customer may enter into with respect to any Cash Account), sets out the entire Agreement between the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes any other agreement, statement or representation relating to custody, whether oral or written. Amendments must be in writing and, except where this Agreement provides for amendments by notice from J.P. Morgan, signed by both parties.

 

10.5                         Information Concerning Deposits at J.P. Morgan’s London Branch

 

Under U.S. federal law, deposit accounts that Customer maintains in J.P. Morgan’s foreign branches (outside of the U.S.) are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  In the event of J.P. Morgan’s liquidation, foreign branch deposits have a lesser preference than U.S. deposits, and such foreign deposits are subject to cross-border risks.

 

10.6                         Insurance

 

Customer acknowledges that J.P. Morgan will not be required to maintain any insurance coverage specifically for the benefit of Customer.   J.P. Morgan will, however, provide summary information regarding its own general insurance coverage to Customer upon written request.

 

10.7                         Security Holding Disclosure

 

With respect to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 14b-2 under The U.S Shareholder Communications Act, regarding disclosure of beneficial owners to issuers of Securities, J.P. Morgan is instructed not to disclose the name, address or Security positions of Customer in response to shareholder communications requests regarding the Account.

 

10.8                         USA PATRIOT Act Disclosure

 

Section 326 of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ( USA PATRIOT Act ) requires J.P. Morgan to implement reasonable procedures to verify the identity of any person that opens a new account with it. Accordingly, Customer acknowledges that Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and J.P. Morgan’s identity verification procedures require J.P. Morgan to obtain information which may be used to confirm Customer’s identity including without limitation Customer’s name, address and organizational documents ( identifying information ).  Customer may also be asked to provide information about its financial status such as its current audited and unaudited financial statements. Customer agrees to provide J.P. Morgan with and consents to J.P. Morgan obtaining from third parties any such identifying and financial information

 

21



 

required as a condition of opening an account with or using any service provided by J.P. Morgan.

 

10.9                         GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE CONSTRUED, REGULATED, AND ADMINISTERED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OR STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLICABLE, WITHOUT REGARD TO NEW YORK’S PRINCIPLES REGARDING CONFLICT OF LAWS, EXCEPT THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT REDUCE ANY STATUTORY RIGHT TO CHOOSE NEW YORK LAW OR FORUM.  THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK WILL HAVE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY LAWSUIT OR OTHER JUDICIAL PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT.  IF THAT COURT LACKS FEDERAL SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK COUNTY WILL HAVE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION.  EITHER OF THESE COURTS WILL HAVE PROPER VENUE FOR ANY SUCH LAWSUIT OR JUDICIAL PROCEEDING, AND THE PARTIES WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE OR THEIR CONVENIENCE AS A FORUM.  THE PARTIES AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY OF THE COURTS SPECIFIED AND TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS TO VEST PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THEM IN ANY OF THESE COURTS.  THE PARTIES FURTHER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH LAWSUIT OR JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ARISING OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. TO THE EXTENT THAT IN ANY JURISDICTION CUSTOMER MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER BE ENTITLED TO CLAIM, FOR ITSELF OR ITS ASSETS, IMMUNITY FROM SUIT, EXECUTION, ATTACHMENT (BEFORE OR AFTER JUDGEMENT) OR OTHER LEGAL PROCESS, CUSTOMER SHALL NOT CLAIM, AND IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, SUCH IMMUNITY.

 

10.10                  Severability; Waiver; and Survival

 

(a)                                  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect on the basis of any particular circumstances or in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision or provisions under other circumstances or in other jurisdictions and of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise provided herein, no failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or right under this Agreement operates as a waiver, nor does any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise, or the exercise of any other power or right.  No waiver by a party of any provision of this Agreement, or waiver of any breach or default, is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be enforced.

 

(c)                                   The parties’ rights, protections, and remedies under this Agreement shall survive its termination.

 

10.11                  Confidentiality

 

(a)                                  Subject to Clause 10.11(b) J.P. Morgan will hold all Confidential Information in confidence and will not disclose any Confidential Information except as may be required by Applicable Law, a regulator with jurisdiction over the J.P. Morgan’s business, or with the consent of Customer.

 

22



 

(b)                                  Customer authorizes J.P. Morgan to disclose Confidential Information to:

 

(i)                                      any Subcustodian, subcontractor, agent, Securities Depository, securities exchange, broker, third party agent, proxy solicitor, issuer, or any other person that J.P. Morgan believes it is reasonably required in connection with J.P. Morgan’s provision of relevant services under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   its professional advisors, auditors or public accountants;

 

(iii)                                its Affiliates and branches, and

 

(iv)                               any revenue authority or any governmental entity in relation to the processing of any tax relief claim.

 

(c)                                   Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or as needed to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the parties shall hold the terms and conditions, including, without limitation, any commercial terms, of this Agreement in confidence.

 

10.12                  Pricing

 

In providing Customer with an estimated price or indicative valuation, including, but not limited to its obligations under Section 2.18 hereunder, J.P. Morgan is not undertaking to render investment advice, manage money, act as a fiduciary with respect to the Accounts, or place a bid for any security or derivatives transaction.  Such estimated prices and indicative valuation may have been obtained from third party sources J.P. Morgan believes to be reliable. J.P. Morgan expressly disclaims any responsibility for (and Customer agrees to hold J.P. Morgan harmless for any loss in respect of) any use to which Customer puts an estimated price or indicative valuation and, by accepting it, Customer hereby agrees that Customer will not provide it (or any part thereof) to any third parties without J.P. Morgan’s prior written consent. The estimated price or indicative valuation may differ significantly from prices at which securities or derivatives transactions could be or could have been purchased or sold in any market or to or from any person or the prices at which J.P. Morgan or any other person would be willing to enter into, terminate, unwind or assign the relevant derivatives transactions. The disclaimers contained in this Section 10.12 are in addition to those contained in any account statement or in any agreement with J.P. Morgan or any Affiliate of J.P. Morgan to which Customer is a party.

 

10.13                  Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which will be deemed to be an original and together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

23



 

10.14                  No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

A person who is not a party to this Agreement, other than J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp., shall have no right to enforce any term of this Agreement.

 

 

THE CUSTOMER

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

Date:

 

Date:

 

24


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

List of Subcustodians and Markets Used by J.P. Morgan as of the Date First Specified Above

 

UP TO DATE LIST TO BE INSERTED AT TIME OF SIGNING

 

25



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Persons Authorized To Give Instructions

 

Full Name and Official
Position

 

Method of
Instruction*

 

Telephone
Number

 

Specimen
Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed for and on behalf of Customer by:

 

Signature:

 

Name:

 

Position:

 


* i.e. writing, telephone or facsimile

 

26



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Authorized Fund Managers/Advisers

 

Persons authorized as fund managers will also have to complete an authority in similar form to Schedule 2, but with some additional wording.  A specimen copy is attached as Appendix A.

 

Full name of Fund
Manager/Adviser

 

Address

 

Accounts for which
authorized*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


* If left blank, the Fund Manager is authorized to give instructions on all accounts.

 

27



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Form of Board Resolution

 

To:          JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

                                  20     

We hereby certify that the following is a true copy of the minutes of the Board of Directors of                                                                                                                            * (the “Company” ) which was duly called and held on                                                              , 20                and at which a duly qualified quorum was present throughout and entitled to vote.

 

1.                                        There was produced to the meeting a form of Custody Agreement provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ( J.P. Morgan ) for use in connection with the opening of one or more cash and securities accounts and the conduct of such other transactions between the Company and J.P. Morgan as referred to therein.  The form of Custody Agreement produced had been completed by an officer of the Company, and in particular it was noted that details of the Authorized Persons (as defined therein) and details of persons authorized to give instructions on behalf of the Company had been completed in Schedule 2.  Details of any Fund Managers and Advisers had been completed in Schedule 3.  The indemnities given to J.P. Morgan in the Custody Agreement were also noted.  The meeting considered the form of the Custody Agreement.

 

2.                                        IT WAS RESOLVED that the form of Custody Agreement (together with the Schedule and Appendices), completed in the manner and form produced at the meeting, be and is hereby approved and that                                                                                                                               ** be and he/she is hereby authorized, for and on behalf of the Company, to sign and deliver the same together with such changes and amendments thereto as he/she may in his/her sole discretion think fit.

 

3.                                        There was produced to the meeting a form of power of attorney ( “power of attorney” ) to be given by the Company to J.P. Morgan to enable J.P. Morgan to provide tax reclaim services as provided for in the Custody Agreement.  The meeting considered the form of the power of attorney and in particular the indemnities contained in it.  IT WAS RESOLVED that that power of attorney be and it is hereby approved and that it be executed under seal in accordance with the Company’s constitution.

 

                                                                                                                                     Director

 

                                                                                                                                 Secretary

 


*Name of Company in full.

 

28



 

APPENDIX A

Specimen Fund Manager Mandate

 

TO:         JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

GLOBAL CUSTODY DIVISION

 

DATE:__________________

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Re: Global Custody for (the Customer ).

 

We warrant that we have been appointed by Customer as its fund manager for the account(s) listed below and that we have full authority from Customer to give instructions in respect of all transactions relating to the account(s).  We agree to indemnify and hold J.P. Morgan harmless for any losses, costs or liabilities it or its agents incur as a result of any breach of this warranty.

 

We set out overleaf the names and specimen signatures of those individuals authorised by us to operate accounts and give instructions on behalf of Customer in respect of the account(s).

 

J.P. Morgan may accept and act on any instructions that have been verified in accordance with a Security Procedure, as defined in the Global Custody Agreement between J.P. Morgan and Customer, or, if no such Security Procedure is applicable, which J.P. Morgan believes in good faith to have been given by one of those individuals listed below.

 

We acknowledge that J.P. Morgan may record our telephone conversations and agree to ensure that any codes, passwords or similar devices are reasonably safeguarded.

 

Unless specified otherwise, all persons authorised to give instructions shall be authorised to give instructions in respect of all securities and cash accounts, for foreign exchange, and shall be authorised to give instructions notwithstanding that they may result in an overdraft on any cash account.

 

 

Signed for and on behalf of  [Name of fund manager]

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Name:

 

Position:

 

Evidence of Authority to sign this Letter is enclosed

 

29



 

ACCOUNT(S) COVERED BY THIS MANDATE:

 

Full Name and
Official Position

 

Method of
Instruction*

 

Telephone
Number

 

Specimen
Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* i.e. writing, telephone or facsimile

 

30



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

Electronic Access

 

1.                                        J.P. Morgan shall permit Customer and its Authorized Persons to access electronically the applications and products listed on Exhibit 1 to this Agreement (the Products ).  J.P. Morgan reserves the right to modify this Schedule 5 and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the products and services available through the Products, upon notice to Customer. J.P. Morgan shall endeavor to give Customer reasonable notice of its termination or suspension of access hereunder to any Product, but may do so immediately upon written notice to Customer if J.P. Morgan determines, in its sole discretion, that providing access to such Product would violate Applicable Law or that the security or integrity of such Product is at risk.

 

2.                                        In consideration of the fees paid by Customer to J.P. Morgan and subject to any applicable software license addendum in relation to J.P. Morgan owned or sublicensed software provided for a particular Application, J.P. Morgan grants to Customer and, where applicable, its Authorized Persons on the terms of this Schedule 5 a non-exclusive license to use the Products and the information and data made available to Customer through the Products (the Data ) for the sole use of Customer.  Customer may download the Data and print out hard copies for its reference, provided that it does not remove any copyright or other notices contained therein or any hyperlink or other reference to any such notice.

 

3.                                        The rights and obligations of the parties with respect to the provision of certain cash products and services via the Products shall also be governed, to the extent not governed by this Agreement, by J.P. Morgan’s terms and conditions relating to such products and services, as the same may be amended from time to time (the Product Terms ).  If and to the extent that there is a conflict between the Product Terms and this Schedule 5, the provisions of this Schedule 5 shall prevail.

 

4.                                        Customer acknowledges that there are certain security, corruption, transaction error and access availability risks associated with using open networks such as the Internet, and Customer hereby expressly assumes such risks.  Customer shall make its own independent assessment of the adequacy of the Internet and of the security procedures made available by J.P. Morgan. Customer acknowledges and agrees that the selection and use by it of third party security and communications software and third party service providers is the sole responsibility of Customer, and J.P. Morgan disclaims all risks related thereto, notwithstanding that J.P. Morgan may recommend certain security and/or communication software packages.  All such software must be interoperable with J.P. Morgan’s software.  Each of Customer and J.P. Morgan shall be responsible for the proper functioning, maintenance and security of its own systems, services, software and other equipment.

 

5.             In cases where J.P. Morgan’s web site is unexpectedly down or otherwise unavailable, J.P. Morgan shall provide other appropriate means for Customer or its Authorized Persons to instruct J.P. Morgan or obtain reports from J.P. Morgan.  Provided that J.P. Morgan reasonably provides such other means, J.P. Morgan shall not be liable for any Liabilities arising out of the inability to instruct or communicate using the J.P. Morgan’s web site in the absence of the J.P. Morgan’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

31



 

6.                                        Customer shall use (and procure that its Affiliates, Authorized Persons, and other agents will use) appropriate and up to date products that are commercially available to protect their respective systems and associated files and data from the threat of computer viruses and other similar destructive software elements ( Viruses ) and to minimize the risk of transmission of Viruses between the parties.

 

7.                                        Customer shall promptly and accurately designate in writing to J.P. Morgan the geographic location of its users from time to time.  Customer further represents and warrants to J.P. Morgan that Customer shall not access the service from any jurisdiction which J.P. Morgan informs Customer or where Customer has actual knowledge that the service is not authorized for use due to local regulations or laws.  Prior to submitting any document which designates the persons authorized to act on Customer’s behalf, Customer shall obtain from each individual referred to in such document all necessary consents to enable J.P. Morgan to process the data set out therein for the purposes of providing the Products.

 

8.                                        Customer shall be responsible for the compliance of its Authorized Persons with the terms of this Schedule 5.

 

32



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

Products

 

UP TO DATE LIST TO BE INSERTED AT TIME OF SIGNING

 

33


 



Exhibit (j)(2)

 

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT AGREEMENT

(Domestic Standard)

 

AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of                         , 20    , by and among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , in its capacity as Custodian hereunder (“ Custodian ”),                                                        (“ Customer ”) and J.P. MORGAN CLEARING CORP. (“ Broker ”).

 

WHEREAS, Broker is a securities broker-dealer and is a member of several national securities exchanges; and

 

WHEREAS, Customer desires from time to time to execute various securities transactions, including short sales (which are permitted by the investment policies of Customer), and in connection therewith has executed the Customer Agreement (as defined below) which provides for margin transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, to facilitate transactions in Customer’s account with Broker in short sales of securities, Customer and Broker desire to establish procedures for the compliance by Customer and Broker, as applicable, with the provisions of Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“ Regulation T ”), the margin rules of various exchanges and other applicable margin requirements (“ Margin Rules ”) and other laws, rules and regulations (“ Other Regulations ”); and

 

WHEREAS, as Custodian of certain assets of Customer pursuant to a Custody Agreement (as defined hereinafter), Custodian is prepared to act as custodian to hold certain Collateral in the Special Custody Account(s) (as each such term is defined below); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Customer, Custodian and Broker hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             DEFINITIONS

 

As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)            Advice from Broker ” or “ Advice ” means a notice or instruction provided by Broker. Advice to Custodian shall be given in writing by mail, personal delivery or facsimile, or by other electronic means that may be agreed between Custodian and Broker, including, through the provision of access to, or use of, an internet site, or an on-line or other electronic system for account access, trading, order entry or other service. Advice to Customer may be given by methods set forth in the Customer Agreement.  An authorized agent of Broker will certify to Custodian the names and signatures of those employees who are authorized to sign an Advice from Broker, which certification may be amended from time to time. When used herein, the term “ Advise ” means the act of sending an Advice from Broker.

 

(b)            Closing Transaction ” is a transaction in which Customer purchases securities which have been sold short.

 

(c)            Collateral ” shall mean each of (whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or coming into existence) (i) the Special Custody Accounts; (ii) the assets, properties, rights and items from time to time deposited by or on behalf of Customer in, held, contained, evidenced, represented or reflected in or by, or related to or arising from, any Special

 

1



 

Custody Account, including, in each case, without limitation, (A) any and all Certificated Securities, Uncertificated Securities, Federal Book Entry Securities, other Securities, Financial Assets, Security Entitlements, other Investment Property, Instruments, Accounts, General Intangibles, Documents, or Money, (B) any and all assets, properties, rights and items of the types described in clause (A) above issued or distributed with respect to any collateral as dividends, interest payments and other distributions or as a result of any amendment of the certificate of incorporation or other charter documents, merger, consolidation, redesignation, reclassification, purchase or sale of assets, dissolution, or plan of arrangement, compromise or reorganization of the issuer of any Collateral, and (C) any rights incidental to the ownership of any of the foregoing, including voting, conversion and registration rights and rights of recovery for violations of applicable securities laws; and (iii) any Proceeds of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, to the extent not otherwise covered above, the proceeds of any exercise, redemption, sale or exchange.

 

(d)            Custody Agreement ” means the Global Custody Agreement in effect from time to time between Custodian and Customer or any successor or replacement agreement thereto.

 

(e)            Customer Agreement ” means the Institutional Account Agreement, among Customer, Broker and the affiliates of Broker party thereto, as in effect from time to time or any successor or replacement agreement thereto.

 

(f)             DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.

 

(g)            DTC Participant ” means any Person that is eligible to maintain, and maintains, one or more accounts with the DTC.

 

(h)            Eligible Assets ” means, collectively, any and all “ margin securities ” (as defined under Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) as Broker shall from time to time Advise are acceptable to Broker. For the avoidance of doubt, cash shall not constitute an Eligible Asset.

 

(i)             Exchange Business Day ” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

(j)             Fed ” means the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

(k)            Fed Member ” means any Person that is eligible to maintain, and maintains, one or more book-entry accounts in the name of such Person with the Fed.

 

(l)             Federal Book Entry Regulations ” means the provisions for the creation and perfection of security interests in Federal Book Entry Securities contained in (or contained in regulations substantially identical to) Subpart O, 31 C.F.R. § 306.115 through § 306.122.

 

(m)           Federal Book Entry Securities ” means Securities and other Collateral maintained in the form of entries on the records of the Fed.

 

(n)            Insolvency ” means that either Customer or Custodian (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fail, or admit in writing its inability, generally to pay its debts as they become due; (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (d) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other

 

2



 

similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against, such proceeding or petition (i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (e) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (f) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (g) a secured party takes possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained; (h) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (a) through (g); or (i) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

(o)            Instructions from Customer ” or “ Instructions ” means a request, direction or certification in writing signed by Customer and sent to Custodian or Broker by mail, personal delivery or facsimile. An officer of Customer will certify to Custodian and Broker the names and signatures of those persons authorized to sign the Instructions, which certification may be amended or transmitting from time to time. When used herein, the term “Instruct” shall mean the act of sending an Instruction from Customer.

 

(p)            Net Margin Amount ” means, the net cash balance in all accounts maintained by Broker for Customer minus the amount of cash collateral required by Broker in accordance with the Customer Agreement (as from time to time determined by Broker in its judgment exercised in good faith) in respect of the short positions maintained in such accounts.

 

(q)            NYUCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

 

(r)             Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, firm, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, association, company, division of a corporation, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

(s)            Right ” means any lien, security interest, pledge, charge, encumbrance, claim, setoff right, ownership or property right, title or interest (including, without limitation, such as has been obtained by sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, contribution, exchange or other disposition) or other right, title or interest of any kind (including, without limitation, such as are listed in the definition of “Collateral”).

 

(t)             Secured Obligations ” means (i) any and all obligations of Customer to Broker from time to time outstanding, including without limitation Obligations as defined in the Customer Agreement and any obligation hereunder and (ii) on a subordinated basis, any other obligations or liabilities constituting Obligations as defined under the Customer Agreement.

 

The following terms have the respective meanings assigned to them in the NYUCC: “Account,” “Control,” “Deliver,” “Delivery,” “Documents,” “Entitlement Order,” “Entitlement Holder,” “Financial Asset,” “General Intangibles,” “Investment Property,”

 

3



 

“Money,” “Proceeds,” “Securities Account,” “Securities Intermediary,” “Securities Intermediary’s Jurisdiction,” “Security,” and “Security Entitlement”.

 

The following terms are defined in the section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

“Customer Custody Accounts”

 

Section 2(a)(A)

“Customer Custody Assets”

 

Section 2(a)(B)

“Default”

 

Section 5

“Required Securities Margin Value”

 

Section 3(b)

“Securities Margin Deficiency”

 

Section 3(b)

“Security Interest”

 

Section 2(c)

“Special Custody Account”

 

Section 2(a)

 

2.              SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNTS .

 

(a)            Opening and Maintenance . Custodian shall open one or, at the request of Broker, more, separate special custody accounts, each such account to be entitled “Special Custody Account for J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp., as pledgee of [Customer]” (each such account opened pursuant to this Agreement, a “ Special Custody Account ”) and shall hold in each Special Custody Account (i) all Eligible Assets received by Custodian from time to time for deposit into such Special Custody Account (as Advised by Broker or Instructed by Customer) and (ii) any property paid, distributed or substituted in respect of Collateral or realized on the sale or other disposition of Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Custodian shall not be required to receive and hold in the Special Custody Account any assets or property that are not acceptable to it, and the parties hereby agree that any assets or property of the type described in clause (ii) received by the Custodian that is not acceptable to it shall be delivered by Custodian to Broker. Custodian may hold Securities credited to each Special Custody Account in bearer, nominee, book entry, Securities Entitlement or other form and through or with a depository or clearing corporation, with or without indicating that such Securities are held hereunder; provided , however, that all Collateral shall be in a form that permits transfer without additional authorization or consent of Customer. All Collateral will be held for Broker by Custodian as Securities Intermediary of Broker and shall be held by Custodian as agent of and Custodian for Broker and other than as specifically contemplated herein, Broker shall be the only Entitlement Holder thereof. The Collateral shall at all times remain the property of Customer subject only to the extent of the interest and rights of Broker therein, as pledgee and secured party thereof , and as Entitlement Holder thereof, in each case as described herein. Any Rights that Customer may have in the Collateral shall be subject in all respects to the terms of this Agreement including, without limitation, the Security Interest.  In dealing with the Collateral the Custodian shall employ the same standard of care that it is required to employ when dealing with the (A) custody accounts maintained by it pursuant to the Custody Agreement (“ Customer Custody Accounts ”) and (B) assets credited to such Customer Custody Accounts (collectively with such Customer Custody Accounts, “ Customer Custody Assets ” ) and all other undertakings made by the Custodian with respect to the Customer Custody Assets under the Custody Agreement shall, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms hereof and the structure contemplated hereby, apply mutatis mutandis to the Collateral held hereunder. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed by

 

4



 

the parties that the Custodian (including its agents) shall not be required to extend credit to, for, or on behalf of, any party in the Special Custody Account.

 

(b)            Separate Accounts . Each of Customer, Broker and Custodian hereby agrees that all Collateral will be recorded on the Custodian’s books in accounts that are separate and apart from accounts that contain (i) any other property of Customer which may be held by Custodian, (ii) any other property of Broker which may be held by Custodian and (iii) any property of any other customer of Broker which may be held by Custodian.

 

(c)            Back-Up Security Interest . Customer hereby grants to Broker, for itself and for the benefit of each JP Morgan Entity (as defined in the Customer Agreement), a continuing lien on and security interest in all Collateral (the “ Security Interest ”) as collateral security for the payment and performance when due or required to be performed (whether at the scheduled performance date, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations.

 

(d)            Duties of Custodian .  Custodian represents and warrants, and covenants and agrees, as applicable, as follows:

 

(i)            This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Custodian, enforceable against Custodian in accordance with its respective terms.

 

(ii)            Custodian is and will at all times remain, and will at all times maintain the Special Custody Account(s) in its capacity as, a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a) (6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the NYUCC), and with notice of Broker’s Security Interest.

 

(iii)           Custodian is and will at all times remain a Securities Intermediary, a DTC Participant and a Fed Member.

 

(iv)           Each Special Custody Account shall be a Securities Account maintained by Custodian as a Securities Intermediary.

 

(v)            Custodian will treat all Collateral, other than cash, credited to a Special Custody Account as a Financial Asset and shall maintain all Collateral (other than cash) in its possession or, as applicable, in its account with the DTC, the Fed or such other clearing corporation or depository in accordance with market practice.

 

(vi)           Custodian will treat Broker as entitled to exercise any and all Rights, and to benefit from any and all property interests, that comprise such Financial Assets (including, without limitation, the Rights and property interests constituting Security Entitlements with respect to such Financial Assets).

 

(vii)          The Collateral is not and will not be subject to any Right in favor of the Custodian or any Person claiming through Custodian (other than Customer pursuant to Sections 2(h) and 2(i) below or Broker), and Custodian has not received any notice, and does not know, of any Right of any Person in the Collateral (other than Broker and Customer pursuant to Sections 2(h) and 2(i) below).

 

(viii)         Custodian shall (A) with respect to Collateral, comply with any and all Entitlement Orders originated by Broker (without further consent by Customer, any other Entitlement Holder or any other Person), (B) accept instructions as to disposition of the Collateral, only from Broker and from no other Person (whether from Customer, any other Entitlement Holder or other Person), (C) except as contemplated by Section 2(i), accept other Entitlement Orders or instructions with respect to Collateral only from Broker and from no other Person (whether from Customer, any other Entitlement Holder or other Person) and (D) with respect to Collateral, not dispose of, or pledge, re-pledge, hypothecate or rehypothecate, or

 

5



 

otherwise apply to the benefit of Custodian (except as otherwise specified in this Agreement), Customer, any other Entitlement Holder (other than Broker) or any other Person, any of the Collateral without the prior written consent of Broker.

 

(f)             Settlement of Purchases . The parties intend that all Securities transferred into a Special Custody Account as Eligible Assets or Collateral shall be fully paid for and that all trade settlements of such Securities shall be completed prior to the transfer of such Securities into a Special Custody Account as Collateral. Broker and Customer shall not utilize the Special Custody Account to settle any securities it purchases; that any delivery or transfer of securities into or out of the Special Custody Account shall be made free and without payment of any kind.

 

(g)            Accounts; Records and Reporting . Custodian shall maintain accounts and records for the Special Custody Accounts and the Collateral in each Special Custody Account to the extent necessary to comply with this Agreement. As promptly as practicable, Custodian (i) shall provide Broker and Customer with confirmation of each transfer into and out of each Special Custody Account and all releases or substitutions of Collateral, in each case by means of access to a secure website, (ii) shall supply Broker and Customer with a written monthly statement of Collateral held, and transactions in each Special Custody Account for such month and, (iii) upon request of Broker, shall notify Broker of the types of Collateral carried in each Special Custody Account, in each case by means of access to a secure website (it being understood that Custodian shall have no responsibility for determining the value of Collateral).

 

(h)            Tax Reporting. Customer, Custodian and Broker agree that all items of income, gain, expense and loss recognized in any Special Custody Account shall be reported by Custodian to the Internal Revenue Service and all state and local taxing authorities under the name and taxpayer identification number of Customer.

 

(i)             Voting. Broker hereby instructs Custodian to, and Custodian agrees that it shall, (i) notify Customer directly (and shall not seek to notify Customer through Broker), of capital change information and corporate actions received by Custodian affecting Collateral held in a Special Custody Account including, but not limited to, calls for redemption, the organization of protective committees, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations or similar proceedings (such notification may occur through the use of a secured website or any manner in which Custodian notifies Customer of similar corporate actions pursuant to the Custody Agreement) and (ii) act in accordance with instructions received from Customer in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, as between Custodian and Broker, Broker may rescind such instruction at any time. Customer agrees that it shall issue Instructions directly to Custodian (and shall not seek to issue such Instructions to Broker) in relation to capital change information and corporate actions of which Customer receives notification from the Custodian pursuant to this Section 2(i).

 

3.      SHORT SALES AND ORIGINAL AND VARIATION MARGIN.

 

(a)            Short Sales . Broker may accept short sales orders placed by Customer with an executing broker for clearance and settlement in accordance with the Customer Agreement.

 

(b)            Eligible Assets .  Customer shall ensure that the value (as from time to time determined by Broker in its judgment exercised in good faith Advised by Broker to Customer) of all Eligible Assets from time to time on deposit in the Special Custody Account(s) is no less than the value required by Broker (as from time to time determined by Broker in its

 

6



 

judgment exercised in good faith and Advised by Broker to Customer) (the value required by Broker, the “ Required Securities Margin Value ” and the amount by which the Required Securities Margin Value exceeds the value of Eligible Assets in the Special Custody Account(s), if any, the “ Securities Margin Deficiency ” ). The parties intend that all Securities transferred into a Special Custody Account as Eligible Assets shall be fully paid for and that all trade settlements of such Securities shall be completed prior to the transfer of such Securities into a Special Custody Account as Collateral. Custodian will notify Broker or Customer if any of the Securities it has requested to be transferred into the Special Custody Accounts have not yet settled or have not been paid for.

 

(c)            Excess Collateral .  If the conditions for the release of margin under the Customer Agreement have been met, upon Customer’s request to release Collateral to Customer or to a third party, Broker shall Advise Custodian to release Collateral to the extent that after giving effect to such release, Customer will be in compliance with all of its activities and agreements with Broker, including without limitation Section 3(b) and 3(e) hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, amounts available for release shall be reduced by the amount of any outstanding margin calls, and Broker will comply with Customer’s request to release Collateral from the Special Custody Account, only to the extent that such release will not cause a Securities Margin Deficiency.

 

(d)            Substitution of Collateral . For the avoidance of doubt, upon the request of Customer, Broker shall instruct Custodian to return an item or items of Collateral in a Special Custody Account to Customer upon the deposit by Customer of additional Eligible Assets into such Special Custody Account such that after giving effect to such return, the Customer will be in compliance with all of its activities and agreements with Broker, including without limitation Section 3(b).  Broker shall not Advise Custodian to release any such Collateral prior to the deposit of the additional Eligible Assets as aforesaid.

 

(e)            Other Collateral Requirements; Open Short Sales Balance . By 11:00 a.m. New York time on each Exchange Business Day, Broker shall calculate the Net Margin Amount and Advise Customer of such amount. If, on any Exchange Business Day, the Net Margin Amount is negative, Customer will pay, in cash, the absolute value of such Net Margin Amount to Broker for credit to Customer’s accounts maintained by Broker (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to a Special Custody Account maintained by Custodian) by the close of business on such Exchange Business Day. To the extent payments are not made as aforesaid, Broker will charge interest on the absolute value of any unpaid Net Margin Amounts owed by Customer. If the Net Margin Amount is positive on any Exchange Business Day, upon request by Customer, Broker will issue instructions to release to Customer a cash amount equal to the Net Margin Amount from the account of Customer at Broker. For the avoidance of doubt, Net Margin Amounts will be appropriately adjusted when short sales are closed out.

 

4.              CUSTODY FEES. Custodian shall be paid compensation for its services pursuant to this Agreement by the Customer, such compensation shall be agreed upon in writing between Customer and Custodian. Custodian hereby releases Broker from any obligation it may have for payment for services rendered by Custodian hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts owed by the Customer to the Custodian hereunder (whether or not matured or contingent) shall be secured by the security interest granted by the Customer in favor of the Custodian pursuant to the Custody Agreement.

 

7


 

5.              DEFAULT. In the event (each a “ Default ”) of (a) failure by Customer to maintain sufficient Eligible Assets in any Special Custody Account such that it is not in compliance with Section 3(b), or (b) failure by Customer to make any payment hereunder or under the Customer Agreement when due, or (c) failure by Customer or Custodian to timely comply with any obligation on Customer’s or Custodian’s part to be performed or observed under this Agreement or the Customer Agreement, or (c) failure of any representation or warranty of Customer or Custodian hereunder to be accurate in any material respect, or (e) Customer’s or Custodian’s Insolvency, or (f) the occurrence of any other default under the Customer Agreement which allows Broker to exercise remedies thereunder (however such exercise is described) then, upon any such Default, Broker shall have the right to (i) effect a Closing Transaction or buy-in any securities of which Customer’s account may be short, (ii) transfer from Custodian any Special Custody Account to another Securities Intermediary, (iii) remove any Collateral from any Special Custody Account and in the case of Collateral which may be registered, register such Collateral in Broker’s name or in the name of Broker’s Securities Intermediary, agent or nominee or any of their nominees, (iv) exercise any voting, conversion, registration, purchase or other Rights of a holder of any Collateral and any reasonable expense of such exercise shall be deemed to be an expense of preserving the value of such Collateral and shall constitute a Secured Obligation hereunder, (v) collect, including by legal action, any notes, checks or other instruments for the payment of money included in the Collateral and compromise or settle with any obligor of such instruments, (vi) foreclose, collect, sell or otherwise liquidate any or all Collateral Broker selects, in any order and at any time, and transfer the Proceeds thereof to itself or to another Securities Intermediary and (vii) exercise any and all rights and remedies provided under the Customer Agreement, the NYUCC, including, without limitation, Article 8 and Article 9 thereof, or otherwise available under applicable law. Upon Advice from Broker, Custodian shall deliver such Collateral free of payment to Broker. As between Customer and Broker, Broker will not take any action described in clauses (i)-(vii) above unless (A) a Default has occurred and Broker has delivered a notice to Customer stating that, pursuant to this Agreement, the conditions precedent to Broker’s right to receive Collateral (including without limitation all Proceeds thereof) free of payment has occurred or (B) Broker has been so Instructed by Customer. Each sale or purchase of Collateral hereunder may be made according to Broker’s judgment and may be made at Broker’s discretion, at any time, in any order and in any commercially reasonable manner but with no obligation to utilize third party pricing. The Custodian shall have no duty to investigate or make any determination to verify the existence of an event of default or compliance by either Broker or Customer with applicable law or the Customer Agreement, and the Custodian shall be fully protected in complying with an Advice from Broker, whether or not Customer may allege that no such event of default or other like event exists.

 

6.              LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

(a)            Limitation of Custodian’s Liability . Custodian shall have no duties, obligations or responsibilities other than as are expressly set forth in this Agreement, and no implied duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Custodian. Custodian shall act only upon receipt of Advice from Broker regarding release or substitution of Collateral.  Custodian shall not be liable or responsible for anything done, or omitted to be done, by it in good faith and in the absence of gross negligence, recklessness or

 

8



 

willful misconduct and may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any Advice, notice, Instruction or other communication which it reasonably believes to be genuine and authorized. Customer and Broker hereby agree to hold Custodian and its nominees harmless from any liability as holder of record. As between Custodian and Broker, Broker shall indemnify and hold Custodian harmless with regard to any losses or liabilities of Custodian (including reasonable counsel fees) imposed on or incurred by Custodian arising out of any action or omission of Custodian in accordance with any notice, instruction or Advice of Broker under this Agreement. As between Custodian and Customer, Customer shall indemnify and hold Custodian harmless with regard to any losses or liabilities of Custodian (including reasonable counsel fees) imposed on or incurred by Custodian in connection with or arising out of the Custodian’s performance under this Agreement.  In matters concerning or relating to this Agreement, Custodian shall not be responsible for compliance with any statute or regulation regarding the establishment or maintenance of margin credit, including but not limited to Regulation T and the other Margin Rules, or with any rules or regulations of the Options Clearing Corporation. Custodian shall have no responsibility for the validity or enforceability of the Security Interest, provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to a breach by the Custodian of its obligations or representations under this Agreement that negatively affects the validity or enforceability of the Security Interest. Custodian shall not be liable to any party for any acts or omissions of the other parties to this Agreement, regardless of the form of action in which any such damages may be claimed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall not be responsible for determining or verifying (i) any event that gives rise to any instruction, direction or other Entitlement Order to the Custodian by Broker or Customer or (ii) whether any Collateral delivered to Custodian for deposit to the Special Custody Account constitutes Eligible Assets and the adequacy or sufficiency of this Agreement, the Special Custody Account or any Collateral deposited thereto.

 

(b)            No Consequential Damages; Force Majeure . Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement, neither Broker or Custodian shall be liable for any losses caused directly or indirectly by any inability of such Person to perform occasioned by suspension of trading, wars, civil disturbances, strikes, natural calamities, labor or material shortages, government restrictions, acts or omissions of exchanges, specialists, markets, clearance organizations or information providers, delays in mails, delays or inaccuracies in the transmission of orders or information, governmental, exchange or self-regulatory organization laws, rules or actions, or any other causes beyond such Person’s control, or for any consequential, incidental, punitive, special or indirect damages, economic loss or lost profits, even if such Person is advised of the possibility of such damages or loss.

 

(c)            Limitation of Broker’s Liability . Broker shall not be liable to Customer for any losses, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses suffered or incurred by Customer as a result of any transaction executed hereunder, or any other action taken or not taken by Broker hereunder for Customer’s account at Customer’s direction or otherwise. Broker shall not be liable to any party for any acts or omissions of the other parties to this Agreement, regardless of the form of action in which any such damages may be claimed.

 

(d)            Survival. The foregoing releases and indemnifications shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

9



 

7.              CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIONS, ETC.

 

Customer represents and warrants, and covenants and agrees, as applicable, that:

 

(a)            Customer shall only transfer fully paid for Securities into the Special Custody Account, and that all trade settlements of such Securities shall be completed prior to such transfer.

 

(b)            Customer has not granted and shall not grant Rights to the Collateral to any person (other than to Broker and its affiliates).

 

(c)            Other than as specifically contemplated hereby, the assets credited to the Special Custody Account are and will be freely transferable and assignable, and no portion of the assets credited to the Special Custody Account are or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provision, declaration of trust or other contractual restriction of any nature which might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge hereunder, or the sale or disposition of the assets credited to the Special Custody Account pursuant hereto after the exercise by Broker of its rights and remedies hereunder.

 

(c)            This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Customer, enforceable against Customer in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and applicable principles.

 

(d)            To the extent of Customer’s interest therein, Broker has, and will have, a valid and enforceable perfected first-priority lien on and security interest in the Collateral, securing the Secured Obligations, and Customer has taken and shall continue to take all steps to ensure that each Special Custody Account is, and will at all times remain under the Control of Broker.

 

(e)            The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Customer Agreement by the Customer, the grant of the Security Interest hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby do not and will not (i) violate any law, rule, regulation, judgment, writ, injunction or order of any court or governmental authority, in each case applicable to Customer; (ii) violate or result in the breach of or default under the charter, bylaws or other organic documents of Customer, or any other agreement to which Customer is a party or by which any of its properties or the Collateral are bound, or (iii) violate any restriction on the transfer of any of the Collateral.

 

(f)             No consent, approval, license, permit or authorization of any Person or any governmental authority is requested or required for the valid execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Customer Agreement, the creation and perfection of the Security Interest or the valid and effective exercise by Broker of the Rights available to it under this Agreement, the Customer Agreement or at law.

 

(g)            Customer shall take all steps requested by Broker to secure for Broker, its successors and assigns the benefits of this Agreement, including (i) such steps as may be requested by Broker to perfect the security interests contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) whether or not a Default has occurred, endorsing and delivering checks, notes and other instruments for the payment of money in the name and on behalf of Customer, endorsing and delivering securities certificates in the name and on behalf of Customer, executing and delivering in the name and on behalf of Customer instructions to the issuers of Uncertificated Securities and executing and filing in the name and on behalf of Customer financing statements and

 

10



 

continuations and amendments to financing statements in any State of the United States and Forms 4, 5, 144 and Schedules 13D and 13G with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.  If Customer fails to perform any act required by this Agreement, Broker may perform such act in the name and on behalf of Customer, at Customer’s expense, which shall be chargeable to Customer and shall constitute a Secured Obligation.

 

(h)            In its capacity as beneficial owner of the assets credited to the Special Custody Account, Customer shall not, without the written consent of Broker, take any action which would require the release of, or would adversely affect, any Collateral, the Security Interest therein or Broker’s rights with respect thereto.

 

8.              TERMINATION

 

(a)            Any of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the other parties hereto; provided , however, that (i) the status of any short sales, and of Collateral held at the time of such notice to margin such short sales shall not be affected by such termination until the release of such Collateral pursuant to applicable law or regulations or rules of any self regulatory organization to which Broker is subject; (ii) Customer shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement unless and until Customer shall have indefeasibly paid in full in cash to Broker all Secured Obligations then outstanding and has made arrangements reasonably acceptable to Broker with respect to the Secured Obligations not yet due and payable; and (iii) Custodian shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement unless (A) it has given 30 days prior written notice to Broker and Customer, and (B) unless the Broker Advises otherwise, the Collateral shall have been transferred to Broker or its designee.

 

(b)            The Security Interest shall terminate (i) with respect to Collateral at such time as Collateral is released from a Special Custody Account pursuant to the terms hereof; and (ii) in any other case, upon the termination of this Agreement.  Any Collateral in which the Security Interest shall have terminated in accordance with clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be transferred to Customer or its designee.

 

9.              NOTICES

 

Other than as contemplated by the term Advice, written communications hereunder shall be sent by facsimile transmission, hand delivered or mailed first class postage prepaid, except that written notice of termination shall be sent by certified mail, in each case addressed (and oral communications shall be directed to the following telephone numbers):

 

(a)

if to Custodian, to:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

 

14201 Dallas Parkway

 

 

2nd Floor

 

 

Mail code: TX1-J165

 

 

Dallas, TX 75254

 

Attention:

[Marion Scida]

 

Facsimile:

[(214) 261-3073]

 

11



 

(b)

if to Customer, to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

(c)

if to Broker, to:

J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.

 

 

383 Madison Avenue

 

 

New York, NY 10179

 

Attention:

General Counsel

 

Telephone:

212-272-2000

 

or, in the case of each party hereto, such other address as such party shall notify to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Section 9.

 

10.            GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION

 

(a)            This Agreement (including, without limitation, the creation, validity, perfection and priority of the Security Interest) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to any choice of law rules that would result in the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.  In furtherance of the foregoing, Broker, Customer and Custodian agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, Custodian is the Securities Intermediary, and the State of New York is the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction.

 

(b)            Each of Broker, Custodian and Customer hereby (i) consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York City and the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York; and (ii) agrees that any suit, action, proceeding or dispute that may arise from time to time out of or in connection with this Agreement or any and all of the Collateral may be brought, or initiated and settled in such courts. Each of Broker, Custodian and Customer waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit, action, proceeding or settlement in any such court, or that such suit, proceeding or settlement was brought in an inconvenient forum, and agrees not to plead or claim the same. Each of Broker, Custodian and Customer authorizes the service of process on itself by registered or certified mail or courier service c/o its address referred to in Section 9.

 

(c)            To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each of Broker, Customer and Custodian irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any suit, action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or related to this Agreement or any and all of the Collateral.

 

(d)            Broker acknowledges that to the extent any dispute arises between it and the Customer in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder, Customer may proceed to settle such dispute in accordance with the Customer Agreement.

 

11.            AMENDMENT; WAIVER. This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or waived only by a written instrument duly executed by an authorized agent of each party hereto.  The failure of any party at any time to enforce performance by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce the same, nor shall the waiver by any party of any breach

 

12



 

of any provision hereof be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof.

 

12.            COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and shall become effective at such time as counterparts executed by all of the parties to this Agreement have been delivered.  Each copy of this Agreement that includes counterparts executed by each party to this Agreement shall be an original hereof.

 

13.            CAPTIONS/HEADINGS. The captions and headings preceding the text of each section herein shall be disregarded in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

[Signatures page follows]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized agents as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

J.P. MORGAN CLEARING CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit (k)(1)

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

FOR

 

TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 

TO

 

[COMPANY]

 



 

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES (this “Agreement”) between                          , a                     corporation (“Client”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (operating with the service name BNY Mellon Shareowner Services), a New York state chartered bank (“Agent”), is dated as of                           .

 

1.             Appointment .   Client appoints Agent as its transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent and Agent accepts such appointment in accordance with and subject to the following terms and conditions for all authorized shares of each class of stock listed in Exhibit A hereto (the “Shares”).

 

2.             Term of Agreement.   Agent’s appointment hereunder shall commence on the next business day after the later of (i) the date hereof, or (ii) the date Agent has confirmed that Client’s records have been converted to Agent’s system (the “Effective Date”), and shall continue for three years thereafter (the “Initial Term”). Unless either party gives written notice of termination of this Agreement at least 60 days prior to the end of the Initial Term, or any successive three-year term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive additional three-year terms.

 

3.             Duties of Agent.   Commencing on the Effective Date, Agent shall provide the services listed in Exhibit B hereto, in the performance of its duties hereunder.

 

4.             Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Client.   Client represents, warrants and covenants to Agent that:

 

(a)           it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation;

 

(b)           the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and are non-assessable; and any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable;

 

(c)           the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and such registration has become effective, or are exempt from such registration; and have been duly registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or are exempt from such registration;

 

(d)           any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly registered under the Securities Act, and such registration shall have become effective, or shall be exempt from such registration; and shall have been duly registered under the Exchange Act, or shall be exempt from such registration;

 

(e)           Client has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, if any, that were payable upon or in respect of the original issuance of the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

 

1



 

(f)            the use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of Client has been duly authorized by Client and is valid and effective;

 

(g)           the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the issuance and any subsequent transfer of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the charter or the by-laws of Client, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Client is a party or by which it is bound.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Client and is enforceable against Client in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally; and

 

(h)           Client agrees to provide to Agent the documentation and notifications listed in Exhibit C hereto according to the requirements set forth therein.

 

5.             Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Agent.   Agent represents, warrants and covenants to Client that:

 

(a)           Agent is a state chartered bank duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of organization;

 

(b)           Agent is, and for the term of this Agreement shall remain, duly registered as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act;

 

(c)           subject to Section 7 hereof, during the term of this Agreement, Agent shall comply with its obligations as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and

 

(d)           assuming the accuracy of Client’s representations and warranties and compliance by Client with its covenants hereunder, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance by Agent of its obligations in accordance with this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the organizational documents of Agent, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Agent is a party or by which it is bound.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Agent and is enforceable against Agent in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

6.             Scope of Agency.

 

(a)           Agent shall act solely as agent for Client under this Agreement and owes no duties hereunder to any other person.  Agent undertakes to perform the duties and only

 

2



 

the duties that are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Agent.

 

(b)           Agent may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance upon, (i) any communication from Client, any predecessor Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent or any Registrar (other than Agent), predecessor Registrar or co-Registrar; (ii) any instruction, notice, request, direction, consent, report, certificate, opinion or other instrument, paper, document or electronic transmission believed by Agent to be genuine and to have been signed or given by the proper party or parties; (iii) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; (iv) any instructions received through Direct Registration System/Profile; or (v) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed. In addition, Agent is authorized to refuse to make any transfer that it determines in good faith not to be in good order.

 

(c)           In connection with any question of law arising in the course of Agent performing its duties hereunder, Agent may consult with legal counsel (including internal counsel) whose advice shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by Agent hereunder in good faith and in reasonable reliance thereon.

 

(d)           Any instructions given by Client to Agent orally shall be confirmed in writing by Client as soon as practicable.   Agent shall not be liable or responsible and shall be fully authorized and protected for acting, or failing to act, in reliance upon any oral instructions that do not conform with the written confirmation received in accordance with this Section 6(d).

 

7.             Indemnification.  Client shall indemnify Agent for, and hold it harmless from and against, any loss, liability, claim (whether with or without basis in fact or law), demand, cost or expense (collectively, “Loss”) arising out of or in connection with Agent’s duties under this Agreement or this appointment, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any Loss or enforcing this Agreement, except to the extent that such Loss shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be a result of Agent’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct.

 

8.             Limitation of Liability.

 

(a)           In the absence of gross negligence or intentional misconduct on its part, Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it or for any error of judgment made by it in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. In no event will Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Agent has been advised of the possibility of such losses or damages and regardless of the form of action.  Any liability of Agent will be limited in the aggregate to an amount equal to

 

3



 

twelve (12) times the monthly administrative fee to be paid by Client as set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

 

(b)           If any question or dispute arises with respect to the proper interpretation of this Agreement or Agent’s duties hereunder, Agent shall not be required to act or be held liable or responsible for its failure or refusal to act until the question or dispute has been (i) judicially settled (and Agent may, if it deems it advisable, but shall not be obligated to, file a suit in interpleader or for a declaratory judgment for such purpose) by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that is binding on all parties interested in the matter and is no longer subject to review or appeal, or (ii) settled by a written document in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and executed by Client.  For such purpose, Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, require the execution of such a document.

 

9.             Force Majeure.   Agent shall not be liable for any failures, delays or losses, arising directly or indirectly out of conditions beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of government, exchange or market ruling, suspension of trading, work stoppages or labor disputes, civil disobedience, riots, rebellions, electrical or mechanical failure, computer hardware or software failure, communications facilities failures including telephone failure, war, terrorism, insurrection, fires, earthquakes, storms, floods, acts of God or similar occurrences.

 

10.           Market Data.   Client acknowledges that Agent may provide real-time or delayed quotations and other market information and messages (“Market Data”), which Market Data is provided to Agent by certain national securities exchanges and associations who assert a proprietary interest in Market Data disseminated by them but do not guarantee the timeliness, sequence, accuracy or completeness thereof.  Client agrees and acknowledges that Agent shall not be liable in any way for any loss or damage arising from or occasioned by any inaccuracy, error, delay in, omission of, or interruption in any Market Data or the transmission thereof.

 

11.           Termination.

 

(a)           Client may terminate this Agreement if (i) Agent defaults on any of its material obligations hereunder and such default remains uncured thirty (30) days after Agent’s receipt of notice of such default from Client; or (ii) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against Agent, Agent shall become insolvent or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

 

(b)           Agent may suspend providing services hereunder or terminate this Agreement if (i) Client fails to pay amounts due hereunder or defaults on any of its material obligations hereunder and such failure or default remains uncured thirty (30) days after Client’s receipt of notice of such failure or default from Agent; (ii) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against Client, Client shall become insolvent, or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) Client is

 

4



 

acquired by or is merged with or into another entity where Client is not the surviving company.

 

(c)           Upon termination of this Agreement, all fees earned and expenses incurred by Agent up to and including the date of such termination shall be immediately due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination.

 

(d)           In addition to the payments required in Section 11(c) above, if this Agreement is terminated by Client for any reason other than pursuant to Section 11(a) above or by Agent pursuant to Section 11(b) above, then Client shall pay a termination fee, due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination, calculated as follows: (i) if the termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the commencement date of the current term (the “Commencement Date”), then the termination fee shall equal twelve (12) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder, (ii) if the termination occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then the termination fee shall equal nine (9) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder, and (iii) if the termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then the termination fee shall equal six (6) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder. For purposes of this paragraph, fees for non-recurring events shall be excluded when calculating the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent.

 

(e)           Prior to termination of this Agreement, Client shall provide Agent with written instructions as to the disposition of records, as well as any additional documentation reasonably requested by Agent.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the respective rights and duties of Client and Agent under this Agreement shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.

 

12.           Lost Certificates.   Agent shall not be obligated to issue a replacement share certificate for any share certificate reported to have been lost, destroyed or stolen unless Agent shall have received: (a) an affidavit of such loss, destruction or theft; (b) a bond of indemnity in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and (c) payment of all applicable fees.  Shareholders may obtain such a bond of indemnity from a surety company of the shareholder’s choice, provided the surety company satisfies Agent’s minimum requirements.

 

13.           Confidentiality.

 

(a)           In connection with Agent’s appointment hereunder, each party shall obtain confidential information related to the other party or its stockholders that is not available to the general public (“Confidential Information”), which Confidential Information shall include the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto.  Each party agrees that the Confidential Information shall be held and treated by it, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents and subcontractors (collectively, “Representatives”) in confidence and, except as hereinafter provided, shall not be disclosed in any manner whatsoever except as otherwise required by law, regulation,

 

5



 

subpoena or governmental authority.  Confidential Information shall be used by each party and its Representatives only for the purposes for which provided and shall be disclosed by such party only to those Representatives who have a need to know in order to accomplish the business purpose in connection with which the Confidential Information has been provided.  Confidential Information does not include information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no fault or breach on the part of the receiving party; (ii) the receiving party had rightfully in its possession prior to disclosure to it by the disclosing party; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party without the use of or reference to any Confidential Information; or (iv) the receiving party rightfully obtains on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party who has the right to transfer or disclose it.

 

(b)           In connection with the provision of services under this Agreement, Client may direct Agent to release information, including non-public personal information (“NPPI”), as defined in Title V of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act and the regulations issued thereunder (including but not limited to Regulation P of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve) to Client’s agents or other third party service providers, including, without limitation, broker/dealers, custodians and depositories.   In addition, Client consents to the release of information, including NPPI, (i) to any of Agent’s Representatives in connection with the services provided hereunder and (ii) as required by law, regulation, subpoena or governmental authority.  Agent shall not be liable for the release of information in accordance with the foregoing provisions.

 

14.           Publicity.    Neither party will issue a news release, public announcement, advertisement, or other form of publicity concerning the existence of this Agreement or the Services to be provided hereunder without obtaining the prior written approval of the other party, which may be withheld in the other party’s sole discretion; provided that Agent may use Client’s name in its customer lists.

 

15.           Lost Stockholders ; In-Depth Stockholder Search.

 

(a)           Agent shall conduct such database searches to locate lost stockholders as are required by Rule 17Ad-17 under the Exchange Act, without charge to the stockholder.  If a new address is so obtained in a database search for a lost stockholder, Agent shall conduct a verification mailing and update its records for such stockholder accordingly.

 

(b)           Agent may conduct a more in-depth search for the purpose of (i) locating lost stockholders for whom a new address is not obtained in accordance with clause (a) above, (ii) identifying stockholders who are deceased (or locating their next of kin) and (iii) locating stockholders whose accounts contain two or more consecutive uncashed checks, in each case using the services of a locating service provider selected by Agent.  Such provider may compensate Agent for processing and other services that Agent provides in connection with such in-depth search.

 

(c)           Upon locating any stockholder (or next of kin) pursuant to clause (b) above, the locating service provider shall clearly identify to such stockholder (or next of

 

6



 

kin) all assets held in such stockholder’s account. Such provider shall inform any such located stockholders (or next of kin) that they may choose either (i) to contact Agent directly to obtain the assets in such account, at no charge other than any applicable fees to replace lost certificates, or (ii) to use the services of such provider for a fee, which may not exceed (A) 10% of the asset value of such stockholder’s property where the registered stockholder is a living person or (B) 20% of the asset value of such stockholder’s property where the registered stockholder is deceased or is not a natural person; provided that in no case shall such fee exceed the maximum statutory fee permitted by the applicable state jurisdiction.  If Client selects a locating service provider other than one selected by Agent, then Agent shall not be responsible for the terms of any agreement with such provider and additional fees may apply.

 

16.         Compensation and Expenses.

 

(a)           Commencing on the Effective Date, Client shall compensate Agent for its services hereunder in accordance with the fee schedules listed in Exhibit B hereto.  After the second anniversary of the Effective Date, such fees may be adjusted annually, on or about each anniversary of the Effective Date, by the annual percentage of change in the latest Consumer Price Index of All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) United States City Average, as published by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics plus one half percent (0.5%).

 

(b)           All amounts owed to Agent hereunder are due within thirty (30) days of the invoice date.  Delinquent payments are subject to a late payment charge of one and one half percent (1.5%) per month commencing forty-five (45) days from the invoice date. Client agrees to reimburse Agent for any attorney’s fees and any other costs associated with collecting delinquent payments.

 

(c)           Client shall be charged for certain expenses advanced or incurred by Agent in connection with Agent’s performance of its duties hereunder.  Such charges include, but are not limited to, stationery and supplies, such as transfer sheets, dividend checks, envelopes, and paper stock, as well as any disbursements for telephone, mail insurance, electronic document creation and delivery, travel expenses for annual meetings, link-up charges from Automatic Data Processing Inc. and tape charges from The Depository Trust Company.  While Agent endeavors to maintain such charges (both internal and external) at competitive rates, these charges will not, in all instances, reflect actual out-of-pocket costs, and in some instances may include handling charges to cover internal processing and use of Agent’s billing systems.

 

(d)           With respect to any shareholder mailings processed by Agent, Client shall be charged postage as an out-of-pocket expense at postage rates that may not reflect all available or utilized postal discounts, such as presort or NCOA discounts.  Client shall, at least one business day prior to mail date, provide immediately available funds sufficient to cover all postage due on such mailing.  Any material shareholder mailing schedule changes, including, but not limited to, delays in delivering materials to Agent or changes in a mailing commencement date, may result in additional fees and/or expenses.

 

7



 

(e)           Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Client shall pay Agent a fee for deconversion services (e.g., providing shareholder lists and files, producing and shipping records, answering successor agent inquiries). This fee shall be based on Agent’s then-current deconversion fee schedule.  Agent may withhold the Client’s records, reports and unused certificate stock pending Client’s payment in full of all fees and expenses owed to Agent under this Agreement.

 

17.            Notices.  All notices, demands and other communications given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be deemed effective on the date of receipt, and may be sent by overnight delivery service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to:

 

If to Client:

with an additional copy to:

[Client Name]

[Client Address]

Attn:

  [additional notice name and address]

 

 

If to Agent:

with an additional copy to:

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

[Regional Office Address]

Attn: Relationship Manager

  BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

  Newport Office Center VII

  480 Washington Blvd.

  Jersey City, NJ 07310

  Attn: Legal Department

 

18.           Submission to Jurisdiction; Foreign Law.

 

(a)           The parties irrevocably (i) submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court sitting in New York City or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, any defense based on inconvenient forum, improper venue or lack of jurisdiction to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, and (iii) waive all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)           Agent shall not be required hereunder to comply with the laws or regulations of any country other than the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof.  Agent may consult with foreign counsel, at Client’s expense, to resolve any foreign law issues that may arise as a result of Client or any other party being subject to the laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

8



 

19.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Amendments.   This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement signed by both Client and Agent.

 

(b)           Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(c)           Survival of Terms.   Sections 7, 8, 13 and 16 hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement and Agent’s appointment hereunder.

 

(d)           Assignment.   This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that this Agreement may not be assigned, or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, which the other party will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; and provided further that (i) consent is not required for an assignment to an affiliate of Agent and (ii) any reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other form of business combination by Agent shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Agreement. Any attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing will be void.

 

(e)           Headings.   The headings contained in this Agreement are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of this Agreement.

 

(f)            Severability.   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is found to violate a law, it will be severed from the rest of the Agreement and ignored.

 

(g)           Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed manually in any number of counterparts, each of which such counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same original instrument.

 

(h)           Entire Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior written or oral communications, understandings, and agreements with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the Exhibits hereto are an integral part of this Agreement.

 

(i)            Benefits of this Agreement .   Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any person or entity other than Agent and Client any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of Agent and Client.

 

9



 

(j)            Customer Identification Program.   Client acknowledges that Agent is subject to the customer identification program (“Customer Identification Program”) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, and that Agent must obtain, verify and record information that allows Agent to identify Client.  Accordingly, prior to accepting an appointment hereunder, Agent may request information from Client that will help Agent to identify Client, including without limitation Client’s physical address, tax identification number, organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or any other information that Agent deems necessary.  Client agrees that Agent cannot accept an appointment hereunder unless and until Agent verifies Client’s identity in accordance with the Customer Identification Program requirements.

 

(k)           Incentive Compensation Program.   The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (“BNYM”) has adopted an incentive compensation program designed (i) to facilitate clients gaining access to and being provided with explanations about the full range of products and services offered by BNYM and its subsidiaries and (ii) to expand and develop client relationships. This program may lead to the payment of referral fees and/or bonuses to employees of BNYM or its subsidiaries who may have been involved in a referral that resulted in the execution of obtaining of products or services by Client covered by this Agreement or which may be ancillary or supplemental to such products or services.  Any such referral fees or bonuses are funded solely out of fees and commissions paid by Client under this Agreement or with respect to such ancillary or supplemental products or services.

 

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.  Signature page follows.]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year above written.

 

 

[NAME OF CLIENT]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

11




Exhibit (k)(2)

 

MARKETING, ADMINISTRATION, BOOKKEEPING AND

PRICING SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of January   , 2011, between Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”), a Delaware statutory trust, and ALPS Fund Services, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“ALPS”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company.

 

WHEREAS, GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Adviser”) is the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for overall investment management services to the Fund.

 

WHEREAS, ALPS provides certain marketing, administrative, bookkeeping and pricing services to investment companies; and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund seeks to appoint ALPS to perform certain marketing, administrative, bookkeeping and pricing services for the Fund, and ALPS has indicated its willingness to so act, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.          ALPS Appointment and Duties.

 

(a)        The Fund hereby appoints ALPS to provide administrative, bookkeeping and pricing services as are set forth in Appendix A , as amended from time to time, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. ALPS hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such specified services. ALPS shall for all purposes be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly authorized in this Agreement, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

 

(b)        ALPS may employ or associate itself with a person or persons or organizations as ALPS believes to be desirable in the performance of its duties hereunder; provided that, in such event, the compensation of such person or persons or organizations shall be paid by and be the sole responsibility of ALPS and the Fund shall not bear any cost or obligation with respect thereto; and provided further that ALPS shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement in such event and shall be responsible for all acts of any such person or persons or organizations taken in furtherance of this Agreement to the same extent it would be for its own acts.

 

2.          ALPS Compensation; Expenses .

 

(a)        In consideration for the services to be performed hereunder by ALPS, the Fund shall pay ALPS the fees listed in Appendix B hereto.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, fees billed for the services to be performed by ALPS under this Agreement are based on information provided by the Fund and such fees

 



 

are subject to renegotiation between the parties to the extent such information is determined to be materially different from what the Fund originally provided to ALPS.

 

(b)        ALPS will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein. ALPS will NOT bear any of the costs of Fund personnel. Other Fund expenses incurred shall be borne by the Fund including, but not limited to, initial organization and offering expenses; litigation expenses; taxes; costs of preferred shares; expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares; transfer agency and custodial expenses; taxes; interest; Fund trustees’ fees; brokerage fees and commissions; state and federal registration fees; advisory fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; Fund and investment advisory related legal expenses; costs of maintenance of Fund existence; printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Fund trustees; printing and mailing shareholder reports, offering documents, and proxy materials and other communications to shareholders; securities pricing data services; and expenses in connection with electronic filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

3.          Right to Receive Advice .

 

(a)        Advice of the Fund .  If ALPS is in doubt as to any action it should or should not take, ALPS shall request directions, advice or instructions from the Fund, Adviser or, as applicable, the Fund’s custodian or other service providers.

 

(b)        Advice of Counsel .  If ALPS is in doubt as to any question of law pertaining to any action it should or should not take, ALPS may request advice from counsel of its own choosing (who may be counsel for the Fund, or ALPS, at the option of ALPS, at its own cost).

 

(c)        Conflicting Advice .  In the event of a conflict between directions, advice or instructions ALPS receives from the Fund or any service provider and the advice ALPS receives from counsel, ALPS may with prior written consent of the Fund, which may not be unreasonably withheld, rely upon and follow the advice of counsel.  ALPS will provide the Fund with prior written notice of its intent to follow advice of counsel that is materially inconsistent with directions, advice or instructions from the Fund.  Upon request, ALPS will provide the Fund with a copy of such written advice of counsel.

 

4.          Standard of Care; Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

 

(a)        ALPS shall be obligated to act in good faith and to exercise reasonable care and diligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

 

(b)        In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard by ALPS in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement, ALPS and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents, principals, partners, shareholders (“Indemnified Parties”) and employees, shall not be liable for, and the Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless

 

2



 

such Indemnified Parties from, all taxes, charges, expenses, disbursements, assessments, claims, losses, damages, penalties, actions, suits, judgments and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from the following:

 

(i)         the inaccuracy of factual information furnished to ALPS by the Fund or the Adviser;

 

(ii)        any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for such actions taken pursuant to Section 3(c) above;

 

(iii)       losses, delays, failure, errors, interruption or loss of data occurring directly or indirectly by reason of circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God, action or inaction of civil or military authority, war, terrorism, riot, fire, flood, sabotage, labor disputes, elements of nature;

 

(iv)      ALPS’ reliance on any instruction, direction, notice, instrument or other information that ALPS reasonably believes to be genuine; or

 

(v)       loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure.

 

(c)        ALPS shall indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and its respective Indemnified Parties from and against any and all taxes, charges, expenses, disbursements, assessments, claims, losses, damages, penalties, actions, suits, judgments and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from ALPS’ willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d)        Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party shall be liable under this Agreement to the other party hereto for any punitive, consequential, special or indirect losses or damages. Any indemnification payable by a party to this Agreement shall be net of insurance maintained by the indemnified party as of the time the claim giving rise to indemnity hereunder is alleged to have arisen to the extent it covers such claim.

 

5.          Activities of ALPS .  The services of ALPS under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and ALPS shall be free to render similar services to others. The Fund recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of ALPS may serve as directors, officers and employees of other corporations or businesses (including other investment companies) and that such other corporations and funds may include ALPS as part of their name and that ALPS or its affiliates may enter into administrative, bookkeeping, pricing agreements or other agreements with such other corporations and funds.

 

3



 

6.          Accounts and Records .  The accounts and records maintained by ALPS shall be the property of the Fund.  Such accounts and records shall be prepared, maintained and preserved as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. Such accounts and records shall be surrendered to the Fund promptly upon receipt of instructions from the Fund in the form in which such accounts and records have been maintained or preserved. The Fund shall have access to such accounts and records at all times during ALPS’ normal business hours. Upon the request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by ALPS to the Fund at the Fund’s expense. ALPS shall assist the Fund, the Fund’s independent auditors, or, upon approval of the Fund, any regulatory body, in any requested review of the Fund’s accounts and records, and reports by ALPS or its independent accountants concerning its accounting system and internal auditing controls will be open to such entities for audit or inspection upon reasonable request.

 

7.          Confidential and Proprietary Information .  ALPS agrees that it will, on behalf of itself and its officers and employees, treat all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all records and information relative to the Adviser, the Fund, and its shareholders and affiliates (past, present and future) and other information germane thereto, as confidential and as proprietary information of the Fund and not to use, sell, transfer or divulge such information or records to any person for any purpose other than performance of its duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing from the Fund.  It may not be withheld where ALPS may be exposed to civil, regulatory or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Fund. ALPS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to the Fund and its past, present and future shareholders, consumers and customers.

 

8.          Compliance with Rules and Regulations . ALPS shall comply — and to the extent ALPS takes or is required to take action on behalf of the Fund hereunder shall cause the Fund to comply — with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and code of ethics, as well as all investment restrictions, policies and procedures adopted by the Fund of which ALPS has knowledge, including, but not limited to, those investment restrictions, policies, and procedures described in the Fund’s registration statement on Form N-2. Except as specifically set forth herein, ALPS assumes no responsibility for such compliance by the Fund under this Agreement.

 

9.          Representations and Warranties of ALPS .  ALPS represents and warrants to the Fund that:

 

(a)        It is duly organized and existing as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado.

 

(b)        It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

(c)        All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

4



 

(d)        There is no administrative, civil or criminal proceeding pending or threatened that would impair its ability to perform its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

(e)        It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment, including, but not limited to, appropriate disaster recover, and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with industry standards.

 

10.        Representations and Warranties of the Fund.   The Fund represents and warrants to ALPS that:

 

(a)        It is a Delaware statutory trust duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and is registered with the SEC as a closed-end investment company.

 

(b)        It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

(c)        The Board of Trustees has duly authorized it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

11.        Documents .  The Fund has furnished or will furnish, upon request, ALPS with copies of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, advisory agreement, custodian agreement, transfer agency agreement, administration agreement, current prospectus, statement of additional information, periodic Fund reports and all forms relating to any plan, program or service offered by the Fund. The Fund shall furnish, within a reasonable time period, to ALPS a copy of any amendment or supplement to any of the above-mentioned documents. Upon request, the Fund shall furnish promptly to ALPS any additional documents necessary or advisable to perform its functions hereunder. As used in this Agreement the terms “registration statement,” “prospectus” and “statement of additional information” shall mean any registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information filed by the Fund with the SEC and any amendments and supplements thereto that are filed with the SEC.

 

12.        Consultation Between the Parties .  ALPS and the Fund shall regularly consult with each other regarding ALPS’ performance of its obligations under this Agreement. In connection therewith, the Fund shall submit to ALPS at a reasonable time in advance of filing with the SEC reasonably final copies of any amended or supplemented registration statement (including exhibits) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 1940 Act; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit the Fund’s right to file at any time such amendments to any registration statement and/or supplements to any prospectus or statement of additional information, of whatever character, as the Fund may deem advisable, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional.

 

13.        Liaison with Accountants and Custodian . ALPS shall act as liaison with the Fund’s independent public accountants and custodian, and shall provide account analysis, fiscal year summaries, and other audit-related schedules or other correspondence, reports, reconciliations, valuations or other documents as the Fund may reasonably request with respect to the services provided to the Fund. ALPS shall take all reasonable action in the

 

5



 

performance of its duties under this Agreement to assure that the necessary information in ALPS’ control is made available to such accountants, custodian, or the Fund for the expression of their opinion, or as required by the Fund.

 

14.        Business Interruption Plan .  ALPS shall maintain in effect a business interruption plan, and enter into any agreements necessary with appropriate parties making reasonable provisions for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment customary in the industry. In the event of equipment failures, ALPS shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take commercially reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions. ALPS shall have no liability with respect to the loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure provided such loss or interruption is not caused by ALPS’ own willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.        Duration and Termination of this Agreement .

 

(a)        Initial Term . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “Start Date”) and shall continue thereafter throughout the period which ends five (5) years after the Start Date (the “Initial Term”). Until the end of the Initial Term, this Agreement may be terminated without penalty only by agreement of the parties upon not less than sixty (60) days’ written notice or for cause pursuant to Section 15(c) hereof.

 

(b)        Renewal Term . If not sooner terminated, this Agreement shall renew at the end of the Initial Term and shall thereafter continue for successive annual periods until terminated by the Fund or by ALPS, without penalty, upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

(c)        Cause .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Fund may terminate this Agreement for cause immediately at any time, without penalty, without default and without the payment of any Default Payment or other liquidated damages. Termination for “cause” hereunder shall mean:

 

(i)         willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard on the part of ALPS in the performance of or with respect to its obligations and duties hereunder;

 

(ii)        regulatory, administrative, or judicial proceedings against ALPS which result in a determination that, in rendering its services hereunder, ALPS has violated — or has caused the Fund to violate — any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or code of ethics, or any investment restriction, policy or procedure adopted by the Fund of which ALPS had knowledge;

 

(iii)       financial difficulties on the part of ALPS which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent, or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time in effect, or any applicable law other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors: or

 

6


 

(iv) failure by ALPS to meet its obligations hereunder or a breach of ALPS’ representations and warranties hereunder if such failure or breach goes uncured for a period of 30 days after written notice to ALPS of such failure or breach.

 

(d)        Deliveries Upon Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, ALPS shall deliver to the Fund or as otherwise directed by the Fund (at the expense of the Fund, unless such termination is for “cause”) all records and other documents made or accumulated in the performance of its duties for the Fund hereunder.

 

(e)        Fees and Expenses Upon Termination .  S hould either party exercise its right to terminate, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Fund up to the date of termination.  Additionally, ALPS reserves the right to charge a reasonable fee for its de-conversion services after 60 days.

 

16.        Assignment .  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the prior written consent of ALPS, or by ALPS without the prior written consent of the Fund.

 

17.        Governing Law .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that the laws of the State of New York conflict with the 1940 Act or such rules, the latter shall control.

 

18.        Names .  The obligations of the “Fund” entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by any director, representative or agent thereof are made not individually, but in such capacities, and are not binding upon any of the directors, shareholders, representatives or agents of the Fund personally, but bind only the property of the Fund, and all persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund.

 

19.        Amendments to this Agreement .  This Agreement may only be amended by the parties in writing.

 

20.        Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been given when received or when sent by telex or facsimile, and shall be given to the following addresses (or such other addresses as to which notice is given):

 

To ALPS:

 

ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: 303.623.7850

 

7



 

To the Fund:

 

Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

c/o GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC

280 Park Avenue, 11 th  Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Daniel H. Smith, Jr. and Marisa Beeney

Fax: 212.503.6924

 

With copies of any notice to the Fund to:

 

Sarah E. Cogan

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Fax: 212.455.2502

 

21.        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

22.        Entire Agreement .  This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that ALPS may embody in one or more separate documents its agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties and oral instructions.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

ALPS FUND SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jeremy O. May

 

Title:

President

 

 

9



 

APPENDIX A

 

SERVICES

 

Fund Administration

 

·   Prepare annual and semi-annual financial statements

·   Coordinate layout and printing of annual and semi-annual reports

·   Prepare and file Forms N-SAR, N-CSR and N-Q

·   Assist with filing of Form N-PX (ALPS assumes no responsibility for compiling or maintaining the proxy voting record of the Fund, if any, but will work with the Adviser and custodian in preparing the record in the proper format for filing on Form N-PX, and assist with filing the Form on EDGAR, if required.)

·   Host annual audits and SEC exams

·   Perform monthly prospectus compliance and SEC diversification tests

·   Calculate monthly SEC standardized total return performance figures

·   Prepare required reports for quarterly Board meetings

·   Monitor expense ratios

·   Maintain budget vs. actual expenses

·   Manage fund invoice approval and bill payment process

·   Assist with placement of Fidelity Bond and T&O insurance

·   Coordinate reporting to outside agencies including Morningstar, etc.

·   Coordinate with custodian and other outside service providers of the Fund

 

Fund Accounting

 

·   Calculate daily NAVs

·   Transmit daily NAVs to NASDAQ, Transfer Agent and other third parties

·   Compute yields, expense ratios, portfolio turnover rates, etc.

·   Calculate income dividend rates and coordinate with the Fund’s custodian on payment of dividends

·   Reconcile cash and investment balances with the custodian

·   Support preparation of financial statements

·   Prepare required Fund Accounting records in accordance with the 1940 Act

 

Legal

 

·   Provide legal review of SEC financial filings

·   Coordinate EDGARization and filing of documents

·   Prepare, compile and mail board materials

·   Attend board meetings and prepare minutes

·   Review legal contracts

·   Oversee Fund’s Code of Ethics reporting

·   Conduct the Annual Meeting and issue proxies therefore, if required by exchange listing requirements or state law.(1)

 


·   (1) The parties specifically agree that the services provided by ALPS are limited to routine items normally contained in the annual meeting proxy statement for closed-end investment companies, e.g. election of directors and approval of the Fund’s public auditing firm.  The Fund will be subject to additional charges for preparation of proxy materials that contain “special” or non-routine items to be voted on at an annual meeting or preparation of proxy materials associated with any special meeting.  ALPS, at its sole discretion, will determine what constitutes a “special” or non-routine item to be contained in any annual meeting proxy materials.  The parties further agree that the Fund is responsible for the costs of tabulating the results of any shareholder meeting, and the costs of engaging a proxy solicitor for any shareholder meeting.

 

10



 

Tax

 

·   Calculate dividend and capital gain distribution rates, including distributions necessary to avoid excise tax*

·   Calculate tax disclosure information (ROCSOP) for the audited financial statements

·   Prepare and file federal and state income and excise tax returns (and appropriate extensions)*

·   Monitor on a quarterly basis the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

·   Calculate and monitor applicable book-to-tax differences and assist in identifying securities that give rise to book-to-tax differences**

·   Calculate year-end tax characterization for distributions paid during the calendar year

 


*Fund’s independent auditors provide review & sign-off on excise distributions and income and excise tax returns.  ALPS shall not analyze or investigate information or returns for foreign tax filings.  State income or franchise tax return preparation is limited to the initial state of nexus and does not include additional state filing requirements that may be triggered by underlying investments of the Fund.

 

**Security classifications to be identified include but are not limited to passive foreign investment company, real estate investment trust, master limited partnership, contingent debt obligations, trust preferred, grantor trust, and stapled security.  The ultimate determination of the classification of securities will be the responsibility of Fund management.

 

Creative Services

 

·   Financial regulatory reports

·   Proxy statements (creation and printing)

·   Marketing pieces (including fact sheets, slicks and brochures)

·   Collateral

·   Presentations

·   Print Vendor Management: bids, vendor communications and report mailings

·   Creation of web architecture, design, layout and maintenance

 

Marketing

 

·   Secondary market support with wholesaling team

·   800 phone line with registered reps

 

11



 

APPENDIX B

 

FEES

 

Fees paid to ALPS shall be calculated and accrued daily and payable monthly by the Fund at a rate equal to the greater of 18 basis points annually on net assets of the Fund (as that term is defined in the Investment Advisory Agreement between Fund and Adviser) or, a minimum annual fee of $350,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses.  Out-of-pocket expenses include, but are not limited to, third party security pricing and data fees, Bloomberg fees, Gainskeeper fees, SAS 70 control review report, travel expenses to board meetings and on-sight reviews, proxy service fees, printing and mailing fees, fulfillment costs, customized programming/enhancements, calls, webinars, roadshow expenses, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by ALPS in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement. ALPS agrees to pay up to $20,000 per year for out-of-pocket expenses associated with Marketing services, such as calls, webinars, and other communication services and fees in excess of $20,000 per year will be billed to the Fund as out-of-pocket expenses.

 

LATE CHARGES:   All invoices are due and payable within 30 days upon receipt.

 

12




Exhibit (k)(3)

 

DISTRIBUTION ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Distribution Assistance Agreement, dated as of January   , 2011, is entered into by and among, GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (“GSO”), a Delaware limited liability company, Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”), a Delaware statutory trust, and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Colorado (“ALPS”).

 

In consideration of ALPS’ provision of distribution assistance services to the Fund in connection with the offering of common shares of beneficial interest (inclusive of any exercise of the overallotment) of the Fund pursuant to the Fund’s prospectus expected to be dated January          , 2011 (the “Offering”), which services include assistance with coordinating the road show and designing and coordinating the printing of marketing materials, GSO will cause the Fund to pay ALPS up to 0.10% of the total public offering price (inclusive of any exercise of the overallotment) amount of the Offering.

 

First, the Fund will pay up to 0.10% of the amount of the Offering, provided that, the Fund has not otherwise paid expenses relating to the Offering (exclusive of the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses) (the “Fee”) up to the reimbursement cap of $0.04 per common share of the Fund.    The Fund shall also pay ALPS for its reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses related to the road show, in addition to the Fee.  To the extent such out of pocket expenses exceed the reimbursement cap of $0.04 per common share, the out of pocket expenses exceeding the reimbursement cap shall be paid by the Adviser.

 

If the amount described in the above paragraph paid by the Fund to ALPS is less than 0.10% of the Offering, GSO shall pay ALPS such difference in amount between the amount paid to ALPS by the Fund and 0.10% of the Offering.

 

The Fund, GSO and ALPS acknowledge and agree that the compensation set forth above shall be the only compensation ALPS will receive from the Fund for its distribution assistance in connection with the Offering.

 

ALPS acknowledges and agrees it has the full power and authority to enter into this Agreement; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by ALPS of its obligations under this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized; and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by ALPS and constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the ALPS, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and there under may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

ALPS acknowledges and agrees that all actions taken by it pursuant to this Agreement are in compliance with all applicable law.

 

ALPS shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the services described in this Agreement.  ALPS shall not be liable to the Fund for any action or inaction of ALPS relating to any event whatsoever in the absence of bad faith, reckless disregard, negligence or willful misfeasance in the performance of ALPS’ duties or obligations under this Agreement.  Further, ALPS shall not be liable to the Fund for any action taken or failure to act in good faith reliance

 



 

upon: (i) the advice and opinion of Fund counsel; and (ii) any certified copy of any resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Fund; and ALPS shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any statement, oral or written instruction, resolution, signature, request, letter or transmittal, certificate, opinion of counsel, instrument, report, notice, consent, order, or any other document or instrument which ALPS reasonably believes in good faith to be genuine.

 

The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless ALPS, its employees, agents, directors, officers and managers and any person who controls ALPS within the meaning of section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (“ALPS Indemnitees”), against and from any and all claims, demands, actions, suites, judgments, administrative proceedings or investigations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way related to ALPS’ actions taken or failure to act with respect to the Fund in connection with the performance of any duties or obligations under this Agreement (a “ALPS Claim”); provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall entitle an ALPS Indemnitee to indemnification with respect to any ALPS Claim arising from ALPS’ own bad faith, reckless disregard, negligence or willful malfeasance, or breach of this Agreement.

 

ALPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, its employees, agents, directors, officers and managers, against and from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, administrative proceedings and investigations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way related to any breach of this Agreement by ALPS.

 

In the event the Offering does not proceed, ALPS will not receive any fees other than accountable expenses actually incurred; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to ALPS pursuant to this Agreement.

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 



 

 

Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[ Signature Page for Distribution Assistance Agreement ]

 




Exhibit 99.(l)

 

 

January 14, 2011

 

Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

280 Park Avenue, 11 th  Floor

New York, New York 10017

 

Re:                              Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special Delaware counsel for Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), in connection with the matters set forth herein.  At your request, this opinion is being furnished to you.

 

We have examined and relied upon such records, documents, certificates and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below, including the following documents:

 

(a)                                   The certificate of trust of the Trust, as filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) on October 22, 2010, as amended by a Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust as filed with the Secretary of State on December 15, 2010 (as so amended, the “Certificate of Trust”);

 

(b)                                  The Declaration of Trust, dated as of October 22, 2010, as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of November 18, 2010, by the trustees of the trust named therein, and as further amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 15, 2010, by the trustees of the Trust named therein (as so amended and restated, the “Trust Agreement”);

 

(c)                                   The By-Laws of the Trust, dated as of November 18, 2010 (the “By-Laws”);

 

 



 

(d)                                  A certificate of the secretary of the Trust, dated the date hereof, and attaching copies of resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees (the forgoing are collectively referred to as the “Resolutions” and, together with the Trust Agreement and the By-Laws, are collectively referred to as the “Trust Documents”)

 

(e)                                   The Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”) on Form N-2, as amended, including a preliminary prospectus (and the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated December 23, 2010 (the “Prospectus”), with respect to the issuance of common shares of beneficial interest in the Trust, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), filed by the Trust with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

(f)                                     A Certificate of Good Standing for the Trust, dated January 14, 2011, obtained from the Secretary of State.

 

Initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined in the Trust Documents.

 

As to various questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon the representations made in the foregoing documents and upon certificates of officers of the Trust.

 

With respect to all documents examined by us, we have assumed (i) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as authentic originals, (ii) the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies or forms, and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures.

 

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed (i) that the Trust Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof, including with respect to the formation, operation and termination of the Trust, and that the Trust Documents and the Certificate of Trust are in full force and effect and will not be amended, (ii) except to the extent provided in paragraph 1 below, the due organization or due formation, as the case may be, and valid existence in good standing of each party to the documents examined by us under the laws of the jurisdiction governing its organization or formation, (iii) the legal capacity of natural persons who are parties to the documents examined by us, (iv) that each of the parties (other than the Trust) to the documents examined by us has the power and authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, such documents, (v) except to the extent provided in paragraph 2 below, the due authorization, execution and delivery by all parties thereto of all documents examined by us, (vi) the payment by each Person to whom a Share has been or is to be issued by the Trust (collectively, the “Shareholders”) for such Share, in accordance with the Trust Documents and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, and (vii) that the Shares will be issued and sold to the Shareholders in accordance with the Trust Documents and as contemplated by the Registration Statement. We have not participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement (other than this opinion) and assume no responsibility for its contents except for this opinion.

 

2



 

This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the securities laws of the State of Delaware), and we have not considered and express no opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction, including federal laws and rules and regulations relating thereto.  Our opinions are rendered only with respect to Delaware laws and rules, regulations and orders thereunder which are currently in effect.

 

Based upon the foregoing, and upon our examination of such questions of law and statutes of the State of Delaware as we have considered necessary or appropriate, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.             The Trust has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et . seq .

 

2.             The Shares of the Trust have been duly authorized and, when issued, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable beneficial interests in the Trust.

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We also consent to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving the foregoing consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Richards Layton & Finger, P.A.

 

 

EAM/JWP

 

3




Exhibit 99.(n)

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Trustees and Shareholder of

Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund:

 

We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-170154 on Form N-2 of our report dated December 21, 2010, relating to the statement of assets and liabilities of Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund appearing in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Denver, Colorado

January 14, 2011

 




Exhibit (p)

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010, between Blackstone / GSO Long-Short Credit Income Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”) and GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC (the “Purchaser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund proposes to issue and sell common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Shares”), to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act requires each registered investment company to have a net worth of at least $100,000 before making a public offering of its Common Shares.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Fund and the Purchaser agree as follows:

 

1.                                        The Fund offers to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Fund, 5,235.6 Common Shares, at a price of $19.10 per share (the “Shares”) on a date, to be specified by the Fund, prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

2.                                        The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Fund that it is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and that the Shares will be sold only pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements contained therein.

 

3.                                        The Purchaser’s right under this Subscription Agreement to purchase the Shares is not assignable.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Bank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund and the Purchaser have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Subscription Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO LONG-SHORT CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marisa J. Beeney

 

 

Name:

Marisa J. Beeney

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSO / BLACKSTONE DEBT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marisa J. Beeney

 

 

Name: Marisa J. Beeney

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 




Exhibit (r)(1)

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO SENIOR FLOATING RATE TERM FUND

 

AND

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

CODE OF ETHICS (EMPLOYEES OF GSO OR BLACKSTONE)

 

(EFFECTIVE: NOVEMBER 18, 2010)

 

I.                                          General Provisions

 

A.                                     Individuals Covered

 

It is the policy of the Fund that all Access Persons shall be subject to a written code of ethics meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. All employees of GSO or Blackstone are subject to the provisions of other codes of ethics that have been adopted by the Fund Adviser and approved by the Fund Board in accordance with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act.  For the avoidance of doubt, employees of GSO and Blackstone remain subject to all GSO and Blackstone compliance manuals, codes of ethics and policies and procedures.

 

B.                                     Securities Transactions Restrictions

 

All purchases and sales of Securities issued by the Fund by employees of GSO or Blackstone must be cleared through GSO’s personal trading request system by submitting a request to the CCO or her designee to BSLTradeClearance@Blackstone.com, by the opening of the market on the trading day (i.e. any day on which the NYSE is open) on which it is desired that the trade be effected, and providing the amount of Securities of the Fund to be purchased or sold Pre-clearance may be denied following the consideration of a number of factors including, for example, whether the trade creates the appearance of potential conflict with the ongoing activities of the Fund or the Fund Adviser.  Pre-clearance will be evidenced by an email from the CCO or her designee (with a carbon copy to Merrill Lynch) and is applicable to an order for the specific transaction placed in a specified period not to exceed one trading day.  While actual execution time may exceed such specified period, employees will generally have at least one full trading day in which to effect the trade following the receipt of pre-clearance shortly after the opening of the market.  For example, if a request is approved shortly after the opening of the market on Friday, New York time, such employee or Access Person will have through the close of the market that Friday, New York time, to make the requested trade. Following receipt of the pre-clearance email (of which Merrill Lynch will receive a carbon copy), employees or Access Persons are to execute the trade over the telephone with Merrill Lynch during the specified time period.  Purchases and sales of Securities issued by the Fund will be subject to holding periods and blackout periods where no trading will be permitted.  No shorting, options or hedging or derivatives on Securities issued by the Fund will be approved for any reason.

 

All trading of Securities issued by the Fund purchased or sold by an employee of GSO or Blackstone must be transacted through an account opened with Merrill Lynch. For new accounts, forms attached as Annex I hereto must be returned to the addresses and facsimile

 



 

number set forth below.  For existing brokerage accounts at Merrill Lynch unrelated to Blackstone shares, please open new accounts using the forms attached hereto in order to trade BSL shares. For existing brokerage accounts at Merrill Lynch related to Blackstone shares, please trade BSL shares from such existing brokerage account related to Blackstone equity.  Contact details for the Merrill Lynch Corporate Services Advisory Team are as follows:

 

Merrill Lynch

Corporate Services Advisory Team

2 World Financial Center, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10281

Facsimile: (212) 236-2222

Email: Corporate_Services@ml.com

Attention: Nicole Saucier or Joseph Long

 

With a copy to: BSLTradeClearance@Blackstone.com

 

Reports of the purchases of Securities issued by the Fund will be used to file any required reports of beneficial ownership in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act.

 

Purchases of Securities issued by the Fund by Access Persons will be subject to holding periods of (i) six (6) months from the date of purchase or (ii) such shorter or longer periods as the CCO may deem appropriate.

 

In addition, purchases of Securities issued by the Fund by any Access Person will be subject to a blackout period beginning on the fourteenth (14 th ) business day preceding, and ending on the third (3 rd ) business day following, a quarterly meeting of the Fund Board, unless such blackout period is shortened or lengthened as the CCO may deem appropriate.

 

II.                                      Compliance with the Code

 

A.                                     Investigating Violations of the Code

 

The CCO is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of the Code by an Access Person and shall report the results of each investigation to the Fund Board, provided that the Fund Board may determine to appoint counsel to investigate any matter at the Fund’s expense and report to it, the CCO regarding such matter. The Fund Board is responsible for reviewing the results of any investigation of any reported or suspected violation of the Code by an Access Person. Any violation of the Code by an Access Person of a Fund will be reported to the Fund Board by the CCO not later than the next quarterly meeting after the violation occurs.

 

B.                                     Remedies

 

1.                                        Sanctions : If the Fund Board determines that an Access Person has committed a violation of the Code, the Fund Board may impose such sanctions and take such other actions as it deems appropriate, including, among other things, a verbal warning, a letter of caution or warning, fine, civil referral to the Securities and Exchange Commission or

 

2



 

criminal referral. The Fund Board may also require the Access Person to reverse the transaction in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss associated or derived as a result of such reversal. The amount of profit shall be calculated by the Fund Board. The Access Person shall not participate in the Fund Board’s determination of any remedies to be imposed in connection with his or her violation of the Code.

 

2.                                        Sole Authority : The Fund Board has sole authority to determine the remedy for any violation of the Code by an Access Person, including appropriate disposition of any monies forfeited pursuant to this provision.

 

C.                                     Amendments

 

Any amendment of the Code shall be submitted to the Fund Board for approval in accordance with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. Any material amendment of the Code shall become effective only when the Fund Board has approved the amendment in accordance with Rule 17j-1 or at such earlier date as may be required to comply with applicable law or regulation.

 

III.                                  Definitions

 

When used in the Code, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

“Access Person” means any individual that should be treated as an “access person” to the Fund, as such term is defined in Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, and includes, without limitation, trustees, officers or general partners of the Fund, the Adviser or any company controlling the Fund or the Adviser, who in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.

 

“Blackstone” means The Blackstone Group L.P. or any of its subsidiaries other than GSO.

 

“CCO” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund.

 

“Code” means this Code of Ethics, as amended.

 

“Fund Adviser” means GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC.

 

“Fund Board” means the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

 

“GSO” means GSO Capital Partners LP or any of its affiliates.

 

“Independent Fund Trustee” means a trustee of the Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund, the Fund Adviser or the principal underwriter of the Fund as defined in Section 2(a) (19) of the Investment Company Act.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

3




Exhibit (r)(2)

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO SENIOR FLOATING RATE TERM FUND

 

AND

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

CODE OF ETHICS (INDEPENDENT FUND TRUSTEES)

 

(EFFECTIVE: NOVEMBER 18, 2010)

 

I.                                          General Provisions

 

A.                                     Individuals Covered

 

It is the policy of the Fund that the Independent Fund Trustees, as Access Persons, shall be subject to a separate written code of ethics meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act.  This Code applies only to the Independent Fund Trustees. All Access Persons of the Fund other than the Independent Fund Trustees are subject to the provisions of other codes of ethics that have been adopted by the Fund Adviser and approved by the Fund Board in accordance with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act.  For the avoidance of doubt, employees of GSO and Blackstone remain subject to all GSO and Blackstone compliance manuals, codes of ethics and policies and procedures.

 

B.                                     Personal Securities Transactions

 

In connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by an Independent Fund Trustee of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund, Independent Fund Trustees are prohibited from:

 

1.                                        employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

 

2.                                        making any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

3.                                        engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

 

4.                                        engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

 

C.                                     Securities Transactions Restrictions

 

1.                                        All purchases and sales of Securities issued by the Fund by Access Persons must be cleared through GSO’s personal trading request system by submitting a request to the CCO or her designee to BSLTradeClearance@Blackstone.com, by the opening of the market on the trading day (i.e. any day on which the NYSE is open) on which it is desired that the trade be effected, and providing the amount of Securities of the Fund to be purchased or sold Pre-clearance may be denied following the consideration of a number

 



 

of factors including, for example, whether the trade creates the appearance of potential conflict with the ongoing activities of the Fund or the Fund Adviser.

 

Reports of the purchases of Securities issued by the Fund will be used to file any required reports of beneficial ownership in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act.

 

Purchases of Securities issued by the Fund by Access Persons will be subject to holding periods of (i) six (6) months from the date of purchase or (ii) such shorter or longer periods as the CCO may deem appropriate.

 

In addition, purchases of Securities issued by the Fund by any Access Person will be subject to a blackout period beginning on the fourteenth (14 th ) business day preceding, and ending on the third (3 rd ) business day following, a quarterly meeting of the Fund Board, unless such blackout period is shortened or lengthened as the CCO may deem appropriate.

 

2.                                        An Independent Fund Trustee shall not purchase Securities issued by Blackstone.

 

II.                                      Reporting Requirements

 

A.                                     Initial and Annual Acknowledgement

 

Within ten (10) days of being designated an Independent Fund Trustee, and thereafter on an annual basis, each Independent Fund Trustee must execute the attached form of Acknowledgement of Receipt of the Fund’s Code of Ethics (Appendix A), including the acknowledgement that he or she has read the Code and understands that it applies to him or her.

 

Employees of GSO and Blackstone are expected to read and comply with this Code as part of their employment.

 

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(d)(2)(ii) under the Investment Company Act, Independent Fund Trustees are not required to provide an initial holdings report or a quarterly transaction report required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act.

 

B.                                     Transactions in Reportable Securities

 

1.                                        Transaction Reporting Requirements. No later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Independent Fund Trustee must report to the CCO any Securities Transaction executed during such calendar quarter in a Reportable Security (or Equivalent Security) in which such Independent Fund Trustee had a Beneficial Interest if the Independent Fund Trustee knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her duty as an Independent Fund Trustee of the Fund should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the date of such Securities Transaction, (i) the Fund purchased or sold such Reportable Security, or (ii) the Fund or the Fund Adviser considered purchasing or selling such Reportable Security.

 

Note: For purposes of these reporting requirements, Securities Transaction includes transactions in futures and options on futures.

 

2



 

2.                                        Disclaimers. Any report of a Securities Transaction pursuant to this Section II.B for the benefit of a person other than the Independent Fund Trustee may contain a statement that the report should not be construed as an admission by the Independent Fund Trustee that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in the Security to which the report relates.

 

3.                                        Confidentiality. All information supplied by an Independent Fund Trustee pursuant to the Code shall be kept in strict confidence, except that such information may be made available to the Fund Board and the CCO. Such information may also be made available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or such other regulatory authority, to the extent required by law, regulation or this Code.

 

III.                                  Compliance with the Code

 

A.                                     Investigating Violations of the Code

 

The CCO is responsible for investigating any suspected violation of the Code by an Access Person and shall report the results of each investigation to the Fund Board, provided that the Fund Board may determine to appoint counsel to investigate any matter at the Fund’s expense and report to it, the CCO regarding such matter. The Fund Board is responsible for reviewing the results of any investigation of any reported or suspected violation of the Code by an Access Person. Any violation of the Code by an Access Person of a Fund will be reported to the Fund Board by the CCO not later than the next quarterly meeting after the violation occurs.

 

B.                                     Remedies

 

1.                                        Sanctions : If the Fund Board determines that an Access Person has committed a violation of the Code, the Fund Board may impose such sanctions and take such other actions as it deems appropriate, including, among other things, a verbal warning, a letter of caution or warning, fine, civil referral to the Securities and Exchange Commission or criminal referral. The Fund Board may also require the Access Person to reverse the transaction in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss associated or derived as a result of such reversal. The amount of profit shall be calculated by the Fund Board. The Access Person shall not participate in the Fund Board’s determination of any remedies to be imposed in connection with his or her violation of the Code.

 

2.                                        Sole Authority : The Fund Board has sole authority to determine the remedy for any violation of the Code by an Access Person, including appropriate disposition of any monies forfeited pursuant to this provision.

 

C.                                     Amendments

 

Any amendment of the Code shall be submitted to the Fund Board for approval in accordance with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. Any material amendment of the Code shall become effective only when the Fund Board has approved the amendment in accordance with Rule 17j-1 or at such earlier date as may be required to comply with applicable law or regulation.

 

3



 

IV.                                 Definitions

 

When used in the Code, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.                                     General Defined Terms

 

“Access Person” means any individual that should be treated as an “access person” to the Fund, as such term is defined in Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, and includes, without limitation, the Independent Fund Trustees.

 

“Blackstone” means The Blackstone Group L.P. or any of its subsidiaries other than GSO.

 

“CCO” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund.

 

“Code” means this Code of Ethics, as amended.

 

“Fund Adviser” means GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC.

 

“Fund Board” means the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

 

“GSO” means GSO Capital Partners LP or any of its affiliates.

 

“Independent Fund Trustee” means a trustee of the Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund, the Fund Adviser or the principal underwriter of the Fund as defined in Section 2(a) (19) of the Investment Company Act.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

B.                                     Terms Defining the Scope of a Beneficial Interest

 

“Beneficial Interest” means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject Securities.

 

An Independent Fund Trustee is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in the following:

 

1.                                        any Security owned individually by the Independent Fund Trustee;

 

2.                                        any Security owned jointly by the Independent Fund Trustee with others (for example, joint accounts, spousal accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations); and

 

3.                                        any Security in which a member of the Independent Fund Trustee’s Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if:

 

a.                                        the Security is held in an account over which the Independent Fund Trustee has decision making authority (for example, the Independent Fund Trustee acts as trustee, executor, or guardian); or

 

4



 

b.                                       the Security is held in an account for which the Independent Fund Trustee acts as a broker or investment adviser representative.

 

An Independent Fund Trustee is presumed to have a Beneficial Interest in the following:

 

4.                                        any Security in which a member of the Independent Fund Trustee’s Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if the Immediate Family member resides in the same household as the Independent Fund Trustee. This presumption may be rebutted if the Independent Fund Trustee provides the CCO with satisfactory assurances that the Independent Fund Trustee does not have an ownership interest, individual or joint, in the Security and exercises no influence or control over investment decisions made regarding the Security. The presumption will not be deemed rebutted unless and until the CCO approves the petition in writing.

 

Any uncertainty as to whether an Independent Fund Trustee has a Beneficial Interest in a Security should be brought to the attention of the CCO for resolution. An Independent Fund Trustee may appeal any such resolution to the full Board, the decision of which shall be final. Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be interpreted in accordance with, the definition of “beneficial owner” found in Rules 16a-1(a) (2) and (5) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Immediate Family” of an Independent Fund Trustee means any of the following persons:

 

child

 

grandparent

 

son-in-law

stepchild

 

spouse

 

daughter-in-law

grandchild

 

sibling

 

brother-in-law

parent

 

mother-in-law

 

sister-in-law

stepparent

 

father-in-law

 

 

 

Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and other relationships (whether or not recognized by law) that the CCO determines could lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to prevent.

 

C.                                     Terms Defining the Scope of a Reportable Securities Transaction

 

“Reportable Security” means any Security other than (1) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (2) bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and (3) shares issued by open-end funds (other than exchange-traded funds).

 

“Securities Transaction” means a purchase or sale of a Reportable Security in which an Independent Fund Trustee acquires or has a Beneficial Interest.

 

“Security” includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited partnership interests, investment

 

5



 

contracts, closed-end investment companies, and all derivative instruments of the foregoing, such as options and warrants. “Security” does not include futures or options on futures, but the purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the reporting requirements of the Code.

 

“Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund” means (A) any Reportable Security which, within the most recent 15 days, (i) is or has been held by the Fund, or (ii) is being or has been considered by the Fund or the Fund Adviser for purchase by the Fund, or (B) any option to purchase or sell, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Reportable Security described above in clause (A) of this definition.

 

6



 

Appendix A

 

Acknowledgement of Receipt of the Fund Code of Ethics

 

I acknowledge that I have received the Blackstone / GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund and Blackstone / GSO Dynamic Credit Income Fund Code of Ethics, dated November 18, 2010 (the “Code”), and represent that:

 

1.                                        I have read the Code and I understand that it applies to me and to all Securities in which I have or acquire any Beneficial Interest. I have read the definition of “Beneficial Interest” and understand that I may be deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in Securities owned by members of my Immediate Family and that Securities Transactions affected by members of my Immediate Family may therefore be subject to the Code.

 

2.                                        I will report all Securities Transactions required to be reported under Section II of the Code in which I have or acquire a Beneficial Interest.

 

3.                                        I will comply with applicable provisions of the Code in all respects.

 

 

Trustee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

Name (Print)

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

7




Exhibit (r)(3)

 

Composite Copy (Including 1940 Act Supplement)

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

(EFFECTIVE: JANUARY 1, 2006)

 

I.                                          INTRODUCTION

 

Conducting ourselves in an ethical manner is a cornerstone of our business model. We greatly value our reputation for honesty and integrity and believe that this reputation is one of our competitive strengths. Each of us should strive every day to ensure that our ethical values are conveyed through our contacts with colleagues, clients, business partners and competitors.  We will ultimately be judged not only by our results, but by the path we took to achieve them.  All of us have a responsibility to each other to act in a manner that demonstrates our commitment to the highest standards of integrity.

 

This Code of Ethics has been adopted to help us ensure that our high ethical standards are maintained and to preclude circumstances which may lead to or give the appearance of conflicts of interest, insider trading or unethical business conduct.    Adherence to the Code of Ethics, both in letter and in spirit, is fundamental and an absolute condition of employment.

 

The Code of Ethics can only provide guidelines. It cannot address every circumstance in which we may be called upon to observe and practice sound business ethics. Therefore, every Employee of GSO and every person who is supervised by an Employee of GSO is expected to conduct himself or herself with good judgment, question and report inappropriate business conduct or unethical behavior by others, and bring questions or concerns to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Operating Officer.

 

A.                                    Availability of Code of Ethics, Certification

 

The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide a copy of this Code of Ethics, and any supplement, amendment or restatement of this Code of Ethics, either in paper or electronically, (i) to all current GSO Employees promptly following its adoption by GSO, and (ii) to any new GSO Employees promptly upon the commencement of association with GSO. All GSO Employees are required to read this Code of Ethics (as supplemented, amended or restated, if applicable) and to certify of their having received, read and understood these materials.

 

B.                                      Other Applicable GSO Policies

 

In addition to this Code of Ethics, each GSO Employee is subject to the policies and procedures described in the Manual as well as the other Compliance Materials provided by Blackstone.

 

In addition to the Compliance Materials, you may, from time to time, receive (by email or other form of notice) copies of special regulatory or compliance notices or alerts.  Nothing contained in this Code of Ethics should be interpreted as relieving you from the obligation to act in accordance with such alerts or separate policies and procedures.

 

C.                                      Strict Adherence; Reporting Violations; Sanctions

 

Strict adherence to this Code of Ethics is the responsibility of each GSO Employee.

 

1



 

All GSO Employees, and any other persons subject to any provisions of this Code of Ethics must promptly report all violations and apparent violations of this Code of Ethics and the reporting obligations hereunder to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Upon discovering that a GSO Employee has not complied with any requirements of, or has otherwise breached, this Code of Ethics, GSO may impose such sanctions as they deem appropriate, including, among other things, disgorgement of profits, censure, suspension and/or termination of employment.  All material violations of requirements of this Code of Ethics and any sanctions imposed shall be promptly reported to senior management of GSO.

 

II.                                      STATEMENT OF STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

A.                                    Fair Dealing

 

GSO Employees should not take unfair advantage of any other party through fraud, manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation or omission of material facts, or any other unfair practices. Every GSO Employee should endeavor to deal fairly with GSO’s clients, officers, Employees, suppliers, and competitors.

 

B.                                      General Fiduciary Duty

 

1.                                        As an investment adviser, GSO is a fiduciary and owes its clients an affirmative duty of utmost good faith, undivided loyalty, full and fair disclosure of all material facts, and an affirmative obligation to employ reasonable care to avoid misleading clients.  It is the duty of all GSO Employees to:

 

·                   Place the interests of clients first at all times;

 

·                   Conduct personal trading in a manner to avoid any potential or actual conflicts of interest or abuse of their fiduciary position of trust, loyalty and interest;

 

·                   Not take, directly or indirectly, inappropriate advantage of their positions or abuse their fiduciary position of trust, loyalty and interest; and

 

·                   Comply with all applicable federal securities laws.

 

2.                                        No GSO Employee shall utilize information concerning prospective or actual portfolio holdings or transactions in any manner which might prove detrimental to the interests of a client.

 

3.                                        No GSO Employee shall use his or her position for his or her personal benefit or attempt to cause a client to purchase, sell or hold a particular security when that action may reasonably be expected to create a personal benefit for such GSO Employee.

 

4.                                        This Code of Ethics applies to transactions in securities for personal accounts of GSO Employees and any other accounts in which they have any beneficial ownership or control.  It imposes certain investment restrictions and prohibitions and requires the reports identified herein.  If GSO Employees become aware of material non-public information or if a client is active in a specific security,

 

2



 

some personnel may find themselves “frozen” in a position — e.g., unable to buy or sell.  Any losses in personal accounts resulting from the implementation of any portion of this Code of Ethics will be borne by such GSO Employee holding such account and will not be borne by GSO or its clients.

 

C.                                      Conflicts of Interest

 

While affirming its confidence in the integrity and good faith of all GSO Employees, GSO recognizes that certain Employees have or may have knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions and, in certain instances, the power to influence portfolio transactions made by clients. Furthermore, if such individuals engage in personal securities transactions, these individuals could be in a position where their personal interests may conflict with the interests of clients.  Accordingly, this Code of Ethics is designed to prevent conduct that could create an actual or potential conflict of interest with any client.

 

You should avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest — that is, any personal interest outside of GSO which could be placed ahead of your obligations to GSO and its clients.  Conflicts may exist even when no wrong is committed.  The opportunity to act improperly may be enough to create the appearance of a conflict.

 

Some examples of a potential conflict of interest include:

 

·                   owning a material financial interest in any GSO competitor or an entity that currently does business or is seeking to do business with GSO;

·                   performing services for, being employed by, serving on the board of directors, or serving as an officer of any such entity;

·                   investing in such a way that could compromise one’s ability to perform his or her duties to GSO; or

·                   having an immediate family member who engages in any of the activities identified in this code.

 

GSO recognizes and respects an Employee’s right of privacy concerning personal affairs, but requires full and timely disclosure of any situation which could result in a conflict of interest or even the appearance of a conflict.  Whether or not a conflict exists will be determined by the Chief Compliance Officer, not by the GSO Employee involved.

 

To reinforce our commitment to the avoidance of potential conflicts of interest, the following rules have been adopted:

 

1.                                        You may not act on behalf of GSO in connection with any transaction in which you have a personal interest.  You are expected to bring such personal interests to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer, even when you may have already described the possibility of a conflict of interest if such disclosure was not in the context of a specific transaction.

 

2.                                        You may not, without prior approval, have a substantial interest in any outside business which, to your knowledge, is involved currently in a business transaction with GSO, or is engaged in businesses similar to any business engaged in by GSO.  A substantial interest includes any investment in the outside business involving an amount greater than 10 percent of your gross assets, or $10,000, if that amount is larger, or involving an ownership interest greater than 2 percent of the entity’s outstanding equity interests.

 

3



 

3.                                        You may not, without prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, engage in any transaction involving the purchase of products and/or services from GSO, except on the same terms and conditions as they are offered to the public.

 

4.                                        In addition to the foregoing general principles, the following specific business activity rules shall apply to all GSO Employees:

 

(a)                       Retention of Suppliers .  The choice of our suppliers must be based on quality, reliability, price, service and technical advantages.

 

(b)                      Gifts .  GSO Employees and their immediate families should not solicit, accept, retain or provide any gifts or favors which might influence decisions you or the recipient must make in business transactions involving GSO or which others might reasonably believe could influence those decisions.  Even a nominal gift should not be accepted if, to a reasonable observer, it might appear that the gift would influence your business decisions.

 

Modest gifts and favors, which would not be regarded by others as improper, may be accepted or given on an occasional basis.  Examples of such gifts are those received as normal business courtesies (e.g., a bottle of wine or tickets to a sporting game); non-cash gifts of nominal value (such as received at holiday time); and gifts received because of kinship, marriage or social relationships entirely beyond and apart from an organization in which membership or an official position is held.

 

In addition, entertainment (meaning generally that the person paying for the expense is present) may be accepted on an occasional basis if it would not reasonably be regarded by others as improper.  Examples of entertainment include an occasional meal or greens fees for a golf outing.  Generally, (a) no gift may be accepted or provided that exceeds $100 in value and (b) no entertainment may be accepted if you reasonably believe the cost will exceed $400 without prior approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

If you have any questions regarding whether a gift or entertainment may be accepted or retained, you should contact the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

(c)                       Improper Payments — Kickbacks .  In the conduct of GSO’s business, no bribes, kickbacks or similar remuneration or consideration of any kind are to be given or offered to any individual or organization or to any intermediaries such as agents, attorneys or other consultants, for the purpose of influencing such individual or organization in obtaining or retaining business for, or directing business to, GSO.

 

(d)                      Books, Records and Accounts .   The integrity of the accounting records of GSO is essential.  All receipts and expenditures, including personal expense statements, must be supported by documents that accurately and properly describe such expenses.  Staff members responsible for approving expenditures or for keeping books, records and accounts for GSO are required to approve and record all expenditures and other

 

4



 

entries based upon proper supporting documents so that the accounting records of GSO are maintained in reasonable detail and reflect accurately and fairly all transactions of GSO, including the disposition of its assets and liabilities.  The falsification of any book, record or account of GSO and the submission of any false personal expense statement, claim for reimbursement of a non-business personal expense, or false claim for an employee benefit plan payment are prohibited.

 

(e)                       Political Contributions .  As a result of certain requirements of our and our affiliates’ investors, GSO Employees must pre-clear any political contribution or donations with the Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Legal Officer of Blackstone (clearance requests should be sent to the Chief Legal Officer of Blackstone at politicalcontributionsclearance@blackstone.com).

 

D.                                     Protection and Proper Use of Firm Assets

 

All GSO Employees should protect and safeguard GSO’s assets from harm. Theft, misappropriation or intentional destruction of GSO’s assets is in direct violation of our obligations to our clients, partners, Employees, and stakeholders. GSO’s assets should only be used for approved purposes.

 

III.                                  TREATMENT OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

As a result of your employment with GSO, you will have access to information that is not generally known to the public or to our industry (“ confidential information ”).  Employees of GSO must not disclose any confidential information entrusted to them by GSO, a client of GSO or any other partner or business counterparty of GSO, to any third party, except when disclosure is required by laws, regulations or legal proceedings; or when such disclosure is authorized by the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Compliance Officer.  Further, GSO Employees should only use confidential information to further GSO’s business.

 

Confidential information may include, but is not limited to, information relating to proposed, ongoing or completed transactions of GSO, client information, client lists (past, present, or prospective), credit files, Investment Committee reviews, trade secrets, marketing plans, (including plans for trademarks, service marks and copyrighted materials), confidential financial information of GSO and business plans.

 

Whenever feasible, Employees should consult with the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Compliance Officer if they believe they have a legal obligation to disclose confidential information.

 

Upon the termination of employment, or whenever GSO shall request, you shall deliver to GSO all confidential information in your possession or control, including all copies, or other reproductions, of the information.  GSO is entitled to obtain injunctive relief to prevent threatened and/or actual violations of your agreement not to disclose confidential information.

 

5



 

III.                                  Password Protection of Copyrighted Material

 

Employees should not make use of any passwords to a subscription account other than accounts for which they are the subscriber. In addition, Employees should not share passwords to any accounts with anyone inside or outside the Firm.  This password sharing may violate intellectual property laws and, if engaged, could subject GSO to significant economic damages.

 

IV.                                 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

 

GSO’s activities must always be in full compliance with applicable client guidelines as well as all applicable laws and regulations.  It is GSO’s policy to be in strict compliance with the federal securities laws as well as all other laws and regulations that apply to our business.  For purposes of this Code of Ethics, the federal securities laws includes the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and any rules adopted by the SEC under any of the foregoing statutes.

 

We recognize that some laws and regulations may be ambiguous and difficult to interpret.  A good faith effort to follow the spirit and intent of all laws is required by all GSO Employees.  To ensure compliance, GSO intends to educate its Employees on laws related to its activities which may include periodically issuing bulletins, manuals and memoranda. GSO Employees are expected to read all such materials and be familiar with their contents.

 

V.                                     INSIDER TRADING

 

Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires investment advisers to establish, maintain and enforce policies and supervisory procedures designed to prevent the misuse of material non-public information by such an investment adviser or any associated person.  In accordance with such Section, GSO has established policies and procedures designed to detect and prevent insider trading.

 

VI.                                 PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

 

A.                                    Applicability

 

This Personal Trading Policy establishes rules of conduct for GSO Employees when conducting personal investment activities. Each GSO Employee is required to observe the specific personal trading rules and requirements set forth herein.

 

You should ensure that you fully understand how this Personal Trading Policy applies to your activities.  If you have any questions, contact the Chief Compliance Officer.  Violations of this Personal Trading Policy may be grounds for disciplinary action, including dismissal and, where appropriate, referral to relevant government authorities and self-regulatory organizations.  Any circumvention of this Personal Trading Policy will be treated as a violation.

 

B.                                      Defined Terms

 

For purposes of this Personal Trading Policy, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

6


 

1.                                        Automatic Investment Plan ” means a program, including a dividend reinvestment plan, in which regular periodic purchases or withdrawals are made automatically in or from an Investment Account in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation.

 

2.                                        Beneficial Ownership ” means “beneficial ownership” as interpreted under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

A GSO Employee generally has Beneficial Ownership of Securities if the GSO Employee (directly or indirectly), through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the Securities. The term “pecuniary interest” generally means the opportunity (directly or indirectly) to profit or share in any profit from a transaction in the Securities.  The following are examples of an “indirect pecuniary interest”:

 

·                   Securities held by members of the person’s immediate family sharing the same household (the term “immediate family” includes any child, grandchild, parent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, as well as adoptive and step relationships);

 

·                   A general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership;

 

·                   An interest in certain trusts; and

 

·                   A right to acquire equity Securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative Security, whether or not presently exercisable.

 

A person who is a shareholder of a corporation or similar entity is not deemed to have a pecuniary interest in portfolio Securities held by the corporation or the entity and does not have or share investment control over the corporation’s or the entity’s portfolio.  The term “control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over management or policies, unless the power is solely the result of an official position with the company.

 

3.                                        GSO Employee ” means any officer, director, partner or employee of GSO (or one of its affiliates on behalf of GSO), and any other person who provides investment advice on behalf of GSO and is subject to the supervision and control of GSO.

 

4.                                        Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

5.                                        Investment Account ” means any brokerage, investment advisory, banking or other account through which a GSO Employee has or may acquire Beneficial Ownership of Securities.

 

6.                                        Limited Offering ” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

7



 

7.                                        Purchase ” or “ Sale ” of a Security includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell the Security.

 

8.                                        Reportable Security ” means any security other than:

 

(a)                                   Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

(b)                                  Banker acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt investments, including repurchase agreements;

 

(c)                                   Shares issued by registered money market funds;

 

(d)                                  Shares by registered open-end investment companies; and

 

(e)                                   Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more registered open-end investment companies.

 

9.                                        Security ” means any security, including (i) a security issued by any collective investment vehicle or fund, (ii) an option to purchase or sell any security, (iii) a security that is convertible or exchangeable for another security, (iv) any other derivative interest relating to a security, and (v) for purposes of this Personal Trading Policy only, loans and loan participations; provided that “Security” shall not include commodities or foreign exchange contracts.

 

C.                                      Pre-Clearance Requirements

 

1.                                        Blackstone Securities .  All purchases and sales of Blackstone securities must be cleared through GSO’s personal trading request system described below.  Purchases and sales of securities will be subject to blackout periods where no trading will be permitted.  No shorting, options or hedging or derivatives on Blackstone stock will be approved for any reason.  All trading of Blackstone securities must be transacted through an account opened with Merrill Lynch.  Please contact the Chief Compliance Officer for details of opening such accounts.

 

2.                                        Pre-Clearance of Limited Offerings and IPO’s .  GSO Employees must pre-clear with the Chief Compliance Officer any transaction involving the direct or indirect acquisition of Beneficial Ownership in a Security in a Limited Offering or as part of an IPO as described in paragraph 3 below. Consideration of requests for pre-clearance will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client, whether the opportunity is being offered to the GSO Employees (directly or indirectly) because of his or her position with or as a reward for past transactions and whether the investment creates, or may in the future create, a conflict of interest.

 

3.                                        Pre-Clearance of Other Securities Transactions .  Pre-clearance of all Securities Transactions is to be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer by submitting a request by email and providing the following information: the legal name of the issuer, the ticker symbol, a description of the security (e.g. bonds, equity, etc.) and the size of the transaction.  GSO Employees must identify if such security is to be acquired in an initial public offering or private placement). Pre-clearance will be denied

 

8



 

if the proposed transaction involves an asset that is currently in any GSO Fund or portfolio, is contemplated by or would reasonably be expected to be considered by any GSO Fund or portfolio for investment, or in the opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer, creates the appearance of a potential conflict with the ongoing activities of GSO or its affiliates.

 

(a)                                   Pre-clearance will be evidenced by an email from the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee.

 

(b)                                  Pre-clearance is applicable to an order for the specific transaction placed in a specified period not to exceed one trading day i.e. — i.e., any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open (although actual execution time may exceed this period) such that the GSO Employee will generally have at least one full business trading day in which to effect the trade. For example, if employees’ request is approved before the opening of the market on a Friday, they will have through the close of trading that day to make the requested trade.

 

(c)                                   Submission of a request from the GSO Employee will be deemed to evidence a representation that the GSO Employee is not aware that the execution of the requested transaction in the Security would violate this Code of Ethics, this Personal Trading Policy or GSO’s insider trading policy.

 

4.                                        Pre-Clearance of Managed Accounts . Pre-clearance of all Investment Accounts over which a GSO Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., an approved managed account) is to obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer with the following information: the name in which such account will be held (e.g., the employee’s name if applicable) and the financial institution at which such account is held.  Pre-clearance will be denied if the existence of such proposed managed account in the opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer, creates the appearance of a potential conflict with the ongoing activities of GSO or its affiliates.

 

5.                                        Exceptions to Pre-Clearance Requirements .  Pre-Clearance is not required for transactions involving unaffiliated third party mutual funds (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, investments in The India Fund Inc. and The Asia Tigers Fund Inc., FS Investment Corporation and Blackstone / GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund); investment grade rated municipal bonds; securities and derivatives on broad-based indices; US Treasury or agency obligations; and variable annuities. Pre-clearance is required for transactions involving Exchange Traded Funds.

 

E.                                       Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures

 

1.                                        Duplicate Account Statements and Confirmations .  Each GSO Employee must arrange for the Chief Compliance Officer to receive, concurrently with the GSO Employee, duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in, and account statements with respect to, the GSO Employee’s Investment Accounts.  This requirement can generally be satisfied by providing for delivery of such duplicate confirmations and account statements to the Blackstone compliance department.

 

2.                                        Initial Holdings Report .  Within 10 days after the commencement of employment or other affiliation with GSO, a GSO Employee must report all of such GSO Employee’s current holdings of

 

9



 

Reportable Securities and statement of managed accounts by promptly completing the response to Item 8 of Blackstone’s Acknowledgment and Disclosure Form, and returning it to the designated recipients.

 

Such report shall contain the following information as requested under Item 7 of Blackstone’s Acknowledgement and Disclosure Form (a “ Securities Holding Report ”) with respect to each Security, which information shall be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of commencement of employment or other affiliation:

 

·                   The title and type of Security, and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Security in which such GSO Employee has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;

 

·                   The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which such GSO Employee maintains an Investment Account in which any Securities are held for the GSO Employee’s direct or indirect benefit;

 

·                   a list of all Investment Accounts over which such GSO Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., an approved managed account); and

 

·                   The date such GSO Employee submits the report.

 

As part of orientation for all new GSO Employees, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee shall notify all new GSO Employees about the initial report requirements.  The Office Manager shall notify the Chief Compliance Officer of all new GSO Employees, including full-time consultants and long-term temporary workers and contractors on more than a three-month assignment.

 

3.                                        Annual Holdings Report .  Each year, each GSO Employee shall submit a Securities Holdings Report disclosing such GSO Employee’s current holdings of Reportable Securities.

 

4.                                        Quarterly Transaction Reporting .  Each GSO Employee shall submit to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, a Quarterly Transaction Report (a form of which is attached as Attachment A) disclosing the following information about each transaction in a Reportable Security in which such GSO Employee had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership during such quarter, other than transactions reported to the Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) on a duplicate account statement or confirmation:

 

·                   The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares and principal amount;

·                   The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

·                   The price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;

·                   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

·                   The date the report is submitted.

 

10



 

The foregoing requirement can generally be satisfied by delivering the Quarterly Transaction Report to the Blackstone compliance department.

 

5.                                        Exceptions to Reporting Requirements . Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

(a)                       A GSO Employee shall not be required to submit a Securities Holdings Report with respect to Securities held in any Investment Account over which such GSO Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., an approved managed account).

 

(b)                      A GSO Employee shall not be required to submit a Securities Holdings Report with respect to transactions involving unaffiliated third party mutual funds; investment grade rated municipal bonds; securities and derivatives on broad-based indices; US Treasury or agency obligations; and variable annuities.

 

F.                                       Compliance Monitoring and Supervisory Review

 

1.                                        The Chief Compliance Officer may exempt any transaction from one or more trading prohibitions in writing under limited circumstances if the transaction is not inconsistent with the purpose of this Personal Trading Policy and does not amount to a waiver of a fundamental request contained in the Code that has been adopted to meet applicable requirements under the Advisers Act.

 

2.                                        The Chief Compliance Officer shall report material issues under this Personal Trading Policy immediately to the Chief Operating Officer and GSO senior management.  At least annually, the Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare a written report to the GSO senior management, that:

 

·                   Describes issues that have arisen under this Personal Trading Policy since the last report, including, but not limited to, material violations of this Personal Trading Policy or procedures that implement this Personal Trading Policy and any sanctions imposed in response to those violations; and

 

·                   Certifies that GSO has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent GSO Employees from violating this Personal Trading Policy.

 

G.                                      Sanctions

 

Upon discovering that a GSO Employee has not complied with the requirements of this Personal Trading Policy, GSO may, subject to applicable law or regulation, impose on that person whatever sanctions are deemed appropriate, including censure, fine, reversal of transactions, disgorgement of profits (by donation to a charity of GSO’s choice where permissible under applicable law), suspension, or termination of employment, and where appropriate, may make referral to relevant government authorities and self-regulatory organizations.

 

11



 

H.                                     Confidentiality

 

All information obtained from GSO’s Employees under this Personal Trading Policy shall be kept in strict confidence by GSO, except that personal trading information will be made available to any regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by applicable law or regulation or where referral is deemed appropriate.  To the extent permissible under applicable law or regulation, GSO may also make each GSO Employee’s information available to such person’s manager(s) and the Chief Operating Officer to consider the violations of this Personal Trading Policy.  To the extent required by applicable law, the sharing of such information will be subject to a data confidentiality agreement with the entity receiving such information.

 

I.                                          Further Information

 

Any questions regarding the Personal Trading Policy should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee.

 

VII.                             RECORD RETENTION

 

All GSO Employees must abide by the records retention schedule that is part of the Compliance Policy Manual.

 

VIII.                         REPORTING ILLEGAL OR UNETHICAL BUSINESS BEHAVIOR

 

GSO Employees are encouraged to report violations of this Code of Ethics or other illegal or unethical behavior to their supervisor, the Chief Compliance Officer or the Chief Operating Officer.  GSO Employees are also encouraged to discuss situations that may present ethical issues with such persons.  GSO will endeavor to maintain the confidentiality of reported violations, subject to applicable law, regulation or legal proceedings.

 

GSO will not permit retaliation of any kind by, or on behalf of, GSO or any GSO Employee against any individual for making good faith reports of violations to this Code of Ethics.

 

IX.                                 RECORDKEEPING

 

The Chief Compliance Officer shall retain copies of this Code of Ethics, as supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, and all other book and records specified in Rules 204-2(a)(12) and (13) under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, for the time periods specified therein.

 

XI.                                 EFFECTIVENESS

 

This updated Code of Ethics is effective as of January 1, 2010.

 

12


 

ATTACHMENT A

 

GSO EMPLOYEES — QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT

 

For the Quarter ended                                      20     

 

The following is a record of every transaction in which I had, or by reason of which I acquired, Beneficial Ownership of a Reportable Security during the Quarter, other than transactions which were previously reported on a duplicate account statement or confirmation and reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Transaction
Date

 

Issuer and Security
Title

 

CUSIP or
Exchange Ticker
(if applicable)

 

Buy/Sell/Other

 

Number of
Shares or
Principal
Amount

 

Interest Rate and
Maturity Date
(if applicable)

 

Price Per Unit

 

Transacting
Broker, Dealer
or Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Submitted

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please Print Your Name

 

PLEASE FILL IN ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION IN EVERY COLUMN.  IF MORE SPACE IS NEEDED, PLEASE ATTACH ADDITIONAL PAPER USING THE SAME FORMAT.

 

Note:  This report shall not be construed as an admission by me that I have acquired Beneficial Ownership of any of the Securities listed above.